) 2.

Thule Gesellschaft and the Vril Society Ruis, gepost door: nn op 20/03/2012 03:08:16 Thule
Gesellschaft and the Vril Society Wes Penre With permission to reproduce as long as not taken out of
context and credit is given back to this page : http://www.servicetoone.wordpress.com For educational
use only There are two secret societies that have been working in unison – the Thule Gesellschaft and
the Vril Society. Those who know anything at all about how Hitler rose to power have heard about them
both, because they influenced the political climate in Germany behind the scenes and were the forces
that helped bringing The Führer to power. At that time, they wanted to ring in the 3rd Reich, where
Hitler would be the leader. Although many of Hitler’s (and the Priesthood’s) goals were reached during
WW II (the creation of the UN and the migration of Jews to Israel to mention two of the goals they
accomplished), the mission only took the Internationalists so far. Now is their time to ring in the 4th
Reich, which will be the final One World Government. Thule Gesellschaft What follows is a description of
the Thule Gesellschaft – I want to start out with the “official version” for your information before I go
into much lesser known details about the society.The Thule Society (German: Thule-Gesellschaft),
originally the Studiengruppe für Germanisches Altertum ‘Study Group for Germanic Antiquity’, was a
German occultist and völkisch group [group for the people] in Munich, named after a mythical northern
country from Greek legend. The Society is notable chiefly as the organization that sponsored the
Deutsche Arbeiterpartei, which was later transformed by Adolf Hitler into the Nazi Party. Thule found its
true purpose through the joining of societies in 1919 with the Vril Gesellschaft and DHvSS which also
believed in worship of the Black Sun; but it was the psychic mediums of Vril and Thule’s own resident
psychic Maria Orsic that convinced them that the Aryan race didn’t originate from earth but from
Aldebaran in Alpha Tauri – 64 light years away.Vril also convinced the DHvSS (Men of the Black Stone)
that their mountain goddess Isias was the queen of Aldebaran. The primary focus of Thule-Gesellschaft
was a claim concerning the origins of the Aryan race. “Thule” ((Greek): Θούλη) was a land located by
Greco-Roman geographers in the furthest north. The term “Ultima Thule” ([Latin]: most distant Thule) is
also mentioned by the Roman poet Virgil in his epic poem Aeneid. This was supposed to be the far
northern segment of Thule and is now generally understood to be Scandinavia Said by Nazi mystics to be
the capital of ancient Hyperborea, they identified Ultima Thule as a lost ancient landmass in the extreme
north: near Greenland or Iceland. These ideas derived from earlier speculation by Ignatius L. Donnelly
that a lost landmass had once existed in the Atlantic, and that it was the home of the Aryan race, a
theory he supported by reference to the distribution of Swastika motifs. He identified this with Plato’s
Atlantis, a theory further developed by Helena Blavatsky, the occultist during the second part of the
19th century. The Thule-Gesellschaft maintained close contacts with Theosophists, the followers of
Blavatsky.An important note here is that the modern Thule Gesellschaft was formed (or reformed) by
Rudolf von Sebottendorf in 1918, but the Order in itself, just like Freemasonry and many other secret
societies, is ancient and have survived throughout history under different names but always had the
same misson and Agenda. The Thule Society has, so I’m told, a huge base in Antarctica as well, which
also is the place where the secret man-made UFOs are taken into space. They even have plans to make
Antarctica a sovereign state in the near future, a state outside of the One World Government. The Vril
Society, in control of Vril Power, and the Thule Gesellschaft are tightly interwoven. The Vril Society is
actually the Inner Circle of Thule and they work with the U.S. Government and have done so since the
end of WW II when German Thule and Vril members were secretly moved over to the United States in a
project called “Operation Paperclip”. Both Thule and Vril are using Scandinavian Gods and Goddesses as
aliases within the Order, and they even have a Nordic language that the Inner Circle speaks which they
have spoken on Earth for over 11,000 years. It has been passed down to each inner circle’s
successor.The following pretty much summarizes Thule’s present view on humanity and its’ future. It
comes from a Thule Insider and is translated from German : This is what we need to understand! We are
all parts of this [God's] plan. There are lots of pieces in God’s great game. Unfortunately, mankind learns
only by disasters or wars and then we develop a new collective consciousness! The Akasha Chronicle is
nurtured from the development of human beings, and as bad as it sounds: Napoleon and Hitler were
factors in the collective consciousness of mankind — a child learns from a little pain — humanity learns
from this child. But it will be accompanied by a great divine assistance, which is generally in the
literature of the esoterics which the “Great White Brotherhood” refers to.We need have no fear,
because lurking behind the Stargate is not the death or monsters. It shows the kind and loving creator.
The “Great White Brotherhood” is the guardian of ideas. The gods have invoked the Brotherhood of
Agartha — The Order of Thule, and other magic systems work in the construction of the new eon. Hope
is our principle. I am not at all convinced that “behind the Stargate is not “the death or monsters”,
though. My research leads me to believe it’s a mix of “everything” and by opening the Gate we let in
whatever dwells “on the other side”… Agartha means the Nation inside the Hollow Earth, which I have
no doubt is very real. The Vril Society First a little background on the Vril Society. This is what is told to
the general public in Wikipedia : The Vril Society was founded as “The All German Society for
Metaphysics” in 1921 to explore the origins of the Aryan race, to seek contact with the “hidden masters”
of Ultima Thule, and to practice meditation and other techniques intended to strengthen individual
mastery of the divine Vril force itself. It was formed by a group of female psychic mediums led by the
Thule Gesellschaft medium Maria Orsitsch (Orsic) of Zagreb, who claimed to have received
communication from Aryan aliens living on Alpha Tauri, in the Aldebaran system. Allegedly, these aliens
had visited Earth and settled in Sumeria, and the word Vril was allegedly formed from the ancient
Sumerian word Vri-Il, “like god” [In fact, Vri-Il means nothing in Sumerian, and could not even be a
Sumerian word, as Sumerian had no 'v' phoneme, nor does Sumerian allow consonant clusters at the
beginning of words. While the Akkadian word for “deity” is indeed ilum, the Sumerian word is dingir]. A
second medium was known only as Sigrun, a name etymologically related to Sigrune, a Valkyrie and one
of Wotan’s nine daughters in Norse legend. Other sources state that the Vril Society was founded by an
ill-defined group of Rosicrucians in Berlin before the end of the 19th century, while still others state that
it was founded by Karl Haushofer in Berlin in 1918. Some sources state that the Vril Society was also
known as the Luminous Lodge, or the Lodge of Light, though others claim that it was originally called the
Brothers of the Light. The Society allegedly not only taught concentration exercises designed to awaken
the forces of Vril, their main goal was to achieve Raumflug (Spaceflight) to reach Aldebaran. To achieve
this, the Vril Society joined the Thule Gesellschaft and the alleged DHvSS (Die Herren vom schwarzen
Stein, The Masters of the Black Stone) to fund an ambitious program involving an inter-dimensional
flight machine based on psychic revelations from the Aldebaran aliens [who are equivalent to the
Anunnaki, who ruled in old Sumer. The word Sumer (or Sumeria) stems from Sumi-Aldebaran, which is
the star system the Anunnaki originally come from, 68 light-years from Earth. Nibiru is merely a "station"
they use on their Intergalactic journeys]. Members of the Vril Society are said to have included Adolf
Hitler, Alfred Rosenberg, Heinrich Himmler, Hermann Göring, and Hitler’s personal physician, Dr.
Theodor Morell. These were original members of the Thule Society which supposedly joined Vril in 1919.
The NSDAP (National Sozialistische Deutsche ArbeiterPartei) was created by Thule in 1920, one year
later. Dr. Krohn, who helped to create the Nazi flag, was also a Thulist. With Hitler in power in 1933,
both Thule and Vril Gesellschaften allegedly received official state backing for continued disc
development programs aimed at both spaceflight and possibly a war machine.There is no evidence that
a functional prototype was ever made. The claim of an ability to travel in some interdimensional mode is
similar to Vril claims of channeled flight with the Jenseitsflugmaschine (Other World Flight Machine) and
the Vril Flugscheiben ( Flight Discs ). Hidden masters (the members of the Vril society and their
antagonist, the Jewish World Conspiracy), an escape by Hitler and other Nazis from Berlin to the South
Pole, flying saucers, secret Nazi inventions, and psychic channeling powers and Aliens from Aldebaran
clearly are the elements of a conspiracy theory. As there yet seems to be no comprehensive scholarly
examination of the proponents of this theory (except for some chapters in Goodrick-Clark’s “Black Sun”),
their motives remain unclear. It must be said, though, that Secret Societies cannot be held responsible
for the Holocaust and the Third Reich. Like I said, this is the “official version”, which does have truth in it,
but the Wikipedia entry was made by someone who wanted to debunk the whole story. Big mistake!
History is telling us that the Vril Society was almost entirely based on Edward Bulwer-Lytton’s fiction
novel, The Coming Race. The book describes a race of men psychically far in advance of ours. They have
acquired powers over themselves and over things that make them almost godlike. For the moment they
are in hiding. They live in caves in the center of the Earth. So how can a group of esoteric people form a
serious secret society out of a fiction book? Well, this is how it works : First of all, if we research Edward
Bulwer-Lytton we will see that he belonged to The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, which in itself
was (and still is) a very esoteric secret society which branched out from the English Rosicrucian Order.
Being a high rank member of The Golden Dawn, Bulwer-Lytton had a lot of esoteric knowledge. What he
then did was nothing new and it happens even more often today — he wrote a fantasy/fiction book!
That way he got the esoteric knowledge out to other initiates in other secret societies around the world,
while the common masses would read the book as pure fiction and never understand the seriousness,
the symbolism and the truth that was written in it. An ingenious way of getting forbidden knowledge out
in the open, but still only the selected few would understand what the information is really about. Today
they do this through books, Hollywood movies, pop/rock music, fine art, pop art and more… In
December 1919 a small circle of persons from Thule, Vril and the DHvSS [Die Herren vom Schwarzen
Stein (German: Lords of the Black Stone)] met in a specially rented forester’s lodge near Berchtesgaden
(Germany). They were accompanied by the medium Maria Orsic and another medium only known as
Sigrun. Maria had mediumistically received transmission in a secret Templar script – a language
unknown to her – with the technical data for the construction of a flying machine. According to Vril
documents these telepathic messages came from the solar system Aldebaran which is sixty-four light-
years away in the constellation Taurus.Here is a short summary of messages the Vril medium had
received over the years and which formed the basis for all further actions by the Vril-Gesellschaft,
compiled by author Jan van Helsing, and this is very important information to be able to understand the
rest – this is not science fiction, but truly what is going on in the Inner Core of Thule and Vril. I need to
emphasize to the reader that even if you don’t believe a word of this, it’s irrelevant. They believe it and
have built at least two very complicated secret societies around it — and these societies are quite
powerful and influential: The solar system Aldebaran has a sun around which revolve two inhabited
planets that form the empire SUMERAN. The population of the Aldebaran system is divided into the
master race of “light God people” (Aryans) and several other human races that had developed by
negative mutation from the “God people” because of climatic changes upon the planets. The Aldebaran
star system The colored mutant races apparently are on a lower stage of spiritual development. The
more the races intermixed, the lower the spiritual development of these people sank, which led to the
situation that when the sun Aldebaran began expanding they could no longer maintain the space travel
technology of their forefathers and could not leave the planets by their own means. The lower races,
totally dependent upon the master race, had to be evacuated and were brought to other inhabitable
planets. Despite their difference all the races respected one another and did not interfere with each
other, neither the so-called God people nor the lower races. Each respected that the others just made
their own developments [in contrast to what happens on Earth]. Around 500 million years ago the “light
God people” started to colonize other earth-like planets, after the expansion of the sun Aldebaran and
the resulting heat had made the original planets uninhabitable. It is said that in our system they first
colonized the planet Mallona (also called Maldek, Marduk or – by the Russians – Phaeton) which existed
in the area of today’s asteroid belt, then between Mars and Jupiter. Mars was next. [The proof for a
highly developed race on Mars are the well-known face on Mars and the pyramid city which has been
photographed by the Mars probe Viking in 1976. It is assumed that the master race of Sumeran-
Aldebaran then also came to Earth for a first visit, witnessed by the petrified impressions of a shoe
found to be about 500 million years old, and squashed under the heel a trilobite, a little crayfish that
lived then upon Earth and became extinct about 400 million years ago]. The Vril people thought that
later, when Earth became slowly habitable, the race of the Aldebarans landed in Mesopotamia and
formed the master caste of the SUMERIANS which were described as fair, white God people. The Vril
telepaths also found that the Sumerian language was not only identical with that of the German and
that the language frequently of German and Sumerian-Aldebaranian were almost identical. [ The
Aldebarans are the ones whom we call the Anunnaki ] The construction plans and the technical details
that the Vril mediums received were so accurate that they led to the most fantastic idea men ever
begot: the construction of a “Jenseitsflugmachine”, a “flying machine for the other side” and the “Vril-
Odin”! Just to try to understand how complicated the terms “good” and “evil” are and how subjective
they are, Dr. W.O. Schumann of the Technical University in Munich, both a Thule and a Vril member,
held a speech in the early 20th Century, a section of which is reproduced here: In everything we
recognize two principles that determine the events: light and darkness, good and evil, creation and
destruction – as in electricity we know plus and minus. It is always: either – or. These two principles –
the creative and the destructive – also determine our technical means… Everything destructive is of
Satanic origin, everything creative is divine. Every technology based upon explosion or combustion has
thus to be called Satanic. The coming new age will be an age of new, positive, divine technology! from
the German SS secret archives In the summer of 1922 the first saucer-shaped flying machine was built
whose drive was based on implosion (the “other-side flying machine”). It had a disk eight meters across
with a second disk with a diameter of six and a half meters above and a third disk of seven meters
diameter below. These three disks had a hole at the center of one meter eighty across in which the
drive, which was two meters forty high, was mounted. At the bottom, the central body was cone-
shaped, and there a pendulum reaching the cellar was hung that served for stabilization. In the activated
state the top and bottom disk revolved in opposing directions to build up an electromagnetic rotating
field. The performance of this first flying disk is not known. But experiments were carried out with it for
two years before it was dismantled and probably stored in the Augsburg works of Messerschmidt. In the
books of several German industrial companies entries under the codename “JFM” (for
Jenseitsflugmaschine) can be found that show payments towards financing this work. Certainly the VRIL
DRIVE ( formally called “Schumann SM-Levitator” ) emerged from this machine Before the end of 1937,
the RFZ 2 was ready, with a Vril drive and a “magnetic field impulse steering unit. It worked – and it
would meet a remarkable destiny in 1941, during the Battle of Britain, when it was used as transatlantic
reconnaissance craft, because for these flights the German standard fighters ME 109 had an insufficient
range. Due to the craft’s small size and experimental impulse controls the RFZ-2 could only make turns
of 90, 45, and 22.5 degrees making it unsuitable as a fighter aircraft. In 1941, however, the RFZ-2 met
the surface raider Atlantis in the The RFZ-2 served as a long-range spotter for the raider which would
later bring mining equipment and supplies to Neu Schwabenland prior to its sinking in December
1941.This is the last known use of the RFZ-2 which due to its cramped interior which tended to heat up
badly became known as the “Fliegende Heisswasserflasche” ( Flying Hot Water Bottle )! These machines
were based an an IMPLOSION instead of an EXPLOSION system, a technology directly developed from
Maria Orsic’s and her co-mediums’ channeled information. VRIL power is simply the energy of the
Universe, and Nazi Germany learned how to tame it and use it for interplanetary travels. There is a lot
more to know about the development of Flying Saucers here on Earth, and I strongly recommend you
read Jan van Helsing’s book, Secret Societies and Their Power in the 20th Century to learn more. It goes
into details on this and various other very important subjects. For our purpose it is not necessary to go
into too much details about this, other than you need to know that these things were and are going on
around us in secret, and many UFOs that people see (but not all of them) are man-made. There can’t be
much of a discussion whether the Vril space-crafts are real or not, because the evidence is
overwhelming and indisputable. Still, there are a few more things worth mentioning. At the beginning of
1943 it was planned in Nazi Germany to build in the Zeppelin hangars, a cigar-shaped mother ship. The
ANDROMEDA DEVICE of a length of 139 meters should transport several saucer-shaped craft in its body
for flights of long duration ( interstellar flights ) By Christmas 1943 an important Vril-Gesellschaft
meeting took place in the seaside resort of Kolberg.The two mediums Maria Orsic and Sigrun attended.
The main item on the agenda was the ALDEBARAN PROJECT. The mediums had received precise
information about the habitable planets around the sun Aldebaran and one began to plan a trip there.
At a January 22, 1944 meeting between Hitler, Himmler, Kunkel (of the Vril Society) and Dr. Schumann
this project was discussed. It was planned to send the VRIL-8 (Odin) large-capacity craft through a
dimension channel independent of the speed of light to Alderbaran. Under the operation PAPERCLIP
German scientists who had worked in secret were brought to the U.S. privately, among them VIKTOR
SCHAUBERGER and WERNHER vON BRAUN — both had been working on these projects and now
introduced this secret technology to the United States Government.In 1938 a German expedition to
ANTARCTICA was made with the aircraft carrier Schwabenland (Swabia). 600,000 kms of an ice-free area
with lakes and mountains were declared German territory, the NEUSCHWABENLAND (New Swabia).
Whole fleets of submarines of the XXI series were later headed towards Neuschwabenland. Conceptual
art of Neu Schwabenland high-tech U-Boot Type XXVI was a high-seas U-boat propelled by the Walter
Propulsion System. They would have had a crew of 3 officers and 30 men, with ten torpedo tubes, 4 at
the bow and 6 in a so-called Schnee organ, and no deck guns. 100 contracts were initially awarded to
the Blohm + Voss yard in Hamburg (U-4501 through U-4600) and sections were under construction for
U-4501 through U-4504 when the war ended.The other contracts had been cancelled. Today about one
hundred German submarines are still unaccounted for, some equipped with the Walter Snorkel, a device
that allowed them to stay submerged for several weeks, and it can be assumed that they fled to
Neuschwabenland with the dismantled flying disks or at least the construction plans. Again it must be
assumed that since the test flights had been very successful some so-called flying saucers have flown
directly there at the end of the war. Perhaps some may think these assumptions to be a bit on the
daring side, but there are strong indications that it may well have happened that way. There is a
question why in 1947 ADMIRAL E. BYRD led an invasion of ANTARCTICA, why he had 4,000 soldiers, a
man-of-war, a fully equipped aircraft carrier and a functioning supply system at his command if it was a
mere expedition? He had been given eight months for the exercise, but they had to stop after eight
weeks and high losses of planes undisclosed even today. What had happened? Later Admiral Byrd spoke
to the press : It is the bitter reality that in the case of a new war one has to expect attacks by planes that
could fly from Pole to Pole.Jan van Helsing tells us that NorbertJürgen Ratthofer writes about the
whereabouts of the Haunebru developments in his book Zeitmaschinen ( Time Machines) : The
Haunebru I, II and III space gyros and the VRIL I space flying disk had disappeared after May 1945. It is
very interesting to note in the context that after its nine teenth test flight the German Haunebru III is
said to have taken off on April 21, 1945, from Neuschwabenland, a vast, officially German territory in the
Eastern Antarctic, for an expedition to Mars, about which there is nothing further known. One year
later, in 1946 the many sightings that suddenly occurred in Scandinavia of shining objects of unknown
and definitely artificial origin caused a great stir among the Allies in East and West. Again one year later,
in 1947, and well into the Fifties, a rising number of shining unknown flying objects, doubtlessly steered
by intelligent beings, mostly round, disk- or bell-shaped, sometimes cigar-shaped, so-called UFOs
appeared over North America… A lone prototype was constructed before the close of the war and was
to be used for evacuation work for Thule and Vril in March 1945. Subsequent postwar claims that this
craft was ultimately used for a mission to Mars is completely unfounded; even with onboard SS oxygen
generators and modified Draeger Werke pressure suits there is no way this machine could withstand an
eight month journey to Mars. What would be the purpose anyway? The Gesellschaften were aiming at
channeled flight not conventional space flight. The text goes on to say that as a rule these objects were
unlike the German developments. but good photographic material proves that the Haunebu II version
especially had been sighted very often since 1945.It is further said that colour photographs taken by a
night guard in West Germany in the Seventies exist of a landed and restarted flying disk that had both a
knight’s cross and a swastika on its hull. According to Thule, and lots of other other independent
researchers, another disc left Antarctica in 1945 with both Hitler and Maria Orsic on board. This craft
was heading not for Mars, but for Aldebaran. We know for a fact that Orsic “disappeared” from the
“face of the Earth”, literally speaking, in 1945 and many different researchers suggest she actually went
to Aldebaran, but was Hitler on board as well??? Future research may disclose this matter, hopefully.
Researchers have long struggled with from where the mediums got their information – whom did they
channel? Instructions how to build Vril driven saucers partly came from the ILAT-LITUM plates found in
Antarctica in 1939, and partly from previous channeled information, and my research points in the
direction that the Vril mediums channeled beings from the Aldebaran System, the original Anunnaki.
Vril-8 Odin Schematic It could very well be that the technology to build Vril-Odin originally came from a
mix of alien technology and channeled information, but Vril-Odin was built by humans from this same
channeled information, plus the instructions in the ILATLITUM.According to Herbert G. Dorsey and other
researchers they had, besides the construction plans the Vril-Gesellschaft had received through
telepathic contact with extra-terrestrials, a non-terrestrial saucer that had crashed in the Black Forest in
1936 and whose undamaged drive had proved a great help to the Germans. But there is practically no
proof of that, and no living eye witnesses are known. A painting of a model of the Vril Machine, taken
directly from the Thule website However, it sure seems like Maria Orsic is back from Aldebaran, looking
as young as ever. Is it possible that Vril Power is able to “bend time” by traveling through a dimensional
“(worm)hole”, like van Helsing suggests, and thus bring the passenger back in the same age ( or
younger ) than he / she was when they left ? Early on, while I was researching, a certain girl, code name
“Sully” was presented to me as the “Vril girl”. No other name. Then, by “accident” on the Internet I
looked at photos of Maria Orsic, whom no one had mentioned to me at that point and I did not know
about her from previous research. So let me tell you how this developed. In an article ( Viktor
Schauberger – The UFOs of Nazi Germany ), totally unrelated to my research, this picture is published :
The picture with the spacecraft is from the Vril Society and was taken in 1944. The girl’s name in this
picture, I found out, is Maria Orsitsch ( Orsic ). Now compare the two photos and we can definitely see
the similarities. Are these two girls the same person? If so, she hasn’t aged! These pictures are at least
65 years apart. Sully Maria Orsic As a matter of fact, after I made this connection, I have had it confirmed
from two sources that these two girls are the same person. This biography of Maria Orsitsch is pretty
interesting : Maria Orsitsch, also known as Maria Orsic, was a famous medium who later became the
leader of the Vril Society. Biography She was born in Vienna. Her father was a Croatian and her mother
was a German from Vienna. Although various alleged photos and documents exist that verify Maria
Orsitsch’s existence, it was only until the 1960s that historians and writers began to note her
involvement with Nazi Mysticism. Maria Orsitsch was first mentioned and pictured in 1967 by Bergier
and Pauwels in their book Aufbruch ins dritte Jahrtausend: Von der Zukunft der phantastischen
Vernunft. Vrilerinnen Women Maria Orsitsch was the head of the ‘The All German Society for
Metaphysics’ ( Alldeutsche Gesellschaft für Metaphysik ) founded in the early 20th century as a female
circle of mediums who were involved in extraterrestrial telepathic contact. The society was later
renamed the ‘Vril Society’ or ‘Society of Vrilerinnen Women’. In 1917 Maria Orsitsch is said to have
made contact with extraterrestrials from Aldebaran with her female Vril circle. Later in 1919 the Vril
circle met with other groups in a small forester’s lodge in the vicinity of Berchtesgaden to discuss a
possible voyage to Aldebaran to meet the Aliens by the construction of Nazi UFOs. Notes on this space
mission are discussed in a recent detailed analysis of Nazi Occultism entitled Black Sun : Aryan Cults,
Esoteric Nazism, and the Politics of Identity. Maria claimed to have received mediumistically
transmissions in a secret German Templar script – a language unknown to her – containing technical
data for the construction of a flying machine. Vril documents mention these telepathic messages had
their origin in Aldebaran, a solar system 64 light-years away in the constellation Taurus. Disappearance
In 1945 Maria Orsitsch and the Vril Circle mysteriously disappeared. This has led to some writers,
conspiracy theorists and Nazi Mystics (ie Jan Udo Holey) to believing Maria Orsitsch escaped to
Aldebaran. Vril Letter of Departure for Aldebaran, March 1945 So again, it’s stated she disappeared in
1945. Is “Sully” the Grandmaster of the Vril Society? According to two sources and my own research and
observations, she may very well be! Someone showed one of my sources an official Temple of Isis signet
from Ancient Egypt that the Military possesses and it depicts Isis under a bull. Aldebaran is known as the
Bull’s eye of the Taurus constellation. The Isis picture looked exactly like the ‘Vril girl’. It is difficult to find
a good painting/artifact on Isis to compare the two, and so far I haven’t found any that I could say have
resemblance with today’s Sully/Maria Orsic. Antarctica, Springboard to the Stars This following
information comes directly from a Thule Insider. In 1939, Captain Alfred Ritscher of Nazi Germany found
the Antarctica entrance into the Inner Earth. He also found the “ILAT-LITUM” plates in a sarcophagus on
the coast of Neuschwabenland. In the sarcophagus were still a number of technical devices and
instructions that now became available to the Vril Society. The “ILATLITUM” was divided into several
engraved metal plates or tablets, brought to Berlin and decoded into German by some experts from the
Orient. When the plates were found, no one could read them, because they were in Sumerian/Akkadian.
This is what the Thule member told me when I asked what ILAT-LITUM is ( this email excerpt is
translated from German ) : This book was written for those who were left behind on the planet KI, which
we now call Earth. It shows us the history of the gods since their arrival, the war with the Reptoids, the
emergence of new types and species, the advancement of the DNA and more…The book was also
mentioning the signs that will show for the return of the Gods. It is the story of ourselves and all our
deeds. The book was not completely handed over to a human. Only with “Vril-Odin’s” departure a full
translation was given. Vril-Odin is used to navigate in a timeless space ( hyper-space ), as well as to
assess the upcoming events. Therefore, it would be very dangerous if it gets into the wrong hands… Only
when we all understand that we are children of the gods, there will be peace and the divine plan is
closed for another eon.ILATLITUM contains accurate information on the landing of the Anunnaki Gods
on Earth and the fight with the Reptoids. Inside the sarcophagus were also instructions how to build the
“Vril-Odin” space craft. The “Vril-Odin” was built per the instructions and was up and flying in the fall of
1944. On board the craft was Reichskanzler Adolf Hitler. The destination of the flight of Vril-Odin was
Sumi-An in the Aldebaran solar system.According to the Thule insider, all subsequent appearances of
Hitler were done by his doubles. The corpse in the bunker was the body of a double as well. The secret
recordings of Hitler on this subject were passed to the Vatican by a Bishop Bremer and these archives
are supposed to be opened up in 2012. Nazis in Antarctica, 1939 Captain Ritscher, when he made his
expedtion, followed the instructions from the Vril Society and channeled information, mainly from the
Vril Society’s own medium, Sigrun. This means that Ritscher did not find the sarcophagus by accident but
was following channeled instructions.We know that Maria Orsic received channeled information
regarding the Tablets already in 1919-1924 but wasn’t able to decode and interpret it, because it was in
Sumerian / Akkadian. We need to remember that the technology known to common people is at least a
hundred years up to thousands of years behind the technology used in secret. Moon bases have long
been established, and you don’t use a slow and unsafe space shuttle to move between planets in our
solar system. The Vril power has a lot to do with space technology and how to travel outside this planet.
The “disc” that the Anunnaki God are talking about in ILAT-LITUM, which they are rotating (or spinning)
is from my understanding a Vril machine. Area 51, by the way, is a cover. The real base is in a mountain
in Utah. When a craft is taken into space, it leaves from Utah to Antarctica and then exita the
atmosphere from there.There is apparently a lot of UFO and underground activity in Utah. There are lots
of witnesses, many are Mormons and former Mormons, who say that there is a network of underground
tunnels beneath Salt Lake City and some of these people have seen reptilian beings there as
well.Interestingly enough, shortly after I published this book on June 17 2009, UFO sightings have
increased in numbers rapidly. Agartha – A Nation Inside Earth Much has been said about the Hollow
Earth. Books have been written about it, a lot of Internet sites cover it and some of it is good research,
some of it is not. It is an important part of our story, because due to both the Thule and Vril Societies
(and other secret societies as well) there is a Nation of Beings inside Earth. This Nation is called Agartha
or Agarthi ( both variants are used interchangeably — there are other spellings as well ) and their Capital
is Shambala (or Shamballah). I will just touch briefly on it here.I am going to quote Jan van Helsing from
his well researched book : Secret Societies and Their Power in the 20th Century again and this time
when comes to explaining what Agarthi/Agartha is, because his research confirms to some extent what
members from Thule have told me, but is still just a part of the story”ULTIMA THULE” apparently was
the capital city of the first continent peopled by Aryans. This was called HYPERBOREA and was older
than Lemuria and Atlantis (continents with advanced cultures since submerged). The Scandinavians have
a tale of “Ultima Thule”, the wonderful land in the high North, where the sun never sets and the
ancestors of the Aryan race dwell.Hyperborea was up in the North Sea and sank during an ice age. It is
assumed that the Hyperboreans came from the solar system Alderbaran which is the main star in the
constellation Taurus, and that they were about four meters tall, white, blond and blue-eyed. They knew
no war and were vegetarians (so was Hitler). According to alleged Thule texts they were technically very
advanced and flew “Vril-ya”, flying machines that today we call UFOs. These flying disks were capable of
levitation, extreme speeds and the maneuvers known from today’s UFOs due to two counter-rotating
magnetic fields and they used the so-called Vril power as energy potential or fuel (Vril = ether, Od,
Prana, Chi, Ki, cosmic force, Orgon…, but also from the academic “vriIL” = as the highest deity = God-
like), i.e., they take the energy from the earth’s magnetic field (free energy) like the “tachyon converter”
of Captain Hans Coler.When HYPERBOREA began to sink the Hyperboreans are said to have burrowed
with huge machines gigantic tunnels into the Earth’s crust and settled under the Himalayan region. The
subterranean realm is called AGHARTA and its capital SHAMBALLAH. The Persians call this land “Aryana”
the land of origin of the Aryans. Here we should mention that Karl Haushofer claimed that Thule was
actually called Atlantis and – contrary to all other researchers of Tibet and India – he said that the
surviving Thule-Atlanteans were separated into two groups, a good one and an evil one. Those who
called themselves after their oracle Agharta were the good and settled in the Himalayan region, the evil
ones were the Shamballah who wanted to subjugate humanity and they went West.He maintained that
the fight between the people of Agharta and Shamballah had been going on for thousands of years and
that in the Third Reich the Thule-Gesellschaft as Agharta’s representative continued it against the
representatives of Shamballah, the Freemasons and the Zionists. This perhaps was his mission. The head
of this subterranean region he said was Rigden Iyepo, the king of the world, with his representative
upon the Earth’s surface, the Dalai Lama. Haushofer was convinced that the land below the Himalayas
was the birthplace of the Aryan race, which he claimed to have confirmed during his Tibet and India
travels.The symbol of Thule was the Swastika counter clockwise. Tibetan lamas and the Dalai Lama
personally testified that people from Agartha were still living today. The subterranean land that is
anchored in almost all Eastern traditions has spread over the millennia under all of the Earth’s surface
with huge centers under the Sahara desert, the Matto Grosso and the Santa Catarina mountains in
Brazil, Yucatan in Mexico, Mount Shasta in California, England, Egypt, Czechoslovakia. It seems that
Hitler especially sought to discover the entrances to the subterranean world Agartha and to get in
contact with the descendants of the Aryan “God people” from Alderbaran-Hyperborea. In the myths and
traditions of the subterranean world it is often said that the world’s surface was yet to suffer a terrible
world war (Third World War) which would though be ended by earthquakes, other natural disasters and
a switching of the poles and the deaths therefrom of two thirds of humanity.After this “last war” the
several races of the inner earth would reunite with the survivors on the surface and that the thousand-
year GOLDEN AGE (age of Aquarius) would be rung in. Hitler wanted to build an outer “Agartha” or
“Aryana” with the Aryan master race, and Germany should be its home. During the existence of the
“Third Reich” two large expeditions were sent by the SS to the Himalayas to find those entrances.
Further expeditions searched in the Andes, the Matto Grosso mountains in the North and the Santa
Catarina mountains in the south of Brazil, in Czechoslovakia and parts of England.Some authors claim
that the Thule people believed that – quite independently of the subterranean tunnel and city system –
the Earth was HOLLOW, with two great openings at the poles. Natural laws were quoted, “as above, so
below”. Since blood, body or egg cells, a comet or an atom all have a nucleus and a hollow space
surrounding it that is enclosed by a “corona radiata”, an envelope, and the actual “life” is taking place in
the core, one has deduced that the Earth was built after the same principles. Druses confirmed this, as
they were hollow and the “life”, the mineral and crystals, were in the interior. Therefore the Earth also
had to be hollow – apparently agreeing with the views of the Tibetan Lamas including the Dalai Lama –
and had a nucleus, the Central Sun (also called the “Schwarze Sonne”, the Black Sun) that gave the
interior an even climate and permanent sunlight, corresponding in the microcosm to the central sun of
the galaxy in the macrocosm.They maintain there is a place in the interior – the master race lives inside
and the mutants on the surface – and that this was also the reason why we wouldn’t find any life upon
other planets of our solar system, because their inhabitants live inside. The main entrances are at the
North and South poles through which the central sun is shining and producing the aurora borealis. In the
interior the land mass was exceeding the water mass. The polar explorer Olaf Jansen and others said
that the water in the interior was fresh, which could explain why the ice of the Arctic and Antarctic is
made of freshwater, not salt water. It is interesting to note that this view of the make-up of the world is
shared and supported by the polar explorers Cook, Peary, Amundsen, Nansen, and Kane and, last but
not least, Admiral E. Byrd. All had the same, strange experiences contradicting existing scientific
theory.All confirmed that after 76 degreed latitude the winds became warmer, that birds flew north,
that they found colored and gray snow which when thawed left colored pollen or volcanic ash. The
question arises: where do flower pollen or volcanic ash near the North Pole come from, as not a single
volcano is marked on any of the accessible maps? Further, some of the explorers found themselves in
freshwater seas, and all say that at a time during their travels they had seen two suns. Mammoths were
found whose flesh was still fresh and whose stomach contained fresh grass. The “Hollow Earth” theory
has so far remained just a theory to the public, although some authors and explorers claim to have
visited there and even – like Admiral E. Byrd – had taken numerous pictures. It cannot be denied that all
the Arctic explorers had had extraordinary experiences that so far cannot be explained, which points to
something strange happening there.But the theory that the Earth had a molten core has equally
remained just a theory. The fact remains though that the subterranean man-made tunnel and cave
systems do exist. They can be found in almost any country of the world and by the largely still existing
light source (a greenish glow that gets brighter the deeper one enters the tunnels), by the smooth walls
and the unknown machinery that was found in the Boynton Canyon in Sedona, Arizona, are witness to a
technically advanced culture that existed millions of years before. The myths of a “Hollow Earth” were
enough for the Thule people to go out to start a serious study of the phenomenon. Therefore there was
at least one expedition to the Antarctic during World War II.To show that the story of the Aryan-
Hyperboreans was not entirely invented I would like to mention two examples: When the Spaniards
under Pizarro came to South America in 1532, the natives called them “ivicarochas” (white lords).
According to their legends there was a master race of very tall white people who centuries before had
descended in “flying disks” from heaven. They had long ruled in some of the towns and when they
disappeared had promised to return. When the fair skinned Spaniards arrived, the natives thought them
to be the iviracochas coming back and therefore in the beginning willingly gave them their gold. Similar
occurrences took place when the first white travelers arrived in Tibet and other Himalayan regions. They
were scrutinized in astonishment by the Tibetans and asked why they came from BELOW (the foot of
the mountains) rather than from ABOVE as they usually did. ~ Chapter 32 : Adolf Schickelgruber and the
‘Thule Gesellschaft’ Apart from the fact that I. G. Farben supported Hitler, their cartel partner “Standard
Oil” (Rockefeller) fanned the flames against the Nazis. The “Ford Motor Company” for instance helped
to build up the American army while at the same time producing in Germany military vehicles for the
Nazis. Ford and Opel (subsidiary of General Motors that is controlled by J. P. Morgan) were the two
largest producers of tanks in Hitler’s Germany.Whatever the outcome of the war, these multinational
companies had already made their cuts. Many enterprises followed this principle during the Second
World War.Why is there nothing about all this in schoolbooks or encyclopaedias? Especially in Germany
where the freedom of the press is apparently honoured and the truth is taught ? One of the reasons is
that the Rockefeller Foundation spent US $139,000 in 1946 to present an official history of the Second
World War which covered up the whole story of the U.S. bankers building up the Nazi regime as well as
the occult and mystical background of the Nazis. One of the main sponsors was Rockefeller’s own
“Standard Oil Corp.” Site Meter Bron : http://www.black.greyfalcon.us Plaats een aanvullingBegin
discussie 3. "Is there any truth to the following? ALDEBARAN -- Human militarists of a fascist slant who
have traditionally sided with the Dracos and Greys. They collaborate within a large underground facility
below Egypt, the base of a secret "Kamagol-II" cult which has connections to the Bavarian Thule Society
and the Montauk time-space projects. This cult is also referred to as the Gizeh empire or Gizeh
Intelligence, and they are working with secret societies on earth in an effort to dissolve all national
sovereignties into a global religioeco-political order. There are also Insectoid forces involved with
Aldebaran. Apparently a neo-Nazi space force may have helped to colonize that system by sending time-
space forces back into the distant past to inhabit the 4th dimensional realm of one or more of its
planets. These forces from the past are currently involved with the New World Order scenario,
attempting to carry out their dictatorial agenda on earth from their "base" within another time-space
dimension of Aldebaran (source: Preston Nicholes, and others). Here is the link to the site where I found
this information: http://www.angelfire.com/ut/branton/cosmo1.html. Here is another reference: Alex
Collier Video: 1. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OW4wA55jII8. 2. http://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=ok0QD...eature=related. Alex Collier Lecture ..A; 1995 Interaction Between Gizeh Group and Nazi
Germany: The Greys made contact with a world governmental body for the first time in 1931. This was
in Germany. The Greys were however turned away by the German government, because it had already
committed itself to involvement with the Gizeh Intelligence. Now, I don't know if you know who Gizeh
intelligence is, but I will tell you that it is a renegade group of human extraterrestrials that were
headquartered under the Gizeh plateau in Egypt. They were predominantly Pleiadians at the time.
Ashtar was part of that group, Kamagol was part of that group. Even Jehovah was part of that group for
some time. They did their own thing. They came down here and "played God" with us, and people
worshipped them as "Gods" because they had this technology. They abused their power. The Germans
were, in the 1930's, building rockets and starting a space program because of their contacts with
extraterrestrials - the Gizeh Intelligence. Technology was developed and used to create weapons,
because the German governmental bodies involved were concerned that there was going to be an alien
invasion. The Gizeh intelligence told them that the Greys were here. However, there was not an actual
invasion, per se, in progress. Weapons, such as sound devices, lasers, neutron bombs, particle beam
weapons were created, although many of these were actualized later on in history. The Germans were
given a lot of this technology by the Gizeh intelligence. These technologies also included free energy
devices and anti-gravity technology. Tripartite Interaction: US, USSR and Britain. The United States was
the first to open its doors to the alien race known as the Greys. I have been told of a contact in 1934,
wherein the Greys made their presence known to the United States government in Washington State. It
wasn't until 1947 that actual contact occurred with the aliens and United States officials, due to the
shooting down of an alien craft in Roswell, New Mexico. This pressed the Greys into contact earlier than
they had anticipated. After this crash at Roswell in 1947 the United States, the Soviet Union and the
British, at the very highest levels of government, became "blood-brothers". Now, these governments did
not know what Germany was really up to at that time in history. The Germans were very very secretive
about their contact with Gizeh intelligences. What was going on in Germany and what was going on
between these other countries were two separate issues. The Roswell incident created more of an
urgency to develop a true space program in order to defend the Earth. Again, the United States
government and the Soviets thought that there was a threat due to the technologically advanced state
of the aliens they had encountered. The true space program as an "underground" development that we
are just now beginning to hear about. It was originally financed by members of the Club of Rome. Now,
you will need to do some homework to find out who those members are, and don't be surprised at who
you see. We'll talk more about that when we discuss the moon. The Greys assisted the "black
government" with the building of some of the first facilities on the moon and Mars. Here is the link:
http://home.wanadoo.nl/mufooz/Nwomc...Government.htm. Here is one more: The observation leads
to the conclusion that Al Gore is a top member of Gizeh intelligence. This was the reported occult
backing of Adolf Hitler and his Nazi movement in Germany. Ethnically, the Mars connection of pyramid
builders (Caucasian white race component of modern humanity via Atlantis, in their original form fitting
the Nazi stereotype and extremely racist, the people described by contactee Elizabeth Klarer). The story
is very old and very complex. In order to give a short intro, just take a look at this ancient Egyptian
painting of Toth writing judgment: Toth, or Hermes Trismegistos, was born during the times of Atlantis
and achieved personal immortality. A part of this was a shape-shifting ability. In the painting above, he is
depicted with an animal head (ibis). Gizeh intelligence comprized around 8000 highly advanced people
under the supreme leadership of shape-shifting Toth. They lived since ancient times in a network of
underground cities, the main city being under Gizeh, Egypt, another site being under a location in the
Grand Canyon, U.S.A. Other animal shapes reported from ancient times include a crocodile face, a lion
face, etc. Toth is the fading embodiment of a fallen angel, Lucifer. In the 19th century, some of the 8000
started becoming active, such as through the Theosophical society of Madame Helena Petrovna
Blavatsky. In the early 20th century, the Gizeh intelligence became active as a backer of Adolf Hitler in
Germany and his Rothschild-Windsor sponsors in England. Today, all the 8000 have left their cities and
are active among humanity. From this connection it is plausible that they are also the force behind the
Jesuits in the Vatican and the Knights Templar before that. Reference: Books by Drunvalo Melchizedek.
Contrary to myth, the Nazis won the second world war and took over the United States of America. See
research by Mae Brussell, Webster G. Tarpley, Anton Chaitkin, David Emory and Greg Hallett. From this
connection it is plausible that Gizeh intelligence is in control of America. My personal psychic experience
is that Al Gore is a shape-shifting demonic entity from the very top of Gizeh intelligence with Assamite
ability (one of the so-called „Ascended Masters” who are highly developed negative beings). The
activation of the Gizeh intelligence over the past 150 years (since John D. Rockefeller, Sr.’s time) is to my
mind an incidental part of the prophecy that is frequently discussed today under the caption of „2012”.
The traditional Christian name for this is the Apocalypse (after the Book of Revelation, the last book of
the Bible). Here is the link: http://www.cloakanddagger.de/home%20..._Gore_Evil.htm. In light of the
above information, please watch the following: 1. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hJfc63rCnWE. 2.
http://www.youtube.com/watch? v=VTe2t...eature=related. Do you see a pattern...or is it just me? Tell
me I'm not crazy! Pretty please!! Help! I'm finding very little information on 'Gizeh Intelligence'. The
above description seems to place 'them' at the center of our troubles. The views expressed above are
not necessarily mine...but they seem intriquing. What is going on here?" I wonder as to whether this
supposed "Thule Society" was always Satanist, and/or another type of Unholiness, or a totally different
occult (like some demons who may or may not have been defiant towards one or the other or even
both, Holy pleiadians and Gods and Unholy demons which recently I had gotten this thought and the
reptilian "confirmation" that this does exist as well, not just brainwashed and controlled "Unholy demon
clones", which is an entirely separate issue and concept) Apparently even some original other kind of
demons are also anti-Unholy, not just some extraterrestrial reptilians and that i may have even been
possessed at times by one or the other, kind of Unholiness, clones and these atheistic demons who the
Unholiness/"law pleiadians demons" (as the chitauri reptilians call them) supposedly look down upon
and view and deem them as "low class" demons... (Many of these articles in this Urgent 5 email chain I
have not read in it's entirety, due to the fact that i am usually getting targeted, maybe even through the
multiverse rifts at times, by many different fronts and entities, and that this is much bigger than just
"satanic" and/or communist gangstalking... and that many hackers may even be listening, watching and
reading much of this, potentially. So i must be righteous through thick and thin, and try to support what
is right and for benevolence and for the whole planet no matter how much i get
manipulated/possessed/controlled..... they put me to sleep and distract me when i try to read much of
any of these articles in this "Urgent 5" chain of documents and passages........ but i'm sure it is because
there is very much truth to atleast the first 2------------ (Break due to this computer disconnecting from
the internet most likely because pro-west/illuminati/malevolents don't want me to expose any of this, i
will continue here-) copy of last paragraph with my next points and additions: I wonder as to whether
this supposed "Thule Society" was always Satanist, and/or another type of Unholiness, or a totally
different occult (like some demons who may or may not have been defiant towards one or the other or
even both, Holy pleiadians and Gods and Unholy demons which recently I had gotten this thought and
the reptilian "confirmation" that this does exist as well, not just brainwashed and controlled "Unholy
demon clones", which is an entirely separate issue and concept) Apparently even some original other
kind of demons are also anti-Unholy, not just some extraterrestrial reptilians and that i may have even
been possessed at times by one or the other, kind of Unholiness, clones and these atheistic demons who
the Unholiness/"law pleiadians demons" (as the chitauri reptilians call them) supposedly look down
upon and view and deem them as "low class" demons... I had also gotten the thought that Satan was the
demon seen as "selling earth and the pleiadians and Unholiness" out to extraterrestrial/vrillian reptilian
illuminati power manipulators to begin with by sympathizing, trusting and consorting with them to begin
with, whether it was from a pro-nazi and/or pro-American pro-western front, and ultimately got culled
first by a vrillian power manipulative spawn, then later by a chitauri reptilian communist (supposedly).
And maybe things like that would be why most original demons, especially original Unholiness wouldn't
involve themselves directly with humanly or mortal politics/within the political sphere of the globe and
the establishments/governments of the world to not risk becoming vulnerable to any opposers/power
manipulators from any front, and that would explain some governmental/officials entities/possessors
not being exactly aligned and allied with just any demons/unholiness' own interests, especially if they
are actually reptilian anti-pleiadian/anti-Holy power manipulators or their influenced/controlled demon
clones/"manipulatee's"/tools/slaves (like the vrillian leviathan demon clone that seemed to cater and
bow to the "soul recycling archons", (vrillian reptilian hybrid extraterrestrial power manipulators who try
to manipulate humans and their souls? trying to act like demons?), archons who are obsolete as
malevolence and evil is as well as a whole, and you should stand up for yourselves) and so they feel
entitled and self righteous enough to overlook all the communist power manipulators and so they don't
accommodate me or my demons (to a fault) and then they die when its too late for their souls....( for not
helping us, anyway...) anyway, also because governmental rules, regulations and stipulations are similar
to their vrillian reptilian society of forbidding and preventing outsider/public intervention with unofficial
entities and cooperation with public humans/humanly affairs. So that's all part of the problem as well,
especially once you realize that some malevolent, some communist, some both of the chitauri
metaphysical computerized soul self power manipulator kind of reptilians have been trying to take over
the world from the bottom up, with grassroots movements like anonymous "hacktivism", infiltrating the
media and industry and business, brainwashing and controlling and maybe even possessing humans
themselves in some cases, with russia/anti-western/communist and allied countries, cyber-warring,
espionage/spying, proxy battle wars, using propaganda to turn America and other countries public
against their own establishments i.e pro-russian propaganda on american industrial technological
platforms like social media outlets, television news outlets, the Washington Post (editor?) creating a
header for that newspaper company that says "democracy dies in darkness"......... While the ignorant
and self-righteous and malevolent pro-western/pro-american etc. illuminati overlook all of these kind of
brainwashing's and intrusions, trying to rule from the top, through their pro-western elite secret
societies and the establishments/governments of the world, and turning their heads and a blind eye to
everything the communists/pro-russian state have been trying to do the entire time, and neglecting me
all because you're either scared of risking your secrecy, extraterrestrials, and/or intelligence
community's by mistrusting people like me who are actually patriotic and well-meaning and helpful,
even if i prove myself, and they decide to not get involved publicly (to a fault) and that's a big reason
why pro-west is fucking up. (Leaving me alone "expendable" with real divine/unholy energies trapped
reproducing on my body dead or alive is probably the worst mistake you could ever make,
mishandled/unhandled, wow what a bunch of retards, but anyway. Yet, somehow I'm still pro-American
xD 🙄 ) anyway, (also neglecting your own officials, 😇😎😂 demons, clones, demon clones and leaving
them malevolent is also unwise....... let alone the public and veterans alike and not in your best interest,
not for anyone) (Many of these articles in this Urgent 5 email chain I have not read in it's entirety, due to
the fact that i am usually getting targeted, maybe even through the multiverse rifts at times, by many
different fronts and entities, and that this is much bigger than just "satanic" and/or communist
gangstalking... and that many hackers may even be listening, watching and reading much of this,
potentially. So i must be righteous through thick and thin, and try to support what is right and for
benevolence and for the whole planet no matter how much i get manipulated/possessed/controlled.....
they put me to sleep and distract me when i try to read much of any of these articles in this "Urgent 5"
chain of documents and passages........ but i'm sure it is because there is very much truth to atleast the
first 2 "e-books" (Illuminati bloodlines, and the Archon notes), and I am personally wondering whether
any of this in this e-mail could elaborate on any other details concerning these kind of topics that would
be useful for benevolent entities to know to try to change for the better which is why i point these
things out. If capitalists, communists, oligarchs and governments and elite controllers, establishments
and societies would actually be benevolent enough to not be too greedy, and to actually spread the
wealth evenly, whether it is through fairly implemented and proper, uncorrupted forms of socialism
and/or taxing the wealthy for the lower classes, and to supporting third world countries and spreading
free and advanced, developed society throughout the planet, could eradicate poverty, homelessness
etc. and the opposers cyber-war, proxy battles and other conflicts etc. and could lead to uniting the
planet and for peace and love and unity and sympathy and benevolence etc. so all of this should be in
everyones interests. The richest people have no need for extra billions of dollars that they won't spend
because they already have everything they want or can't spend or whatever the case may be, so the
governments may as well tax the rich, give themselves a pay raise and some more incentive to do right,
and to help the whole of the planet. The communists could redistribute their wealth more evenly and
fairly, the pro-western countries can tax the rich/capitalists more and not the low class and middle class
and could probably eradicate the rift and the difference and division and the need to keep anyone low
class, homeless or impoverished and/or unemployed or third world. for examples.... And then we can
come that much closer to the Heavenly world to come "Heaven on earth" utopian advanced futuristic
society that some may know as the inevitable future of the supposed so called "YAVIS" empire (a
benevolent new world order/one world government if not international/global state. If any part of the
illuminati/global elite was suffered to stay evil/malevolent or controlled by Unholiness that refuses
either pro-Holiness and/or benevolence or both, then you might keep the world divided and you'd risk
malevolent opposition to your demons, pro-western countries, governments, reptilians etc. and the pro-
russians and communists would feel the need to either fulfill their own malevolents agenda and/or think
that they have to fight and hack the pro-west to defend their own countries and people from your pro-
western illuminati extraterrestrials, demons, reptilians, humans, expansionism/colonialism and/or
imperialism, and you'd risk them trying to advance further in Crimea, Ukraine, India, Korea, Syria, Israel
etc. just because some entities "want to stay evil/malevolent/anti-Holy..... that's not worth giving up
America and the west to other opposing malevolents and communists and pro-russian state now, is it...?
No, malevolence is not worth keeping for anyone involved at this point and everyone needs to come to
this mutual understanding that everyone has to remain benevolent in every universe and that that's the
only way to fix everything. Then, to be pro-Holy, once it is safe enough for extraterrestrial benevolents
to come help this planet and for Jesus Christ, Son of God to also to comfortable to come help for this
planet and everything as well Himself. back to the deathofcommunism.com site.... this part may
certainly expose russian war criminals, if anything, to say the least. In all objectivity... 4.
https://www.deathofcommunism.com/genrikh-yagoda/ "Exposing the Jewish Criminal Genrikh
Grigoryevich Yagoda “ We must not forget that some of greatest murderers of modern times were
Jewish….” In this article I will expose the jewish criminal Genrikh Grigoryevich Yagoda. Born Yenokh
Gershevich Iyeguda (Енох Гершевич Иегуда) (November 7th 1891– March 15th 1938) into a Jewish
family in Rybinsk. Yagoda was the Jewish head of the notorious Soviet Secret Police, the NKVD from
1934 to 1936 and laid the groundwork for the infamous Show Trials. Responsible for the deaths of at
least 10 million people, Yagoda’s black vans went out at night in St. Petersburg, known then as
Leningrad, to round up so called “class enemies”: former members of the aristocracy, former civil
servants, former businessmen, former teachers and professors and professional people, and or ethnic
Europeans who had graduated from a university. A quarter of the population of the city was arrested
and liquidated under the order of Yagoda. Genrikh Yagoda was a jewish murderer and like all the other
communists showed no regards for any life, followed his own selfish pursuits no matter who he harmed,
he lied, he stole, and should be remembered as the vile creature he truly was. Honors and awards
Yagoda Received (For being a murderer) – Order of Lenin – Order of the Red Banner, twice (1927, 1930)
– Order of the Red Banner of Labor of the RSFSR (1932) Yagoda joined the Bolsheviks in 1907 and in
1914 he married Ida Averbach (jew), a niece of Yakov Sverdlov (jew) another notorious jewish Bolshevik
responsible for the final telegraphic instructions to murder the Imperial Family. About the Tsar family ~
http://deathofcommunism.weebly.com/jewish-murdermachine.html Yagoda was a member of the
Presidium of the Cheka in 1920 and was appointed by Felix Dzerzhinski (jew) as Second Deputy
Chairman of the Cheka’s successor organization, the OGPU, from 1923 to 1934. He was described at the
time, by Georgi Agabekov, as “brutal, uncultivated and gross”. Exposing the Jewish Criminal Felix
Dzerzhinsky Yagoda was responsible in September 1927 for the ‘exposure’ of the ‘Left Opposition’ led by
Trotsky and Zinoviev, and in an entirely fabricated report engineered by Stalin, they were found guilty of
collusion with the Whites. In November Trotsky, Zinoviev and almost a hundred of their followers were
expelled from the Party. (Jews rating out other jews) Exposing the Jewish Criminal Leon Trotsky Exposing
the Jewish Criminal Grigory Zinoviev In 1930 he was in charge of the system of forced labor camps
throughout the Soviet Union. A close longtime associate of Stalin, Yagoda became a member of the
Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union in 1934 and was put in charge of the
newly organized Commissariat of Internal Affairs, the NKVD, into which the OGPU had been absorbed
that year. There is evidence that Yagoda was instrumental in establishing the NKVD’s sophisticated
medical section, the Kamera (Chamber) which experimented in the use of drugs and poisons.
(Communists experimented on German pows in world war 2) When the Kulaks were targeted by the
communist jews, Yagoda told Stalin that the “only way of dealing with the kulaks was with bullets. One
OGPU official admitted: “We have executed some twenty or thirty thousand persons, perhaps fifty
thousand. They were all spies, traitors, enemies within our ranks, and a very small number in proportion
to the persons of this kind then in Russia. “Stalin (jew) gave instructions that concentration camps
should not just be for social rehabilitation of prisoners but also for what they could contribute to the
gross domestic product. This included using forced labor for the mining of gold and timber hewing.
According to the anti-Comintern Bulletin of April 15, 1935, Yagoda’s organization, between 1929 and
1934, drove between five and six million Russian peasants from their homes. As deputy head of the
GPU, Yagoda organized the building of the White Sea – Baltic Canal using forced labor from the Gulag
system at breakneck speed between 1931 and 1933 at the cost of huge casualties. For his contribution
to the canal’s construction he was later awarded the Order of Lenin. The construction of the Moscow-
Volga Canal was also started under his watch but only completed after his fall by his successor Nikolai
Yezhov (jew also known as the bloody dwarf). Yagoda and Yezhov (jew) organized purges and round-ups
(and executions) of the so called ‘conspirators.’ Zinoviev (jew) and Kamenev (jew), however, put up a
defense during their trial in January 1935, and after the trial Stalin summoned Yagoda, saying to him
“You’re working badly, Genrikh Grigoryevich! You should have tortured them until they made a full
confession!” Yagoda was so shaken by the meeting that when he recounted it to his deputy, Georgi
Prokofyev, he burst into tears. In August 1936 Yagoda held the first of the infamous show trials,Yagoda
supervised the arrest, show trial, and execution of the Old Bolsheviks Lev Kamenev and Grigory Zinoviev.
These events would lead to the manifestation of the Great Purge. Zinoviev and Kamenev and a number
of their associates ‘confessed’ to a series of charges including and were immediately executed. “Many
Jews sold their soul to the Communist revolution and have blood on their hands for eternity.” Even if the
communist jews followed all the despicable orders of tyrants like Joseph the jew Stalin they themselves
were executed. There is no loyalty within jewish ranks, everything and everyone is disposable even their
own kind. It is said that Stalin never fully trusted Yagoda, and on September 25th 1937 Stalin sent a
telegram to the Politburo demanding Yagoda’s replacement by Yezhov, stating that “Yagoda has
definitely proved himself to be incapable of unmasking the Trotskyite-Zinovievite bloc. The NKVD is
[now] four years behind in this matter.” Yagoda was removed from office on September 26th and
replaced by Yezhov, under whose fanatical direction the purge trials continued reaching dizzy heights.
On March 13th, 1938 Yezhov announced another of his great counter-revolutionary conspiracies, this
time by Yagoda and his leading departmental chiefs who were all already in prison. Yagoda became a
defendant at the third show trial that month, where he was accused of being a member of a “Trotskyite”
conspiracy intent on destroying the Soviet Union through sabotage. In addition he was said to have
arranged the poisoning of his predecessor, Menzhinsky, the great writer Maxim Gorky and the Chairman
of the State Planning Commission, V.V. Kuybyshev. He was convicted and sentenced to death on March
15th, and shot soon afterwards at the Lubianka in Moscow, as were all his fellow accused, bar one, who
was poisoned. On September 25, 1936, Stalin sent a telegram (co-signed by Andrei Zhdanov) to the
members of the Politburo. The telegram read: “We consider it absolutely necessary and urgent that
Comrade Yezhov be appointed to head the People’s Commissariat of Internal Affairs. Yagoda has
obviously proved unequal to the task of exposing the Trotskyite-Zinonievite bloc. A day later, he was
replaced by Yezhov (jew), who managed the main purges during 1937–1938. Yagoda was arrested on
Stalin’s orders, and Yezhov announced Yagoda’s arrest for diamond smuggling, corruption wrecking,
espionage, Trotskyism, and conspiracy and spying for Germany since joining the party in 1907. Yezhov
even sprinkled mercury around his office, then blamed it on Yagoda trying to assassinate him. Yagoda
was a defendant at the Trial of the Twenty-One, the last of the major Soviet show trials of the 1930s.
Yagoda was shot soon after the trial as were 3,000 of his NKVD supporters. His successor and former
deputy Yezhov ordered the guards to strip Yagoda naked and beat him for added humiliation just before
his execution. Yezhov himself would suffer exactly the same treatment at the order of his successor and
former deputy, Lavrenti Beria (Jew), before dying by the same executioner (NKVD Chief Executioner
Vasili Blokhin) just two years later. Yezhov took over Yagoda’s two Moscow apartments and his dacha
which was said to contain 3,904 pornographic photos, 11 pornographic films, 165, pornographic pipes,
one dildo, many articles of women’s clothing and the two bullets that killed Zinoviev (jew) and Kamenev
(jew). Yagoda diligently implemented Stalin’s collectivization orders and is responsible for the deaths of
at least 10 million people. But i bet you never heard his name once in history class. “ Even if we deny it,
we cannot escape the Jewishness of “our hangmen,” who served the Red Terror with loyalty and
dedication from its establishment. After all, others will always remind us of their origin.” The Jews active
in official communist terror apparatuses (In the Soviet Union and abroad) and who at times led them,
did not do this, obviously, as Jews, but rather, as Stalinists, communists, and “Soviet people.” Therefore,
people find it easy to ignore their origin and “play dumb”: What do jews have to do with them, or what
does them being jewish have to do with them being criminals? Everything…" Again, I apologize for the
antisemetic rhetoric displayed in some of that passage, as that was not the point or "illogic" i was
referring to and pointing out... I do not agree with the last part there. And from whatever else I saw in
the other last article, I don't think Al Gore is some Illuminati shapeshifter. So alot of this stuff in this e-
mail could be conspiracy theory and propaganda, but at the same time, it doesn't make everything they
say untrue. I hold everyone accountable. I am not trying to be biased or unfair about any of this to
anyone. On Thu, Jul 23, 2020 at 9:44 PM nikita S.I wrote: Full version of tHe ARCHON NOTES: REPTILIAN
BRAIN, ARCHON FEAR PROGRAMMING, NEGATIVE PROGRAMMING TO CONTROL THE LOW
VIBRATIONAL FREQUENCY MATRIX OF THE ARCHONS ON PLANET EARTH IS CONTROLLED BY THE EGO OF
THIS WORLD. THROUGH KNOWLEDGE THIS NEGATIVE FEAR PROGRAMMING CAN BE REVERSED TO BE
ABLE TO REACH HIGHER FREQUENCIES JANUARY 31, 2020 BY PETER HORTTANAINEN Reptilian brain,
archon fear programming, negative programming to control the low vibrational frequency matrix of the
archons on planet Earth is controlled by the Ego of this world. Through knowledge this negative fear
programming can be reversed to be able to reach higher frequencies The reptilian brain has the ability
to shut down the other “brains” if it senses danger. Capable of paranoia, it is our reptilian brains that
allow persecution of others. This is why we are bombarded daily with negative messages that frighten
us. It suspends our conscious processing and keeps our subconscious mind open to suggestive
programming. Negative fear programming; fear-based thinking, feeling, and negative ego/fear
based/separative programming held within the four lower bodies of the earth and all her inhabitants.
This faulty negative ego programming became seeded in the collective consciousness and was passed
along through the generations. The reason why many stay trapped in the tomb is because they want to
fit in. This is the fear principle that rules mass consciousness and the illusion that feeding the fears of
being excluded and then fears of death. The Matrix is then been controlled mass consciousness, tribal
consciousness, corporate thought pattern, Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they
work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness. Through mass consciousness reality is
presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand
and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed. The masses are made up of
individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the consciousness of the individual must
alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here,
and what part we are destined to play in creating this new age. In this way, satan ( the ultra ego)
exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as the accuser, satan uses this “corporate
thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God intends to use a certain man to bless His
people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will cause “everybody” to turn against him. And
this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or organized bullying, or organized predator stalking.
Satan controlls mass consciousness through the carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at
anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized gang stalking. How does this control-matrix called
“corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the
approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control
of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It
is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear. Some people live in what is
called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from
other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are
perpetually governed by the opinions of others. Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and
producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and
subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected
through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison. For
eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has
dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the
individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make
decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will,
external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems. From
an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass
consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of
our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social
and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets
for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and
separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our
own energy. Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from
the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces
within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our
soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our
oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to
listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious,
parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one. It
is very necessary to overcome the negative programming that the circle world and ourselves have put in
place in our energy fields. Each time we manage to reverse a negative thought with a positive
affirmation, we create a little more distance from it and create an energy space of our own, that can be
filled with positive feelings and therefore energy. When we make continuous effort to do this then we
are taking back control of our soul connections and our very lives. But make no mistake, the negative
thoughts want us back, and they want us firmly back in the loop of the ego-driven circle world. The
subconscious will spare no tactic to protect you from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly
creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep you in your comfort zone. It is important to understand
that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow you to stray far away
from your comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained
powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his
or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal
gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to
sustain achievements. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will
undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change
process from the very start. There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from
nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount of
thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to break the
gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into space. If there is enough fuel in the
rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth, it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of
the planet. Once the rocket is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the
power to pull it back down. As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as
the Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull consciousness into itself.
This gravitational force is really what one is dealing with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey.
Awakening is breaking free of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state,
awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because we’ve awakened
does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational pull of the dream state. If we
haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the
experience of “me” and the perception of separateness. Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way
of thinking about the process of awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of
awakening is a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional force of
the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override and shed one´s ego, and
become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the individual consciousness beyond the
constraints, into a form of communication with the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.
One fact continuously emerges of spiritual development, and that is, that the psychic powers, higher
and lower, are hindrances to the highest spiritual state and must be left behind by the man who can
function freed from the three worlds altogether. This is a hard lesson for the aspirant to grasp. He is apt
to think that a tendency towards clairvoyance or clairaudience is indicative of progress and a sign that
his practice of meditation is beginning to take effect. It might prove just the opposite and inevitably will,
should the aspirant be attracted by, or attached to, any of these forms of psychic faculty. As you believe
something, you give it power; when you generate emotions around the thought, you enforce the object
of your belief, gelling it, so to speak, into physical form. Even if you don’t consciously affirm/confirm a
particular belief, if you don’t question or even are not aware of the underlying belief, it means that you
implicitly believe in it and are part of the social agreement. When masses of people adhere to a
collective belief, their consciousness has a collective creative effect. If you are born into this system, you
are educated into what is considered to be real by everyone around you, and you never come to see the
cage of beliefs that surrounds you, nor do you understand your own participation and complicity in
supporting the system. The Controllers very cleverly use the creative power of each individual by getting
them to agree upon a system of belief that supports the Controllers who hold the puppet strings of the
human collective. They need the collective for its energetic mass—the reality that is created by
consensual agreement. While there is certainly a personal reality system for every individual on Earth,
the sheer pressure of the collective agreement makes it very hard for an individual to rise in vibration
and attain his own personal freedom outside the collective agreement. The Archons don´t want anyone
to dissolve their ego state of mind they have been controlled for eons and thosuends of years. Removing
the Core-Fear Matrix This clearing program and dispensation from the Spiritual Hierarchy is extremely
important for each closing. Removing the core-fear matrix is accomplished by a latticework of light that
the inner-plane ascended masters anchor over each individual and which will highlight any imbalanced
pro-gramming in your four-body system. The ascended masters have the ability to pull all fear-based
programming, all negative-ego programming, all sepa-rative programming, right out of your field, like a
gardener pulling weeds. Fear-based programming shows up under the latticework of a light-matrix
removal as gray and black weeds intertwined throughout your subtle bodies. The only thing stopping us
from being the love we are is the fear-based programming that we have been imprinted with. The low
vibration holds our programming and prevents us from moving out of it, and even if we do momentarily
shift upward, that low vibration will take us back into behaviour programmed by our chip. We need to
lift the shadow into light, expose it, and look at it head on, so that we can lose its darkness and so
change the level at which we are vibrating. Bliss is hardwired in our brains and bodies, and this comes
about from the divinity of the ‘whole’. ‘All’ is part of a greater plan — there is no separation, me and
them, them and me. The whole world and everyone in it is just an extension of who we are, and the
world simply reflects our current vibrational form and what we need to heal. From the smallest one-cell
organism, we all have the chemical for bliss in us (endorphins), so the natural form of the world should
be in bliss. The positive and negative become one and we lose the duality of dark and light that holds us
back all the time. What keeps us from awarenesses is the fear of being unprotected, the fear of being
unsafe, the fear of experiencing uncertainty, and the fear of insecurity. When it is okay with us to be
afraid and uncertain, then we do not fear our fear, and we are somewhat more secure about our
insecurity, and somewhat protected by feeling less of a need for protection. When we are not afraid of
our fears, we have a greater feeling of a sense of belongingness with an adequate number of people.
When we are not afraid of our fear, we have more of a sense of respect and self-esteem, and we feel
like we have a greater chance of transcending dichotomies, so that what we do that is good for us is
simultaneously good for those around us. In duality consciousness, individuals see themselves as better
or lesser than others, resulting in a hierarchy that mirrors the lay-ers of fear.There is no common source
that unites everyone within this system. Only fear is shared by all, but this commonality produces no
bonds because its sources are as numerous as those who experience it. This fragmentation is not
without its benefits to certain people. Those who want to maintain control can use the fear of their
subjects to manipulate them, keeping them focused on one threat today and another tomorrow. The
fragmented structure of duality can exist only as long as we entertain the belief that this chaotic world
of separation is rational. Duality distorts who and what we are; to know only dual-ity is to know very
little. We live in a perfectly ordered universe, but because disharmony, imbalance, and disunity
permeate duality thinking, we cannot see the order that lies beneath the perceived disorder. Duality is
costly and destructive, wasteful of resources. In its fragmentation and fear, peace is unachievable.
Duality leads first to conflict, then to war, as we ratchet up the force required to achieve submission.
Duality seems to be real because its fragmented construction restricts awareness to only that which
conforms to its distorted view of reality. This leads to a world of distorted perceptions that must
constantly be defended because they are fabricated, and not reality. Withdraw the belief that duality is
real and it is exposed as dysfunctional, wasteful, and a recipe for ever-present fear, pain, and disaster.
Fear arises only where duality —because each point of the duality wants to possess ti other. The desire
for possession always generates a fe; of dispossession. But when there is no duality, who wi possess
whom? Where possession itself is negated, thei fear can have no abode. The fundamental note of all
mysticism is transcending the realm of Duality. To reject the demands of Duality one by one is the only
way that leads the spiritual aspirant to the rich experience of Non-duality. The Way of mysticism is the
Way of Love, and surely Love can come into being only when Duality is completely negated. Fear exists
only in the realm of duality; in the state of non-duality there is no fear. There is fear so long as the other
exists, but when the “other” is not there of what shall man be afraid? In the realm of duality, Death
reigns supreme. And so no solution of the problem of Death can ever be found in the field of duality.
Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the root of all others,
is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the mind does not know the extent of its
openness, instead of experiencing without center or periphery, we perceive everything through one
central point of reference. This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the
egosubject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the delusional experience
of a “me” or an “I.” “Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent
divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal
propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind,
Prana and the senses. There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had
only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-
realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved
without Self-realisation. The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the
soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego denied its own
source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of ignorance that cause pain are
ignorance, ego, attachment. The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego
perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation
of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the
attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the
fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true
nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.” So a new
centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by Truth and Reality. “Man is then
driven by the logic of his own experience to find the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in
the Truth. This entails the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The
disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of consolidated sanskaras
must disappear if there is to be a true integration and filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can
be tackled only through intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is
possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of intelligent consciousness.” In
some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A separately existing, dualistic
world is an illusion. However, our experience is true. Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through
the mind and its concepts the world appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a
subject. We mistake the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate
being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who we are, and that
projection that makes us believe we are something we are not. There is fear in duality. There are
quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is ignorance. The whole world is firmly established in the false idea
of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of
manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the egomind. Those
who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or
vehicles. The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness. Ontological
idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a creation of the mind. The
alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of epistemological idealism which contends that
unenlightened minds are unable to distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual
constructions which we place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of
things as they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The world as we
experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is always a product of our own
interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled by ignorance and craving. “Lifting of a veil” is a
rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown. If the history of psychic research tells us
anything at all, it is that we are surrounded on all sides by nonhuman intelligences who habitually lie to
us for no discernible reason other than to amuse themselves. These entities are at least as old as human
conscious-ness (hence the near-universality of the Trickster motif in legend and folklore) and seem
curiously dependent on us for their continued existence. Shamans have always known how to enter
these realms consciously, how to direct their awareness to attain their objective, and how to return to
the threedimensional world and apply what they’ve learned to the subject at hand. Stated another way,
individual awareness penetrates the objective psyche, maintains its integrity as a subjective observer,
and then returns to consensus reality. Everyone who has emerged intact from a major acid trip
understands what this is like. Because these mental realms are spatial dimensions—that is, they have
breadth, width, and height appropriate to the mode of consciousness of the plane in question, we will
label them collectively as “hyperspace.” This is not a metaphor; these lokas are worlds and dimensions
equally as real and infinite as external, physical space-time. The only difference is that they are inside of
us. This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we are
multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in threedimensional space. The
gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes our predicament as one of exiles far from
home who are held captive within a threedimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called
archon, or rulers. The gnostics pulled no punches in the way they described the human condition: to
this: consciousness is your only reality. Awareness is all you have: your body is only an object of
consciousness, a temporary vehicle for living in a threedimensional world, though you won’t hold it for
long, even if you live a hundred years. All your beliefs about your reality are based upon your experience
as an observer since you entered the physical body. This includes imprinting from parents, race, class,
culture, language, etc.—all the data hardwired in your braincomputer, all the objects of perception that
provide the convincing illusion that you know who you are and that you understand your experience.
Unfortunately, circumstances like these are made to order for the fabrication of truly grotesque
illusions. The gnostics would say it’s a setup. Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from
reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that
must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides,
which is what the Archons want. Man must reach a new relationship to the world around him…. To do
this he must give priority, not to external problems, but to the mind that is considering them…. Hardly a
beginning has yet been made to bring the illimitable inner world that has recently been opened to us,
the world of the unconscious, the world of the dreaming mind, into living contact with everyday life….
Our problems are plainly growing beyond conventional human control, and consciousness has no choice
but to enlarge itself to meet them. The trouble is, consciousness per se has not the power to do this. It
must look beyond itself for help.’ All of these data support the postulation of transcendent dimensions
of being linked to space-time through consciousness itself. The uncon-scious is actually a dimension of
dimensions. The rather narrow band of forces we call space-time then becomes only one portion of an
apparently infinite multiverse of superficially invisible realms of experience. The Archons prevents
spiritual progress; The third bhanda, Neck Lock, allows prana to move up through the neck, awakening
the third eye and pituitary gland and radiating into our aura. Neck Lock opens the fifth chakra —the
throat—so kundalini energy can flow to the sixth, seventh, and eighth chakras The third bhanda, Neck
Lock, allows prana to move up through the neck, awakening the third eye and pituitary gland and
radiating into our aura. Neck Lock opens the fifth chakra —the throat—so kundalini energy can flow to
the sixth, seventh, and eighth chakras. Without Neck Lock our energy is often blocked at the throat, and
our soul light cannot reach the higher chakra frequencies of intuition, sacred wisdom, and surrender to
the divine. The traditional yogic word for Neck Lock is Jalandhara Bhand (pronounced “jahlunn-dah-rah
bond”), which literally means “neck lock.” Sometimes we experience a sense of fear when we begin to
connect deeply to spirit, and we pull back from the cosmic breakthrough that happens when energy
flow reaches the third eye and awakens intuition. If you feel fear, please remember that prana is love.
There is no reason to do any of this except to awaken and blossom so the fragrance of your soul can be
sensed as part of you. The third eye is where we discern the unseen reality behind the surface, the
eternal ebb and flow of the energy of life. The intuition requires complete neutrality in order not to
shrink back. The crown chakra, at the top of the head, is the gateway to our rare divine consciousness.
And in the aura we become an integrated, coherent whole rather than a series of separate chakras. The
line between our finite idenity and infinite consciousness becomes blurred. We blend. We are not
separate. When the three locks—Root Lock, Diphragm Lock, and Neck Lock—are practiced all together
at once, as they often are, we call it Great Lock, or Maha Bhand (pronounced “mah-hah bond”). Maha
Bhand enables the totality of our energy to flow as one unimpeded circuit. These three locks is also
known as the knot of ignoranve and the goal his to keep humankind within the lower matrix separated
or disconnected from the higher self and higher intuition, and instead is been fed with ego knowledge
that prevents movement towards higher realms of the human consciousness. “The (alien) group”
requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of
liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in
place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we
would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our
perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities
would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our
history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who
purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself
the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by
what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment.
We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. The neck lock is beyond the
five senses world, so this world don´r want anyone progress through the five first chakras and its five
senses, so it makes everything to prevent anyone progress beyond the fifth chakra. The archons who has
been controlled this world for eons, thosends of years, generation after generation has been working
with negative programming to shut off the divine connection to the true source of knowledge. Once you
realize this is going on, you will be able to lift and clear the patterning that does not belong there, and
bnng yourself into a purer state. That which does not belong, will just lift off. It will have a hardened, and
locked-in feeling, but the more you focus on your perfect sovereign self, the more you will be able to
direct your soul energy to assist in lifting off these locked in patterns that prevent your soul expansion
and evolution. The human body have been pre- programmed with negative programming, by the fallen
hierarchy of the archons. This just keeps us on a negative spiral, and giving our power away, instead of
realizing our divine birthright as sparks of Divine natures. Negative programming makes it more difficult
to carry the crystalline light body of cosmic consciousness, so it is difficult to hold and maintain those
higher states as one goes about the day. There are no codings and structures to maintain the higher
more evolved states, and this there indeed needs to be. The higher states come in and have no
anchorage point in the realms of duality. The polarity will just split off the perfect consciousness, causing
one to experience both extremes, by which time the energy has been pulled out of its perfect state of
unity and harmony, and now looks nothing like it originally did. Below the thin layer of brain called the
cerebral cortex, where the rational mind functions, lies the 90 per cent of our being that we are
unaware of—the primitive, reptilian brain. Within this aspect of the mind lies our subconscious
connection with our ancestors and their ancient knowledge. When we are able to access this memory or
connection, we are able to draw from the powers within our subconscious mind and this is where that
aspect of our spirit talks to us about who we are and what we want from our lives. Amazez can
powerfully activate the ‘Mouth of God’ chakra near the top of the spine at the back of the head. This is
an extremely important point on the energy body, and is the source of many mystical experiences. It
coincides physically with what is called the ‘reptile brain: The reptile brain, our oldest brain structure,
has been mistakenly maligned, because it is seen as primitive. However, it is also spiritually the portal of
the risen kundalini as it pours in to illuminate the whole brain. It is called the ‘Mouth of God’ because it
is through this portal that the Breath of God flows into us when conditions are right. Amazez can
awaken and help open this critical passage so that our latent Divine energies can circulate properly and
bring us to enlightenment The kundalini system could be thought of as a seven way speaker musical
crossover system. What the kundalini exercise does is to reverse the separation process, thereby causing
the energy of the seven colors to be pumped backward into the cord or line called sushumna. As the
energy flow is reversed, the colors begin to mix back towards their original state. That state being white
light. As the colors mix, they give off their magnetic charge. This charge saturates Ida and Pingala with
negative and positive current. The filtered charge flows upward in “hidden ducts” to the jaws of the
mouth. This path reaches beyond the medulla oblongata, or what is called the oblong gate. When the
“yogi” or student starts the process, they lock or seal the body. One lock is at the neck, while the other is
at the root chakra. Most people do not move beyond the first three levels of consciousness represented
by the first three chakras. The conrollers of this world keeping humankind trapped within the three
dimenisonal world and reality through fear concepts and negative programming of the mind. Leviathan’s
attack with complex and strategic methods. The first symptom of his attack is the manifestation of fear
—sudden and unrealistic fear within the congregation. The manifestation of this characteristic of the
spirit of leviathan, in the natural realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of
communication. The Gnostics believed that the Devil rules the material world, and in order to be free of
the Devil one must free oneself of material possessions. They understood that this lower Earth matrix
keeps us attached through our attachment to material possessions. The Gnostic creation myth is unique
in that it includes how inorganic alien beings came into our universe, our world and our minds. In a text
called, Nag Hammadi, the Gnostics describe their visionary journeys, and it is in these journeys that they
discover the Archons. What you will see from the Gnostic description of the Archons, is that it parallels
the Black Goo of Atlantis. The word Archon is often used to describe any powerful being in the fourth
dimension who psychically attacks the Light and infects humans with dark energy. What the Gnostics
discovered is that these Archons infect the human mind, and pull it downward into darker, less evolved
states of being. They affect the human mind with subliminal conditioning techniques, and the human
being is often unaware of the “infection”. David Icke tells; There was once a golden age of humanity. It
was a time of harmony and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each
other and with the universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along.
Then the peace was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A
conspiracy was afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate
control system, designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a
state of constant fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The
mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the
conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient. The Leviathan spirit creates severe forms
of interference Remember the Lord’s disclosure in Job 41:18 that, by the Leviathan spirit’s sneezing, a
light shines. The light that shines implies lightning. This “lightning” occurring in the realm of the spirit
creates fear wherever Leviathan attacks. This fear manifests in a variety of ways. Leviathan’s attack with
complex and strategic methods. The first symptom of his attack is the manifestation of fear—sudden
and unrealistic fear within the congregation. The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of
leviathan, in the natural realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of communication. That
is, the words spoken by one party are not heard accurately by the second party; rather, what is heard is
entirely different from what was intended by the speaker. This ability to severely distort words is a tool
the spirit of leviathan. Instruments for communication is; Syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology,
electro magnetic frequencies is some examples of instruments for beaming and looping sounds, words
and voices into targeted individual minds. Leviathan is a demon spirit reveals itself as “the Anti-Christ
spirit” The antichrist spirit denies and even opposes the anointing on ministries and individuals. The
antichrist spirit causes personality attacks with lies, gossip, accusations, criticism, and even slander to
the total annihilation of ministries. The manifestation of this spiritual attack is the result of the spirit of
God no longer moving. The ministry comes to a standstill with no vision because the vision has been
choked out due to the opposing spiritual attack. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking
and spirit of leviathan. Organized Gang Stalking is the spirit of Leviathan in action in this world. Leviathan
is the political beast system of this world. Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of
the brain. The induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning, and
reality center of the brain. Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information. Fear is
generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted. When fear blocks
the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It
blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living
in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear,
stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the
mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to
prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix). When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from
seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information
is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the
ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the
looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be
able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing. Fear blocks visions and and it
blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the
process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means;
“When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this
hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from
be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in
these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know how to use this knowledge.
Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of
information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be
processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive
chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in
the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos. Fear not just blocks the flow of energy,
visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to
dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing
the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta
information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and
evolving new spiritual gifts. When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of
intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering
this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher
consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing
methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare
(organized gang stalking). Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock
together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of
energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history”
humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state. The Leviathan spirit
comes to constrict your mind and speaking from the path that God has for you. It paralyzes you from
speaking what is on your mind; it also works with procrastination, laziness, fear and attacks the prayer
life and speaking forth the word. It also attacks your ability to teach, preach and prophesy. The goal is to
destroy faith and visions through fear, intimidation, doubts and confusion (and gaslighting). The
ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further
backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced
in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her
roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-
reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of
future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they
disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and
their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the
advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.
Icke effortlessly constructs correspondences (and substantive identity) between symbols and actors
across time, culture, and political and religious identities. They all derive from the same source and have
the same purpose: “casting a spell on the human mind and emotions” in order to destroy human
understanding of “who we really are” — part of an energetic, divine whole, and the archons reptilians
don´t want humankind to understand their divine nature. The goal is to keep humankind connected and
controlled by the reptilian brain. Therefore the reptilians altered and conditioned energies, vibrations
and frequencies into the low vibrational “reptilian wavelengths”. More broadly, the construction of fear
is said to stimulate the kind of society and behaviour the reptilians desire, and to do so through
“vibrational patterns” leaving traces in our DNA. As if that was not sufficient, the reptilians are also
claimed to work their mind control through technology, including “implants” of thought control devices
69 These are, again, part of the plan to take control of human agency so that it is locked to a fearful
existence on this plane of being. A preparation for this, recalling Steiner and his modern disciple, is the
weakening of the mind-body through vaccines, which have been a tool of keeping mankind ill and
functioning below par, and an important development in getting “access keys to the bodycomputer”.’
Fear is essential to how the reptilians control humans. Fear weakens the mind’s control of the nervous
system, unsteadies the nerves. Fear creates and strenghtens the illusionary ego-perception. Fear creates
the ego, and ego produces fear, and this creates the veil of ignorance, and this becomes the illusions of
this world, and then the world is been controlled by the forces and spells of maya and illusions. Humans
who understand their true nature, power and worth would be impossible to manipulate … Only by
delinking humanity from this knowledge has it been possible to orchestrate the reptilian-Brotherhood
Agenda over thousands of years. The creation of official “science” has been fundamental to that and …
the same secret societies were responsible for establishing both.” It is fear and ignorance that make
people feel powerless and there is a veil of ignorance in place to continue keep humankind in the
spiritual slumbering state of the mind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency
environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the fivesense frequency range, and
it is through the five senses they control humankind. The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according
to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes
beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste
for fear and negativity, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a virtual
reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have
hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate
our thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment
and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. The archons enslaved not only humanity, but the “whole
of creation” from the very beginning up to the present day. This is the matrix or the mind prison on
Earth “If you wish to control a mass population, you have to disconnect them from the true knowledge
of who they are and their own infinite potential to manifest their own destiny and control their own
lives. You have to persuade them that they are insignificant and powerless so they will live their lives in
accordance with that. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the
new world powers desired by the archons. The purpose of Wisdom’s intervention regeneration and
liberation of mankind from the is a spiritual It can be derived that this intervention was meant to free
mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it. As long as selfishness reigns,
the strong will enslave the weak. The intellectual will enslave the ignorant. The classes will enslave the
masses. Another bitter enemy to which the spirit gives birth is fear. It is a deadly enemy to success. It
dwarfs your thinking. It devastates faith. It fills the whole life with spiritual paralysis. The archons
attempt to use scare tactics to engulf the soul. However, the soul should not fear! Despite the terrifying
size of the archons. Thus began a program of mind control — or soul enslavement — maintained by
Samael and his “Archons” (rulers) which involved keeping mankind distracted by material problems and
concerns, imprisoned by its own fear of death, of mortality, and ignorant of its true, divine nature. Are
we starting to see where this is going in regards to the misconceptions of why the so-called Archons
have a need to pirate and feed from the output of our soulenergy? A powerful energy known from
ancient times, and that which even our modern science has proven to exist to be emanating from us all.
These Archon rebellion leaders are not just some far flung alien entities being mistaken for angles of
light throughout history, and now little gray aliens. They are those who men have understood through
the false control narratives as being the fallen angels. The very entities who have arrogantly positioned
themselves higher than our souls. It is they who have required a consistent soul-energy source in order
to sustain their very existence after the removal of that eternal coupling. Clearly they knowingly used
their freewill choice to forsake the True Eternal Creators original, minimal instructions. They have
contrived and perpetuated all manner of evil, death, and negativity narratives throughout all
generations, within all epochs. Their control narratives are the tools by which they amplify the greatest
percentage of negative energies out of our still connected and sustained living souls. Pirating the eternal
energy connection provided by the One who removed it from them in the first place. Without such a
system of energy vampirism, they could not continue to exist, much less create their own realm over us
to “be as god”. Therefore, the Archon-souls are false rulers who coerced and manipulated the great
multitude of equal but evidently naive souls, who for some yet unknown reason consented to follow and
agree with their rebellious vision. The Archon Rebellion leaders are forced to be Energy Wraiths to
survive, and thus manipulate our circumstances inclined towards the negative in various degrees to
meet their desired need. There is a reason why these entities work so diligently to keep us enslaved.
These Rebellion leaders know that we have the innate ability of returning to The Eternal One who made
us. They cannot allow our collective souls to be enlightened to this reality, even partially, for our soul
energy is their literal life sustaining force! The altering of original truth into their own control narrative
versions recurrently enslaves the soul-masses. The veil of ignorance serves the interests of the archons,
who act as cosmic slave masters, keeping the light sparks in bondage. Anything that causes us to remain
attached to earthly things, including the mental concepts we hold, keeps us in enslavement to these
lesser cosmic rulers. The earthly kingdom controlled by the archons enslaved man in darkness and
ignorance by the power of fate or destiny. Low vibrational frequencies represents less information and
the higher the vibrational frequencies is the more information is made accessible, and the more
enlighen the mind becomes. By disconnecting humankind from the real source of knowledge and light,
humankind becomes trapped and imprisoned within a evolutionary history that is been created by the
reptilians. Through manipulations, deceptions, social and genetic engineering and fear based
programming humanind has been controlled for thosuends of years, generation after generation. If one
wishes to control a mass population, what easier way to disconnect them from the truth of their infinite
potential than with fear. Clearly, as some can holistically see through man’s history, or at least the
history we are aware of, the rebel Archons have worked to capture ever-increasing control over the
souls of man. However, this is not because they wish to control the human form, but their intent is to
control the souls within the form. Because the rule of states is based on material borders and physical
coercion, the archons have no power in bodiless cyberspace. Some believe that the Annunaki (is the
archons or watchers on Earth) may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering
experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago. The universal devil entity and what is seen
as the attempts by this alleged demonic kingpin to capture the souls of all men, which is one of the
oldest universal beliefs among men going back as far as our history provides. In conjunction with this
entities soul stealing operations we have the ancient belief that the Moon is his tool used for attracting
and capturing all souls — The trick of light! This overall understanding from ancient times is where the
reformatted souls of mankind came up with another universal belief wrapped in various cultural rituals
-Moon worship! When poeple lack of knowledge and disconnected from the true knowledge or source
they are easier to control. Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen
spiritual powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the
D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual
dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control.
Therefore, everything that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a
subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of
humans. If you imagine the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for a particular
organism, you can understand how the native human species has been partially shut down. When the
unseen rulers or (invaders) came in, they disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double
helix); it was like they took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in
a messy pile on the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized and hence
unrecognizable. The veil ignorance don´t just create separation, it is the key to keep humankind from
true knowledge and away from spiritual powers and spititual progess, and disconnected from their true
higher self. The purpose is to hide the truth because the archons does not want anyone to come to a
deeper understanding of the knowledge of eternal truths through life in the Spirit. From this knowledge
we see how the archons need to have power of the human body, the soul, energy systems, chakras, and
information and knowledge, control the mind or the ego by connect everyone to the matrix or mass
consciousness. The problems is when fear blocks visions the third eye is closed, when the insight of
visions is blocked one can´t see forward and this is the state of mind humankind is trapped in; within the
veil of ignorance and maya of the mind. The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized
existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego
creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man
has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in
the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of
man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and
the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots
are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us
in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These minderrors is
the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the
mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. The key for the archons is to suppress the human energy system and
prevent anyone raising their inner frequencies from low vibrations to higher vibrational frequencies.
Humankind is trapped within a vibratory mind low vibrational mind prison in this three dimensional
world or reality. Through suppression of the true knowledge of healing they have domination over the
human body system and mind. The territorial, ritualistic, militaristic, reptilian brain is still a substantial
physical component of every human brain and is indispensable in human development. lt still
predominates in the highly unstable metabolizing environment of politics. lt still controls in most socio-
organisms. Many scientists say that there are actually three parts of the brain, each governing different
aspects of our life. These three parts of the brain are called the higher brain, the mammalian brain, and
the reptilian brain. Each is vital to our survival and ability to thrive. Each of these three parts of the brain
also relates to one of the three aspects of our mind. Our higher brain, which manages intelligent
learning and consciousness, is connected to our higher mind. This is brain function that separates us
from other animals, that invites the developing of wisdom through experience. It compels us toward
social harmony and altruism. Our mammalian brain equates with the middle mind. We share this brain
capacity with our fellow animals, who, like us, commit experience to memory in order to assure tribal
security. Our reptilian brain, which relates to our lower mind, controls the basic drive for personal
survival. It regulates the parts of the body that give us those gut reactions when we feel endangered,
such as the urge to fight, flee, or freeze. Understanding the basic information about the three categories
of your mind and brain will help you to locate the mental cause(s) of presenting issues and to clear life
disturbances at the level at which they occur in relation to both your mind and brain. The higher mind.
The higher mind contains all of the concepts we need to fulfill our spiritual destiny. The higher mind,
primarily through the pineal gland, runs our higher brain. The most conscious aspect of the brain, the
higher brain, is the learning and teaching part of the brain; it includes all of the higher-learning organs
and glands, including the temporal lobes and the pineal gland. The higher brain is capable of all forms of
communication, including sensory, psychic, intuitive, and spiritual. Its function is the achievement of full
consciousness. Neurologically, the higher mind relates to our amplification system, which interconnects
us energetically to everything else in the universe. This system is difficult to track in the human body. Its
presence can usually be tracked only through the appearance of certain chemicals emitted from the
right temporal lobe and the pineal gland, such as the molecule known as DMT (dimethyltryptamine).
DMT, a naturally occurring neurotransmitter found in humans, plants, and animals, is also known as the
“spirit molecule.” It appears to function to expand our awareness beyond our ordinary, day-to-day
consciousness. Television stimulates the primitive reptilian hind brain. The subsequent leap in our
personal frequencies will lift us out of the vibrational pit of fear and onto levels far beyond the lower
fourth dimension. The limbic system controls the emotions, feelings, and moods of the brain. Fear-based
television stimulates the reptilian response of “fight or flight,” in turn creating a mental state wherein
we may overestimate the threat of fear. Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form)
is not natural or normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous
microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of
reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to
divide and rule.”. If Icke’s hypothesis is correct, it would mean the human species is part reptilian; or,
put another way, each and every one of us is a human-reptilian hybrid. Everyone has a mind of their
own. Or do they? Are our thoughts, beliefs, and decisions being molded and generated by forces,
agendas, and organizations seeking to manipulate outcomes and behaviors in our lives? You bet they
are. In every area of our lives these predatory forces are operating to take control of who we are, what
we think and believe, and what we do. They operate in the field of marketing and sales, in advertising, in
politics, and in religion. And they all operate under the radar screen, undetected. Only an alert and
aware citizen is equipped to deal with the insidiousness of these efforts. Bottom line is that they all
engage in the practice of mind control. Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of the
brain. The induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning, and reality
center of the brain. Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information. Fear is
generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted. Feedback loops
are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being
received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of
consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Where does the fear come from? When the communication
lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of
unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected and
separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows no
fear!” The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to
transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways,
helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We
receive and transmit, we receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic
perception “loop” in which the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed
back that perception to the Matrix. This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In
Short, the matrix is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. When organized gang stalkers
program attacking the amygdala they provoke the reptilian brain to action and through constant
bombarding the mind with beaming and looping sound they triggering chaos, or triggering a breakdown
of the mind and causing cognitive distortions to the mind. The Earth we are speaking of is what you
perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third
dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third
dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the
electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your
point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third
dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light
refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly
seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction. When fear blocks the
ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It
blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living
in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear,
stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the
mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to
prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix). When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from
seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information
is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the
ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the
looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be
able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing. Fear blocks visions and and it
blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the
process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means;
“When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this
hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from
be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in
these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin
evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information
integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and
stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.
Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind,
create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos. Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it
blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear,
and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old
evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of
bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new
spiritual gifts. When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition
dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this
process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher
consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing
methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare
(organized gang stalking). Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock
together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of
energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history”
humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state. The ultimtate result
of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you
look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time
(past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of
evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and
lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is
easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans
spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore
lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and
make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix. Icke effortlessly
constructs correspondences (and substantive identity) between symbols and actors across time, culture,
and political and religious identities. They all derive from the same source and have the same purpose:
“casting a spell on the human mind and emotions” in order to destroy human understanding of “who we
really are” — part of an energetic, divine whole, and the archons reptilians don´t want humankind to
understand their divine nature. The goal is to keep humankind connected and controlled by the reptilian
brain. Therefore the reptilians altered and conditioned energies, vibrations and frequencies into the low
vibrational “reptilian wavelengths”. More broadly, the construction of fear is said to stimulate the kind
of society and behaviour the reptilians desire, and to do so through “vibrational patterns” leaving traces
in our DNA. As if that was not sufficient, the reptilians are also claimed to work their mind control
through technology, including “implants” of thought control devices 69 These are, again, part of the plan
to take control of human agency so that it is locked to a fearful existence on this plane of being. A
preparation for this, recalling Steiner and his modern disciple, is the weakening of the mind-body
through vaccines, which have been a tool of keeping mankind ill and functioning below par, and an
important development in getting “access keys to the bodycomputer”.’ Fear is essential to how the
reptilians control humans. Fear weakens the mind’s control of the nervous system, unsteadies the
nerves. Fear creates and strenghtens the illusionary ego-perception. Fear creates the ego, and ego
produces fear, and this creates the veil of ignorance, and this becomes the illusions of this world, and
then the world is been controlled by the forces and spells of maya and illusions. Humans who
understand their true nature, power and worth would be impossible to manipulate … Only by delinking
humanity from this knowledge has it been possible to orchestrate the reptilian-Brotherhood Agenda
over thousands of years. The creation of official “science” has been fundamental to that and … the same
secret societies were responsible for establishing both.” It is fear and ignorance that make people feel
powerless and there is a veil of ignorance in place to continue keep humankind in the spiritual
slumbering state of the mind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency
environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the fivesense frequency range, and
it is through the five senses they control humankind. “Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water
supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all
suppressing not only our physical hea and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect.
A fully awake, mentally sh population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the
reptilian bloodlines put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and the media. This allows them
to feed us constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the
controllers want us to think. We will never die and our integrity is more important than our present
body. We use to be Gods of our own universes, but now we are fallen and no one will help rehabilitate
us. We have total amnesia when we should have total recall. No one is encouraging us to throw off our
chains. We’ve only been given inhibitions. No one has allowed us to know our true potentialities. We’ve
been oppressed and mind controlled by alien beings for the purpose of making us unknowing slaves. We
are entertained and defrauded by television each day while the alien agenda relentlessly unfolds. When
word gets out that we’ve been mind controlled, oppressed, held down and used by a reptilian race to
further their own nefarious purposes, mankind will break out of his chains. It will be endgame for the
reptilians. That’s why the reptiles know that this secret must never see the light of day on planet Earth.
That’s also why every human must discover this secret and make it known to every other human.
Together we can undo the mental blocks to our individual memories and use existing technologies to get
out from under the oppression of the reptilians. To As the agenda of control and domination on the
third dimension becomes more evident, it will also become more and more evident who is behind it.
Although many people are waking up to the control systems, and trying to find an explanation for
chemtrails, GMOs, and mind control programs, they still do not grasp the battle in its entirety. Perhaps
those in control are seeking a different agenda than the majority of humans, but in order to maintain
control of the human race they must keep the agenda covert. Your inner consciousness matrix in and of
itself is called your Divine Self. Your outer consciousness matrix in and of itself is called your ego. The
component of your outer consciousness ego which in and of itself still attuned to the lower Planetary
animal matrixes if any, is called your id. Your ego is also called your lesser soul. Your id is also called the
Beast within. Contrary to many orthodox belief systems, Gnostics do not view the body or soul as evil or
as unworthy of the spirit. Rather, Gnostics view the body and the soul as the initiation school of the
spirit. The body and soul provide the spirit with the ordeals necessary to bring about the birth of the
Self, and the eventual full realization of the Self in the material world. Gnostics view the divine nature as
commingled with the psychic and material spheres. The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is
securely rooted, and this ego perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The
ego prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most
formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of
ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a
desire to know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed
on consciousness.” The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being
caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is that the soul, in its
ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the egomind. Those who have cast off the veil of
duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or vehicles. The veil of
conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness. The ego wants to be the
governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke
screens and illusions to manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.
Intervention and genetic manipulation occurred earlier in humanity’s history, where our DNA was
tampered with and our psychic abilities repressed. This was done so that no one could challenge the
prison guards (the Archons). The creation of a more perfect illusion that is meant to entrap and enslave
humanity? This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance, which, for the gnostics, is not
the mere privation of knowledge, but, being the opposite of gnosis, it is a “positive affect of the spirit, a
force of its own, operative in the very terms of man’s existence and preventing his discovering of the
truth for himself, even his realizing his state of ignorance as such.” The ego of humankind or mass
consciousness is been fed and encoded with knowledge that keep humankind trapped within the state
of ignorance, the dream state, slumbering state, the hypnonic state of mind. The reality we are being
fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational
emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system
The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we
receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the
false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the
Matrix. As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration
using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut
down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As
long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired
by the archons. Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything,
what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite
consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change. However,
a human is great as he is not just a piece of matter and he is no slave. A colossal spiritual force is put into
him that is able to transform him into a Real Human, in an essence much higher than this world. Freeing
from deceit, a man becomes stronger and smarter. The more clever, spiritually free people are, the
harder it is for the Archons to implement their plans, and the weaker their influence on people
becomes. And if all people know the Truth, there will be nobody for the Archons to dictate their terms
to. In reality they are empty spaces. There is only a handful of them. The decision is in people’s hands:
give in to provocations of the Archons and bring the planet to the global war or throw down the
Archons’ authority and create the golden age of this civilization. The future of the world is in people’s
hands. Everything is very simple. You need to be the one whom the Archons fear. You need to be a
Human!” Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other
dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes
humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed
for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly
fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free? The purpose of these gang-
stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or
to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is
to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break their will
and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will be clueless as to
what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or she mention
anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help,
is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission. It is in the end the stuff of
nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in
its final stages of being played out. There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of harmony
and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with the
universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along. Then the peace was
rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A conspiracy was afoot.
For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate control system,
designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of constant
fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The mainstream media,
the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the conspiracy, used to
control our minds and keep us subservient. Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of
collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection
of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious negativity only
proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, noncaring, fearful, and insignificant being.
To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth and limits their full
capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust
of God’s energy occurred the ego took control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense
against itself. Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within,
it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the
illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The
Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to
Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this. We,
identifying ourselves with the body, create ignorance of this reality and misunderstanding that we are
just physical and finite beings. This doubt and duality thus created between us and the Pure Self, the
Divine Consciousness within, is called Spiritual Ignorance. In this ignorance, pain and doubt develops
within. As one adopt the body and develop the identities of ego, Maya becomes the companion. Icke
says, is just the outer rim of the rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are merely the puppets of an even
more sinister enemy. The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of
interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five
senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear and
hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our
universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very
fabric of the cosmos. By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the
source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment and fear, unwitting
slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak. We are within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is
teetering on the edge of total enslavement. Game over: The reptiles win. But that doesn’t have to be
our fate. There is a glimmer of hope. The Archons have one fatal weakness: They must work in the dark,
in secret. When their plans are exposed to the light, Icke says, the spell is broken, and their control
system will topple like a house of cards. And there’s a change in the air. More and more people are
opening their minds, waking up, beginning to shake off the shackles of the Archons and their humanoid
minions. If we keep up the momentum, the Archons will be defeated, and the shadow will be lifted.
There will be a new dawn. Humanity will come together again as one consciousness, and we will reclaim
our rightful place in the cosmos. Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The
Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false
reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge
the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will
transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of
reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no
problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember
who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that
moment is fast approaching,” Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass
mind. The collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower mental body,
remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual into the whirlpool of human
chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta
brain waves (of duality). Beta brain waves is also the mass consciousness. Mass of thoughts that have
been built up in consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into
what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense
consciousness. Sense consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the
senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The carnal mind is not
conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it is completely conscious—more so in
some ways than the ego, since it has to direct the routine functions of the body such as the breath and
heart-beat even in deep sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily. Technology can
only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge
that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a
certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and
cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral.
We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we
inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that
Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this.
Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the
Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism. The Archon vased
“technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human thought, and the collective consciousness of
humanity that is based on fear. The technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA
patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests the external
structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and hypnotized in the 3D world. These
structures feed and live off of negative emotions, bodily dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable
inherited family traumas and behavior patterns. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA,
on a family and collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the everexpanding
technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it can grow. The distortions then
become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and
creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the
codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single entity—the
ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions and transmute them, we can
leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals
produce the frequency environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-
sense frequency range. The fact that life in human societies (and human bodies) is composed of
limitations and constraints. Because the rule of states is based on material borders and physical
coercion, the archons have no power in bodiless cyberspace. Some believe that the Annunaki (is the
archons or watchers on Earth) may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering
experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago. This their genetic engineering experiment is
the artificial matrix humankind is trapped within and the archons prevents the soul from ascending. The
goal is therefore to prevent people from raising their inner vibrations from low to higher. The lower the
vibration is the denser materialistic world and the higher the vibrations is the less denser and the
archons can´t control higher frequencies, just the low vibrational through using fear. In the book
Freedom: Alchemy for a Voluntary Society, he defines the ancient Gnostics as spiritual libertarians,
arguing that they “saw themselves as the vanguard of human freedom, struggling by the use of spiritual
means against the ubiquitous forces of tyranny in the realms of nature and being.” As a Jungian, Hoeller
underlines the psychological aspects of this struggle, arguing that the Gnostics were “technicians of
individuation” who attempted to overcome the internal archons that rule our mundane, messed-up
psyches. The demiurgic hands of tyranny in all manner of mass movements, ecological ideologies, and
architectures of state power. The Midgard Serpent which Odin sunk beneath the sea, but which grew to
such a size as to encircle the whole earth. They were able to take physical form in your world. They
terrorized the humans. They are the same as the Watchers. Semyaza, the leader of the fallen angels or
-“- watchers. Contrary to many orthodox belief systems, Gnostics do not view the body or soul as evil or
as unworthy of the spirit. Rather, Gnostics view the body and the soul as the initiation school of the
spirit. The body and soul provide the spirit with the ordeals necessary to bring about the birth of the
Self, and the eventual full realization of the Self in the material world. Gnostics view the divine nature as
commingled with the psychic and material spheres. Reptilians on Earth, Orwellian Minds, Leviathan
fallen consciousness state, the matrix and how they control it, and how they keeping humankind
trapped within their mind prison, and how fear is the base component for control and suppress and
oppress The Reptiloids, have been living here on Earth for thousands of years and that they consider the
Earth to be their ancestral home, since they claim that they were the original occupants in prehistoric
times. The original Reptilian Race that came to this planet and created the Humanoids as slaves, then
unaware souls began to occupy these bodies and we have what the world is today. Most of Human
History have been written with Reptilian Control, Reptilian aliens secretly running the world. Orwellian
Minds THE AMYGDALA is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from our
experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories
stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we
react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take
milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain
control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in
a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the
‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The
amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the
fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four illustrates the dangers of
reducing people to a reptilian state in which they lose their autonomy and have their behaviour dictated
by state-sponsored stimuli. ‘The films shown by the Ministry of Truth in Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty
Fouraim at regressing the audience to a primitive level. David Icke says; Cut the Orwellian language and
it means mind manipulation, tapping into the unconscious mind without the person’s conscious
knowledge to plant the thoughts you wish them to follow. Leviathan thus becomes a metaphor for the
whole of the fallen world and for fallen humanity in it. Then Leviathan is a metaphor for a fallen
humankind into the three dimensional reality of this world humankind become enslaved within the
archons world and their matrix of control. Leviathan, the archons, the matrix, lower matrix of the mind,
and the ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass
of collective energy. Remember that an idle mind is the devil’s workshop. Since all human beings share a
collective spirit, the fear that people channel into Satan allows him to exert an … Satan is our collective
ego. . The personification of all egos (the collective ego) is called Satan in the biblical scriptures. This
collective ego has a unified intelli-gence of its own which works purposefully to maintain the illu-sion of
separateness. So there are forces of ignorance that seek to perpetuate ignorance both within and
without. Using the para-digm of Carl Jung’s collective unconscious, we see there is a pooling of the
egoistic inclinations of all people. These negative, self-centered tendencies exert themselves as though
functioning as a single intelligent being. It is the direction of these forces to encourage egoistic
tendencies in the thoughts and feelings of us all. In so doing it perpetuates itself. The ego has become
the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The
dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took
over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy
system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow
total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy,
thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself. It is important
that we try to understand the mechanism of the ego. By doing this, we can begin to discriminate
between the real and the unreal, the permanent and the impermanent, the delu-sional and the sane.
Once we understand what it is about us that is unreal, we can begin to glimpse our true nature. We will
see that the ego is a liar and a thief and that it is the source of all the fear, tension, misery and war that
has possessed humankind through the centuries. Hell is the shadow of the ego. Wherever there is ego,
hell is sure to follow. The ego is like something that is borrowed. It doesn’t really belong to us. Hell is
what comes to collect the debt. The ego is our sense of separateness as “I” and “mine” and arises from
identification with the body. We have become blinded by the ego, thinking that we are the ego, and the
more we think we are the ego, the more deeply we sink into spiritual darkness. In truth, we are spiritual
beings who have been imprisoned in bodies by the belief that we are these bodies. Ego (Satan) does
everything possible to continue to persuade us that we are mere mortal fleshly beings. Satan is our jailer
and holds the door to our cell closed by means of our own desires and attachments. We could walk out
right now—today—but we are unable to do so because we are spiritually blind like a horse with blinders
and see only materially through the five senses. Our desires are the whip that drives us into this morbid
existence. We are truly on a prison planet, no longer having a natural connection with the divine spirit,
“Why”. The story of the “Garden of Eden” (and paradise lost), is the eviction from Paradise. This story
becomes our true reality. But instead of eating an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true
story? Remember the old saying “an apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying,
because the apple has a monatomic substance which can heal you, and more importantly helps to
activate the pineal gland between the brain (every ones third eye). But instead of nourishing our
stargate to gain access to a higher self, this ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food,
and water. A time when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they
were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved
mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our DNA. The reason why many stay trapped in
the tomb is because they want to fit in. This is the fear principle that rules mass consciousness and the
illusion that feeding the fears of being excluded and then fears of death. The Matrix is then been
controlled mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, corporate thought pattern, Mass psychology swing
the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.
Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions
and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is
closed. The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the
consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will
understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new
age. In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as
the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God
intends to use a certain man to bless His people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will
cause “everybody” to turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or
organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass consciousness through the
carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized
gang stalking. How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be
accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others.
Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his
will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of
fear is an intimidating fear. Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is
when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about
them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.
Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that
keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of
fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix
(ultra ego) and this mind-prison. For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For
example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are
one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only
when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of
the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and
economic systems. From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are
merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy
of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the
prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we
are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our
individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves
and become masters of our own energy. Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm
by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the
power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we
embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass
consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will
is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to
listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately,
we experience that our will and Divine Will are one. In order to gain control and manipulate another
person a covert aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even
sympathy to draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and selfdoubt with the
use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats, intimidation, even playing the victim)
to disorient the targeted person. The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring
someone through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new
territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off. Rejection is one of Satan
´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start
to set up the stage for intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang
stalking. When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to
disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all intimidators on their
mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human
intimidator breathes threats. Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be
engulfed into the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems often
perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their perceptions create hostility and hate
within them. They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the mass of
collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy systems are constantly fighting
against. Positive awakened energy systems are higher conscious beings that can see past the
smokescreens of the ego to get to the truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly
derived from the unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead
a life of repressed identity. Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending
insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system
within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking
persecution and “shadowing”. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world.
They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep
itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to
Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human
settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the
matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer,
a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are
the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave
himself, all He can do is make more slaves. the devil is the ego, or is found in the ego (or the collective
ego of all mankind The Western psyche has never come to a healthy understanding of the nature of evil
and its role in natural events is one of the symptoms of our collective Western neurosis. Our everyday
attitudes ultimately stem from our society’s god-image, such as it dualistically exists. Satan is a creation
of fallen human consciousness. He is energized by human fear. Since all human beings share a collective
spirit, the fear that people channel into Satan allows him to exert an influence of fear upon all our race.
The physical brain is under the sway of the lower animal mind The ego, whether of the individual “I” or
the collective “we”, is the arch-deceiver Satan, the sole enemy of God and man. Leviathan and the
carnal mind Archon, Satan and Carnal Mind and the matrix of the archons The million year old reptilian
brain is still in action, the archons is also in action, Satan is always working, and the carnal mind in
humans is also in action Leviathan and the matrix Leviathan: a mythical creature that appears in the
Bible. It is interpreted as either a ferocious dragon-like monster or a representation of Satan (the Devil).
Again, we see a connection with a rebellious society or world system whose agenda is contrary to God’s
but in accord with Satan’s. The sea monster Leviathan also returns to life as the beast from the sea in
Rev 13:1–10. Here, John links the metaphor of a Leviathan-like sea monster, full of political symbolism,
with the hostile world empires. The first beast forms a worldwide system with this beast to control
people’s lives even by capital threat. … If the first beast is the giver of the ideology, the second beast has
a major role as an organizer of the new cult. The earthly kingdom controlled by the archons enslaved
man in darkness and ignorance by the power of fate or destiny. It is Maya which deludes man to think
that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”.
Particularly in the Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which
understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the true self. It creates
separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion, glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it
makes! Do not be deluded by the negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns. The power of
maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation of creation, fails to delude
the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness. Mass
Consciousness – Satan is simply an energy created and formed by the human mass consciousness and
their belief in him. The mass of thoughts that has been built up in race consciousness through many
generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or
carnal mind, which opposes and rejects God. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness
among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from
spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the
energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is
inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels
of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy
system from believing in anything greater than itself. The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the
carnal mind. It is not the creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the
false self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by eating from the three
of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive influence of Satan. We gave so much importance
to this false ego or self, that it became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the
cause of all the problems and chaos we face in life. The Matrix has been nothing less than a fake or
virtual reality; a collective mindprison for docile humans, created by the ‘sentient machines’ in order to
feed on the energy of cocooned human bodies. Morpheus, representing the resistance of a relatively
small number of beleaguered humans who exist ‘outside’ the Matrix, offers Neo the chance to
experience reality as it really is. Neo learns to overcome the panopticon power of The Matrix, and
rouses the final human battle against the machines. As long as we allow the archon-controlled
governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty
progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into
impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be
docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons. Leviathan is the political
system that suppress humans higher vibrations by using fear. Oppression and Leviathan The beast
system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda. This new era, has already started
with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the
environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond
controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism.
Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to
control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to
devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible. The elite understand that ultimately the
economy is connected to a Luciferian spiritual economic system. The highest levels of government
finance, culture, science, and politics, the elite, are busy constructing a global economic order that will
culminate in what is described in Revelation as the mark of the beast system. We can see this with the
development of biometrics, radio frequency identification (RFID) chips, electronic tattoos, electronic
payments, and similar technologies. Prophesy scholars say that the mark of the beast system is now
possible for the first time in history. The carnal man, Satan, controls the beast system. The Beast is a
system created by Satan. That satanic throne is all around us today in this worldly system of things. The
composite beast of Revelation 13:1, 2 symbolizes the worldwide political system, empowered and
controlled by Satan. The System is also famous known to some as The Matrix which is also considered as
a Weapon of Mass Destruction because its job is to degenerate and eventually destroy the human mind
and spirit systematically on a massive scale in an orderly fashion. Why the Matrix? Because in the movie
The Matrix, the matrix was described as a fabricated world of illusions that seemed real to the senses,
but in reality everyone that was living inside the matrix was actually asleep in some type of stasis. Just
like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing
ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state.
The Leviathan Factor tells the incredible story of how Satan, created as Lucifer the morning star, self-
transformed into Leviathan, God’s serpentine arch foe. `Preternaturally formed’ means formed
supernaturally (but not by God) – formed apart from nature. Leviathan (the serpent/dragon) was a
“monster” because Satan had preternaturally formed it against the will of God. This occurrence was
beyond nature. Prior to God’s intervention, fallen man in the flesh was the “other hideous land animal”.
The serpent of Genesis is a symbol of Satan, as the enchanter, in the form of an animal – an angel who
has become a flesh man. Leviathan and political system Levithan and Satan Leviathan and human chakra
Leviathan and Mind vs consciousness Leviathan Ego and lower matrix The spirit of Leviathan lives on.
This invincible animal who terrorized humanity (spirit of organized gang stalking) Leviathan is the mind
of the ego and the political beast system (the matrix of the archons) Mind is local and consciousness is
unlocal Mind is not reality – consciousness is the only reality Ego, mind and intellect vs intuition,
consciousness and no mind Consciousness is your non-biological This also means that the wave aspect of
our indestructible consciousness in the non-local space is inherently immeasurable by physical means.
This non-local aspect of consciousness, which can also be called our higher consciousness, divine
consciousness or cosmic consciousness, could be compared to gravitational fields, of which only the
physical effects throughout the universe can be measured, but the fields themselves are not directly
demonstrable. In trying to understand this concept of interaction between the invisible non-local space
and our visible, material body, it seems appropriate to com-pare it with modern worldwide
communication. There is a continuous exchange of objective information by means of electromagnetic
fields for radio, TV, mobile telephone, or laptop computer. We are not consciously aware of the vast
amounts of electromagnetic fields that constantly, day and night, exist around us and even permeating
us, as well as permeating structures like walls and buildings. At each moment we are invaded by
hundreds of thousands of telephone calls, and hundreds of radio and TV programmes. We only become
aware of these electromagnetic infor-mative fields at the moment we use our mobile telephone or by
switching on our radio, TV or laptop. What we receive is neither inside the instrument, nor in the
components, but thanks to the receiver, the information from the electromagnetic fields becomes
observable to our senses and hence perception occurs in our consciousness. The voice we hear over our
telephone is not inside the telephone. The concert we hear over our radio is transmitted to our radio.
One cannot avoid the conclusion that endless consciousness has always existed and will always exist
independently from the body, because there is no beginning nor will there ever be an end to our
consciousness. There is a kind of biological basis of our waking consciousness, because during life our
physical body functions as an interface or place of resonance. But there is no biological basis of our
whole, endless, or enhanced consciousness because it is rooted in a non-local space. Our enhanced and
non-local consciousness resides not in our brain and is not limited to our brain. So our brain seems to
have a facilitating, and not a producing function to experience consciousness. Consciousness does not
happen in the brain. Consciousness is your non-biological, non-alterable innate ability to internally see
(observe) and know as awareness of both subliminal and activated selfawareness, and is separate from
your biological brain functions that rise and fall upon demand. The brain/mind functions provide all the
information for the observerknower of consciousness to use its innate ability of seeing and knowing,
which is subliminal self-referencing self-awareness as pure awareness with the spirit pattern of free will
activating that awareness as human activated self-awareness: aware of itself or aware of what the mind
produces. Intellectually understanding the separation of consciousness and mind provides a greater
depth of insight into the functioning of your existence. Experientially appreciating their interdependence
deepens that clarity of insight. Without an experiential foundation for your life, the shadow reflected
upon the world reflects back its own darkness, entrapping you within itself. That one simple action
ceaselessly repeats in endless disguises. However, actually experiencing the separation of consciousness
and mind opens doors of internal perception that you would never have thought possible. The intellect
defines the choices, but the pure knower of consciousness amalgamated with the spirit pattern of free
will is the actual deciding agency. Or, the ‘ability’ of non-biological consciousness to know, is brought to
‘life’ by biological intellect definitions, which is the intellect manipulating accumulated information.
However, the pure knower of consciousness, embedded with the spirit pattern of free will, is the final
arbitrator of those manipulations by its innate discriminating ‘ability’. The amalgamation of the spirit
pattern of free will with the knower of consciousness, to function as one, occurs due to the
transformational nature of free will. The transformation process is similar to observing two parts
hydrogen amalgamating with one part oxygen to transform into water. When hydrogen and oxygen are
mixed, they remain in their gaseous states. It requires a catalyst (a spark of energy) to transform that
gaseous state into water. Within consciousness, the spirit pattern of free will is that catalytic spark. It
transforms the potential knowing or discriminating ‘ability’ of the pure knower into actual knowing,
actualizing its knowing-awareness by free will, awaking that ‘ability’. The released knowing ‘ability’ is
what frees the intellect to manipulate information, allowing pure knower awareness to be aware of that
manipulation, providing the pure knower with the material to make choices. The transformation
releases activated self-awareness from within subliminal selfreferential self-awareness, experienced as
individual awareness/self-awareness, transforming animal consciousness into human consciousness.
That transformational action makes the knower ‘personal’ as an activated observer-knower personality
as it can now know or be aware of itself and/or its mind production. The personal knower can now know
and use its knowing potential, which is activated selfawareness capable of accessing and manipulating
the biological brain functions, creating or releasing a human consciousness out of animal consciousness.
The spirit pattern of free will is transformational energy. Being transformation energy it is not visible as
it is spirit energy and not material energy. It transforms by releasing the ‘ability’ of the pure knower of
consciousness to discriminate or know, by what the biological brain functions produce, releasing it from
its animal bondage into the freedom that activated self-awareness creates. Activated self-awareness
creates knower ‘personal’ freedom, releasing it from animal restriction by now having the ability to
make choices by thought. However, whatever choices are made is a byproduct of free will and not free
will. The spirit pattern of free will only allows those choices to be made by freeing the knowing ‘ability’
of consciousness from its animal bondage, providing the means for the pure knower to know by
allowing the intellect to manipulate information. The pure knower of consciousness is no longer
personal in potential; it has been actualized as a knowing personality. The spirit pattern of free will is the
catalyst to awaken the potential personalness of the knower into an actual functioning personality, by
releasing activated self-awareness from within subliminal self-awareness, releasing human
consciousness awareness from animal consciousness. The now actualized personality is your identity
that never alters. When you have gained an intellectual appreciation of that complexity, simplicity
arrives through experiential realization of seeing how that complexity entraps and controls. Knowing
that process allows you to stand-aside from its entrapment and a sense of freedom and liberation
appears as if from nowhere, creating a sense of intense relief as you are no longer bound within the
quagmire of restricted vision, establishing directional simplicity and sincerity in all your thoughts and
actions. The freedom that has always existed within consciousness has been liberated, making you
simply feel good, which is happiness. You had it from the very beginning but were blinded by what the
components of your existence created, unwittingly entrapping yourself within your own self-created
border limitation. By limiting your vision, you effectively restrict your existence. However, consciousness
is born free and cannot be I imited. The self-created limitation is the primary cause for the majority of
anxieties, fears, sense of isolation and all forms of disharmony that exist. To clear that self-created
limitation, or blockage, it is necessary to know what that blockage is and how it was created.
Consequently, you enter the complexity of how and why the components of your existence interrelate,
creating potential limiting restriction upon the nonrestriction of consciousness. The veil of ignorance
prevent higher consciousness from be progressed and archons prevents the soul from ascending, “The
human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. A veil of ignorance is in
place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our
spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the
essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons. Insights removes
darkness and illuminates. Insights manifests in the multitude of light. Insight opens the third eye and
travels through the Crown of the head. Insights reveals the path to salvation. It brings cosmic visions.
Insights removes gravitational force of the earthly matter from the human kind and elevates the human
kind to a higher platform. The ‘light’ of primordial awareness is descriptive ‘light’, as it appears as
darkness until transformed into your observer-knower as a self-referencing individual consciousness.
When that transformation occurs, pure awareness is now an activated ‘light’ of primordial awareness,
referred to as actual ‘light’, as the ‘light’ is used by the observer of pure awareness to see by its
illumination, allowing the pure knower to know what is seen, which is subliminal self-awareness. “Man
the machine” is an unbearable concept to those who are not ready to mutate beyond the lower, robot
circuits. One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized.
From the psychological point of view all biological forms are transient robots created by DNA to house
and transport the genetic “brain,” DNA. The muscular mind designs and constructs machines to serve
human. Ancient texts teaching that the Anunnaki had “created” humans through genetic manipulation
to make them work for them as slaves. Apparently they changed the existing man “genetically”, who
roamed earth for millions of years, in order to have a slave race to work for them without having to
teach them everything (it was the beginning of an intelligent being). An intelligent race who could easily
be controlled by manipulating their minds. Hence all the secrecies about “Esoteric Knowledge”. As long
as man wouldn’t find out what he was capable off and be unaware of his divine abilities and powers, he
would always remain a slave, and kept in a state of slumbering or kept in a artificial computer created
“dreamworld”. The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all
what you see or think it is. The idea that the Annunaki believe they are in charge of human evolution
makes sense if you consider the possibility that Zecharia Sitchin’s idea that they altered humanity to
serve as slaves, could be reality. Today we can see these simularities to the matrix (enslaved), artificial
intelligence and transhumanism. The Matrix movie shows, a mutant computer program born of artificial
intelligence, which has turned the human race into slaves. The humans were basically genetic robots
created solely to work. The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to
enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix,
breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness (illusions and veil of ignorance)’, is done when people are
shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries an thousends of
years. The idea that the Annunaki believe they are in charge of human evolution makes sense if you
consider the possibility that Zecharia Sitchin’s idea that they altered humanity to serve as slaves, could
be reality. Today we can see these simularities to the matrix (enslaved), artificial intelligence and
transhumanism. The Matrix movie shows, a mutant computer program born of artificial intelligence,
which has turned the human race into slaves. The humans were basically genetic robots created solely
to work. The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans
and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the
‘bondage [of] false consciousness (illusions and veil of ignorance)’, is done when people are shown ‘the
true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries an thousends of years. The
Annunaki could be the (Archons – the rulers and principalities that is mention in Ephesians 6:12) as
described by the Agnostics are a predatory (predatory stalking/organized gang stalking), non- human
mentality, mind, computer- like race that is not capable of creative imagination. Therefore, they cleverly
use humanities energy and creative powers to turn humans against themselves through this Earth
Matrix, based on deception and manipulation, and through Maya the humankind is trapped in both
illusions and the veil of ignorance. In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial
intelligence we ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy
sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved, the artificial intelligence
creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in
our brains, the artificial intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real
world. Though we are in fact enslaved in cocoonlike pods, we experience ourselves and our world just as
we do now. Everything seems normal. Everything feels real. The neurologically controlled virtual reality
that keeps us imprisoned is the Matrix. Before the Anunnaki raid, some humans had extraordinary
abilities that were left over from the advanced Earth civilizations that had long ago collapsed. The
original biogenetic example of the human was given incredible information, was inter-dimensional by
nature, and could do many supernatural things. When the “creator gods” (described above) raided, they
found that the local species had abilities that were too much like their own. Consequently, they
suppressed and controlled the current human inhabitants—those last surviving ancestors of Atlantis and
Lemuria. In the case of these surviving ancestors, the breeding males were only allowed to breed with
manipulated two-strand DNA females, thus nearly eliminating all 12-strand humans left on Earth, as is
depicted in the legendary Sumerian tale, the Epic of Gilgamesh. Computers have taken over the world
and manipulated people’s brains so they believe they’re living normal lives. The computer-generated
dream world keeps the human population content and incapable of fighting for their freedom. “The
(alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn
yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance”
that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully
developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have
distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our
psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for
most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone
who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by
itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is
surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of
enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. To
experience the liberation of consciousness is to enter the heart of creation, and then you will know, and
nothing or no one anywhere can ever devalue or diminish that experience. It is yours for an eternity. It is
worth the struggle to get through the complexity to expose the freedom you are born within. The
freedom arrives of its own accord. It is not learnt nor can it be given. It simply appears of its own volition
when you remove your self-created border entrapment. All your previous effort to understand the
complexity dissolves into effortless simplicity, establishing directional sincerity encased within a known
purpose for existence. Understanding the active components of consciousness and being able to
evaluate how they interrelate demystifies existence, unveiling an internal direction, hidden within the
complexity of living. Meditation in one form or another is intrinsic to all transformative journeys to the
mystic consciousness of the true self in Divine unity. Meditation is the way of self-awareness that assists
in a transformation from a fear-based consciousness to a heart-based consciousness. The inertia of the
fear-based consciousness has narrowed and restricted our selfconsciousness to only kataphatic
experience. The unintegrated disunity of the heart, mind, and body formed in a wounded human
consciousness and culture, overwhelmingly encourages the use of rational and sensory experience as
the primary mode of our conscious awareness. This is the development of our personality from the
outside-in instead of the inside-out. The interior of the heart must be the lens in which all outside
stimulus is filtered. Our heart-based consciousness is nonlocal and nondual expressing being within the
physical dimension. It is the oneness of our true self in God through the Spirit within our heart that we
are aware of an infinite and eternal transcendent unity in Divine Being. Frontal lobes and Evolution If
one wish to understand and improve our mental, emotional, and behavioral functions, the locus of
investigation is the nervous system. The person who can dial and tune the receptive, integrative,
transmitting circuits of the nervous system is not just more intelligent, but can be said to operate at a
higher and more complex level of evolution. The human brain has evolved in four progressive stages,
with the earliest stage comprising the inner core of the brain and attached directly to the brainstem.
This part of the brain is known as the R-complex or reptilian brain. This part of the brain gives us our
basic survival traits, such as to fight or flee in danger situations. This core is surrounded by the second
stage of the brain’s development, which is commonly referred to as the old mammalian brain,
comprised mainly of the limbic system, which is the seat of our emotions and gives us the ability to feel
and causes us to act on those feelings. Surrounding this is the neo-cortex, the third stage of the brain’s
development, which has evolved to allow us to think and to analyze. The fourth stage is comprised of
the pre-frontal lobes, which grow out of the front part of the neo-cortex, and provide us with the ability
to plan and predict. Beneath this pre-frontal area, or attached to it, is the pineal gland, which might be a
fifth stage in the brain’s evolution. This gland is a little pea-sized outgrowth and has been associated
with psychic ability in humans. It is located between the eyes, slightly behind and above them, and is
often referred to as the third eye. When any organ of the body is not used for a long enough time, it
begins to wither and becomes inoperative, and can eventually physically disappear altogether, at that
point existing only within the genetic blueprint of our DNA. Such might be the case with the pineal
gland, which may have atrophied over time from disuse, and threatens to disappear altogether in future
generations of our species if it’s not exercised. The only way to rewire neural patterns is to interfere
with the neurotransmitter sequence at the synapse, thus retracting the old imprint and allowing for a
new imprinting. The Corpus Callosum it is where neural connections are activated to the extent of
creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of
corpus callosum energy. MAN is a transitional being; he is not final. For in man and high beyond him
ascend the radiant degrees that climb to a divine supermanhood. There lies our destiny and the
liberating key to our aspiring but troubled and limited mundane existence. We mean by man mind
imprisoned in a living body. But mind is not the highest possible power of consciousness; for mind is not
in possession of Truth, but only its ignorant seeker. Beyond mind is a supramental or gnostic power of
consciousness that is in eternal possession of Truth. This supermind is at its source the dynamic
consciousness, in its nature at once and inseparably infinite wisdom and infinite will of the divine
Knower and Creator. Supermind is superman; a gnostic supermanhood is the next distinct and
triumphant evolutionary step to be reached by earthly nature. The step from man to superman is the
next approaching achievement in the earth’s evolution. It is inevitable because it is at once the intention
of the inner Spirit and the logic of Nature’s process. The appearance of a human possibility in a material
and animal world was the first glint of some coming divine Light, the first far-off promise of a godhead to
be born out of Matter. The appearance of the superman in the human world will be the fulfilment of this
divine promise. Out of the material consciousness in which our mind works as a chained slave is
emerging the disk of a secret sun of Power and Joy and Knowledge. The supermind will be the formed
body of that radiant effulgence. Supermanhood is not man climbed to his own natural zenith, not a
superior degree of human greatness, knowledge, power, intelligence, will, character, genius, dynamic
force, saintliness, love, purity or perfection. Supermind is something beyond mental man and his limits;
it is a greater consciousness than the highest consciousness proper to human nature. The Superman is
one whose centre of gravity is shifted from the domain of Ignorance to the domain of Truth. He is in
possession of a divine Principle— the Supermind – that is illumined by the Supermind which is a pure
principle of integral Truthvision and sovereign Truth-effectuation. The brain is as much a product of the
mind as the chromosomes are a product of forces about whose nature we know as little as what we call
gravitation, light or consciousness. It is through meditation that we create the threads and cables that
connect the three aspects of the mind. In the same way that our homes are wired for phone and
internet reception, these threads function as communication lines that allow us to receive information
from the higher planes. Over time, as we project our attention upward, these threads and cables fuse
and widen as a symbolic bridge between the physical and spiritual worlds is built. This bridge is built in
two pieces. The lower span links the lower mind and the soul. When we build this bridge, we create a
direct channel for the downpouring of information from the soul to the brain, where it is interpreted
and used. This experience has produced many of our greatest achievements in religion, the arts, and
business. At a later stage in our spiritual development, the higher span—the one between the soul and
the higher mind—is built. It is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new
neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum
energy. The evolution of conscious mind to superconscious state of mind results in the perception
becoming finer and finer. At the superconscious state of mind, the sense-perception is totally absent, it
is tuned to receive the intuition. From a evolutionary perspective there is a huge potential latent in the
part of the brain called the frontal cortex. The frontal lobe of the brain (the lobe of intelligence) When
the frontal cortex gets activated it improves central nervous system functioning and changes the way
how the brain operates. ⦁ The frontal lobes has access to finer and subtle energies ⦁ The frontal lobes
has acccess to all parts of the brains structures ⦁ The frontal lobes has access to information instantly
through intuition The frontal lobes at the top of the brain is connected to deeper brain regions. Current
research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in the frontal lobes of the human
brain. When we consciously connect to this spot, also known as the God spot, we have access to the
infinite potential, or power on hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools
we can tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom. Through the connection to
deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused brain parts and through connection to new
dimensions of life and universe and through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access
to intuition, insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes the way how
the brain operates. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly
interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is
the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world. This work of new
connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to
oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and
through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this
process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.
Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number of integrating
energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit. Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex
in most humans is in a sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken. Through the evolutionary
history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our
self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain. The remainder
of our consciousness split into our subconscious and superconsciousness. Our brain function also split
into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal
Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex
within our Tree of Life stopped moving. To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to
re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and
our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings
floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear. We have to
learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us
at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way
enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us. Becoming aware one enables us to
re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand
‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche. Interpreting our
birth chart, we have the tool to not only knowing who we are and why we’re here, but also the means to
understand the energies within our psyche that frighten us. This knowledge enables us to heal, reconcile
and re-unite our ‘self’ and ‘soul’ and slowly learn how to use much larger part of our brain. The power to
move from the three dimensional world to the fifth dimensional world lies in one´s subconscious mind.
The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It has the power to
overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s subconscious mind posses all the
information, wisdom and resources you need to know and have for survival and success. One do not
need to attain this power by purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not
need to learn this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it effectively.
When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for the rest of one´s life. When fear
blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information and can´t
access higher knowledge within new dna strands. When fear blocks the ability of visions, and make true
learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self When
our light body is blocked with outdated beliefs, unwanted blueprints, and unhealthy genetic coding, we
are compromised and thus separated from optimum communication with spirit. When we receive an
Awakening we are aligning and connecting to higher self and our true purpose. This process is done
through the cleaning and balancing of the chakras, as well as by DNA activation. Chakras are the
ethereal (immaterial) body’s energy vortices. The origin of the word chakra means “wheel of light.” The
human body has seven major chakras. They are the root, sacral, solar plexus, heart, throat, brow, and
crown chakras. Our chakras are the repositories of our emotions and attitudes toward life. Some of the
energy stuck in our chakras has been experienced and locked from this current life, and some we have
inherited. Regardless of how it got there, the goal is to clear it. According to Ambika Wauters, author of
The Book of Chakras: Discover the Hidden Forces Within You, “The chakra system is a model for the flow
of energy that runs through all life and through the human system. It is like a ladder that takes us from
the physical realm of substance up through the workings of the higher mind and spirit, and into the
realm of Divine Consciousness.”° When these chakra energies are cleaned and balanced, we find that we
are more connected and balanced. It is a common misconception that the brain has only one type of
brainwave at a time. In Fact, all of the brainwaves are active in the brain at all times, but at varying
levels. So, the brain always has alpha waves, beta waves, theta waves, gamma waves, and delta waves
simultaneously. What we really mean when we say that the brain is in a theta brainwave is that the
theta brainwave is stronger (meaning it displays higher amplitude on an EEG) than the other
brainwaves. In other words it is the dominant brainwave at that given moment.” This information is
important, because it shows that we do not require a hypnotic theta brainwave to achieve a waking and
conscious theta brainwave. Theta brain activity is the threshold between what we know as our
conscious and subconscious. It is through the theta frequency range that we reprogram our
subconscious beliefs. The 22-strand DNA Activation enables a person to bring in and actually hold more
light in the physical body. It empowers you to maximize your potential and bring forth unrealized talents
and abilities. It gives you more energy and clarity, strengthening your immune system and assists in
releasing unconscious patterns. It increases your ability to use more of your brain capacity and facilitates
clearing of family and genetic Karmic patterns. The 22-strand DNA Activation gives you a wonderful gift
of empowerment. Your DNA contains the blueprint for who you are as a Divine Being. It is God-given,
holy, and sacred and defines the uniqueness of you personally. Ancient metaphysical teachings reveal
that the original divine blueprint for humans consisted of a multidimensional 24 strand DNA. At present
most humans only have about 3-5% of their DNA turned on, as the rest lies dormant. By activating our
DNA we gain greater access to our full potential. people can remove and clear blocks to permanent
healing on a cellular level. which restores the original Divine Blueprint and reprograms the master gland
to reverse the “death hormone” in the body and slow down the aging process, promoting youthing,
longevity and rejuvenation. It is our linear thinking that causes us to create dogma and doctrine that
keeps us locked in a shallow understanding of who we are as spirit beings. A time when a different race
came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that
these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or
less changing our DNA. Currently most of humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA,
intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our
biology – such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines,
eg: a paternal grandfather”s tendency toward arthritis, or a mothers genes for musical talent. These two
strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA
structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the human being, one that science has not
presently considered. If one is persuaded that the human being consists of a soul imbedded within a
biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also
contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it? The disconnection of our original
DNA manipulation resulted in a “veil” of ignorance” being placed between our five physical senses and
our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the higher realms. At some time in
our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine blueprint of the original plan.
In the meantime humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. “The
(alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn
yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance”
that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully
developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have
distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our
psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for
most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone
who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by
itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is
surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of
enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. The fully
conscious human being has twelve strands of functional DNA. Beyond our double helix are ten
additional dormant soul strands. When these are finally activated we will experience a total expansion
of our consciousness and fully access our light bodies. Originally there were over 2,000 particles in our
DNA that allowed these higher spiritual abilities to function. All strands are not positioned within the
physical part of our biology either, as many reside on the plane inhabited by our higher mind. Our
individual souls are so much greater than what we can perceive with our five physical senses, because
these more lofty abilities are not all found within our physical bodies. Instead they are accessed on a
higher spiritual plane or vibration and not in the denser physical levels of gasses and solids. Each of the
12 DNA strands represents one of the twelve aspects of multidimensional consciousness. Three DNA
strands represent and govern the physical body, another three are concerned with the emotional body,
another three with the mental body and the remaining three with the spiritual body. All these aspects
are represented in our bodies as new neural pathways to the brain. They are connected and nourished
through the endocrine system of ductless glands. These glands work in tandem with the energy vortexes
within our bodies known as the chakra system. When all our neural pathways are working freely with
our chakra system they will provide the conduit to the higher realms, resulting in our direct experience
of multidimensional consciousness. Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our
ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a human being. Very dark energy
extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of humankind
finnly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear
and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 200,000 years ago, when the human DNA
molecule was breached. When these dark forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were
able to shut down and isolate many of its strands. Our human DNA was reduced to only a double helix.
An advanced race who had knowledge beyond anything we can imagine, able to perform all miracles,
have changed our DNA, so we can better function as their slaves. It is really the same idea we have today
by creating robots, to do the hard work for us. Only then, these visitors from outer space had no
material resources to begin with, so the primitive human was the best solution at the time. We could
certainly not perform anything they would require from us, but this is what it means, creating man to
their likeness. All they had to do is change our DNA, so we could function to their command. Also a big
question remains; Why have we been restricted in having such higher knowledge? That’s the reason
why we are so different from what we should be in spirit? Without any doubt, before they came we
were a primitive race, but we were spiritually connected to a higher self. By changing us, we became a
commodity with the capacity to serve them. The same time they employed all tricks in the book to
restricted us from having a higher knowledge. The cards are on the table again, were in the free western
world the congress makes efforts to limit axcess to a higher knowledge. And it is not the same people
who established a constitution for better human rights and conditions, because it is a much higher force.
What ever this force is, it has nothing else in mind but to dumb us down to a level were we can’t see
beyond the physical earth plane. This means we are confined or condemned to a prison planet. I’m sure
we heard that before, but we only laugh about this in disbelief. It has been like this for the last 12,000
years, and it continues to happen, unless we do something about it to prevail this time. The Mayan
predicted a time in the great cycle, were we have the opportunity to transform through a change in
consciousness. A reminder for those of you who might not be familiar with this, or have forgotten, your
DNA creates the chakras. Yes, there are endocrine glands, and they, along with the shape of your bones,
enhance the energy of the chakras. The back of your skull affects the third eye. Your sacrum affects your
second chakra. But that’s a whole different experience and knowledge, and we’re not going into that at
this time. Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers,
authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native
human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the
98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything
that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script
and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans. If you imagine
the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for a particular organism, you can
understand how the native human species has been partially shut down. When the unseen rulers or
(invaders) came in, they disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double helix); it was like
they took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in a messy pile on
the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized and hence unrecognizable. As a result,
Earth humans became locked into the third dimension (of the Matrix). What is happening now is that
the information that was trashed in the library is slowly recombining back into form. When the 12
strands of D.N.A. are realigned they will plug into the 12 chakras, which are vortexes of information (7
are in the body and 5 are outside the body). Humans on Earth must now learn to reintegrate this
information into the collective consciousness so that it is available to everyone. Just as Earth is a library,
so too is your body. Every cell holds the history of the universe, and when you learn to extract this
information and decode it into understanding you will become a conscious co-creator of reality. Light is
information, so the paradigm of the new age is light. When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents
us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major
restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and
when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic,
and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will
start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any
changes and leaving the matrix). When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and
this blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna strands, and
when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the
learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is
blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability
evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from
progressing. Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the
source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes
that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha
bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new
information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts. When fear
blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality.
Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent
the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all
forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful
covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking). Energy is
information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there
is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and
then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the
state of ignorance or the slumbring state. If they disconnected humankind from the divine energy source
by egninered and genetic manipulation the 12 dna strands to 2 dna strands humankind becomes its
mind-prisoners in the history because they can´t access the information and light codes that is needed
to make a new configuration from what they have genetic manipulated to keep humankind enslaved
into the matrix. Fear does not just blocks information, it blocks binds information and information is
light. Humans are historical beings and evolutionary, trapped in history.When humans can´t access the
depths of the mind or the state of oneness because the state of duality creates the separation into the
three dimensional world and this is how the archons keeping humankind imprisoned within the matrix
Chakras come from your DNA. It’s like the bud is produced by the DNA, and flowering begins as you live
your life. Crystalline DNA unfolds within you. For some, it unfolds more rapidly than for others. You will
hear people say that everyone’s crystalline DNA is fully activated. That is only partially true. Everyone
has crystalline DNA, just as everyone is born with seven chakras and almost always only two of them are
active at birth — the first and the seventh. Your crystalline DNA has been hiding within you for eons.
There is a long history about why it was hidden, but we’re not going to get into that history here. There
were, at times, certain encodements that prevented the crystalline DNA from being known. Implants,
which are made from encodements (as everything is made of encodements), were created by other
beings from other dimensions and even from other planets, who did not want the human race to
activate the crystalline DNA. Then there was an “invasion” by your “starseeds,” because you changed
the vibration of the planet. You changed the vibration of the human race. As that vibration changed,
your vibration changed the structure of the DNA. We know this is not a class on DNA, but we’re giving
you some background. There is hidden within your physical DNA the activation for the crystalline DNA.
When your vibration rose, when you were able to stay within your heart more often, more energy
corresponded with the shape of the double helix of your DNA. This activated the encodements for the
crystalline DNA. It allowed the crystalline DNA to unfold. As the crystalline DNA unfolds, the chakras
associated with the crystalline DNA unfold. The more you stay in your heart source and the longer you
stay in your heart source every day, the more you activate your crystalline DNA, which activates,
produces, and unfolds the crystalline chakras. As you unfold the DNA and the crystalline chakras, the
higher your vibration rises. The more you stay in your heart source, the more you form an energetic
pattern and a neurological pattern of staying within your heart source. You will find that the more you
stay within your heart source and the more of those amazing crystalline chakras open, the more active
your heart source will be. It will bring in more energy, which means it will bring in more information.
Energy is information. Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock
together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of
energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history”
humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state. When they change
the human dna, they disconnected the 10 etheric dna strands that holds all power, information and
knowledge for enlighment and when humans can´t access this knowledge they become trapped and
imprsioned within the evolutionaru history created by the ego. The ego and the archons don´t want you
to understand how the universe actually works and how humankind van be imprisoned within the
matrix. The goal is to keep the ego happy and busy and kept away from knowledge that could liberate
them from the matrix of archons. The more you work in the higher-vibrational levels from your heart
source, the more your crown chakra opens. As you use the tools you know to assist in activating and
opening the crystalline DNA and the chakras associated with the crystalline DNA, you cannot force them
open. What we mean is that you cannot do all your wonderful encodement work to open the heart
chakra and then not live from the heart. You can do everything you can to open the crystalline third
chakras, but if you don’t live from your heart, the third chakras will not open. Opening the crystalline
chakras is based on vibration. DNA activation brings us to a higher spiritual vibration. The process of
activating the DNA is powerful at clearing the genetic negative encodement. The process allows an
individual to hold more spiritual light in the physical body. More light results in raising a person’s
awareness, raising their vibrational frequency and raising their consciousness. Light is intelligent energy.
Light is unconditional love. Light is the source to all things. With increased light, a person becomes more
empowered to achieve their heart’s desire. This activation integrates light into areas of a person’s DNA.
Throughout the history of civilization there have been significant high conscious energy systems that
tried to snap the collective out of its deep unconscious sleep. These higher conscious awakened energy
systems sparked a new energy channel of conscious thinking within the mass of collective energy,
changing the shape of civilization. The make up of civilization is ego based and when an influencing
factor attempts to break through the collective unconsciousness they are met with relentless
persecution (today´s organized gang stalking). The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy,
thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself. The, ego, is
threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher consciousness is a movement
toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever
since the ego separated from the truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that
cannot see beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of the physical
realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is threatened by confrontation of
consciousness. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within
the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy
was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego
remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and
God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego
suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in
anything greater than itself. Consciousness is your only reality. Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of
mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are
programmed to be. Humankind is been daily programmed away from the Divine Self and lack of
knowledge keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons. To affect any
changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can
you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already
contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear
is such preprogrammed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this
world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being. When David Icke first introduced the
Saturn/Moon matrix he said that he believes that this electromagnetic field, being broadcast from
Saturn’s rings, and then focused keenly upon Earth from the Moon base, locks us into a lower
consciousness state, but it can be overridden. Because our consciousness can override the frequency,
we need to be locked into our reptilian brain in order to decode the electromagnetic frequencies the
matrix broadcasts. A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian
brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of
ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent
ignorance” with the Archons. “The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic
senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to
see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years.
With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their
presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long.
Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that
they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to
doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that
we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use
them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to
be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of
ordinary reality. In understanding this acceleration of an evolution of consciousness coming to an omega
point in time… it is important to first define the biblical word apocalypse that appears in so many texts
of the end times that manipulate and create fear in the market place. The word Apocalypse means…
(Greek: Apokalypsis; “lifting of the veil”) is a term applied to the disclosure to certain privileged persons
of something hidden from the majority of humankind. Today the term is often used to refer to the end
of the world, which may be a shortening of the phrase “apokalupsis eschaton”, which literally means
“revelation at the end of the aeon, or age”. So we are in the apocalypse, the “lifting of a veil” is a rising
of consciousness that knows no fear (a physical lifting of a veil of ignorance, superstition and religious
dogma) of the unknown for those certain privileged individuals that can see themselves on the other
side of the Omega point. The Divine Mind is the reality of who you are. What is it? How do you live from
your divinity? How do you make it work in your life today? The first step is to acknowledge its’ existence
within you. You must acknowledge your greatness. Acknowledge and accept your own greatness.
Greatness means you are a wondrous, marvelous and truly great expression of the creative process. You
are All That Is. The only thing that has created an unreal reality for your heart and body has been the
inability of the mind to join the truth with your conscious awareness. You are now making choices from
a limited system and are only allowing 10% of that ability to create your life on Earth. This is why you live
in a world of fear. This is why you feel so limited. Only your choice of the ego and the mass
consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are. You are not in an evolutionary
process. You are rather in a process of awakening. Very slowly you allow yourself to glimpse into this
greater awareness of who you are. It is always there. This is who you are. You can be no other. It is the
ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s
inner knowing and inner being”. Your higher self knows that the physical, outside world you experience
as your reality “is an illusion. Always. Which mean that we have the possibility of so present, that we can
tap into The rower of the present. And then when we don’t, just start by catching the mind, which is a
creation of the Lower Self, and bring our attention back to the present. Because the higher Self is no-
mind. And in that place exists cosmic consciousness, also know as Buddha nature. It exists in all of us,
every one of us. Jt has always existed and will always exist. The only thing that would have us not
believe that it exists is the Lower Self, which is only a construct of mind. Basically, if you have a mind,
you are creating a world, a projection. So once you change from mind to no-mind state, you connect
with the Cosmic Mind, the mind of God. In other words, you cancel your mortal mind and use God’s
mind. Then nothing can be distorted. God’s mind gives you Oneness,” said the Higher Self. Once all the
dissonant programs from the subconscious mind are gone, you no longer have to deal with the mind,
and you become one with your higher self. Then you start to experience the Divine Higher Self, the true
self, who you truly are. You are in touch with spiritual energy, its pure energy that floats throughout
everything around you. The “eye” it self represent both the physical eye and the mind. For the fact what
we see is the manifestation of mind, not what is actually outside the mind. We only perceive the illusion
of perception, it is not what it seems beyond the mind. The truth lies at the core, and that truth is
perception is nothing more than an illusion of our senses, the delusional of our ego perceiving mind.
Beyond the ego perception, is the non-perceiving mind. That mind is the divine conscious mind where
truth lies. Once one comes to this higher truth, perception can no inflect one’s mental and emotional
well being, and life becomes more enjoyable and more easier to deal with many conflicts that is a part of
our life struggle. Perception is nothing more than holographic data of information made up of conscious
lights and energy. Perception is how the ego conscious perceives it’s existence and senses the the
existing world around it. The ego is the “I and me”, nor the higher self which has not ego. The ego is the
dreamer of it’s existence and the world in which it is dreaming as a real entity. It can only perceive the
holographic dream-like existence as it is, it may not perceive beyond the perception. The higher the ego,
the higher the false perception. The lower the ego, the closer to the real perception one comes to know
and experience. For the ego has seven levels like a rainbow, the red is the highest and most wicked, and
the violet is the greater less ego and most holy. The greater the ego, the more the ego perceive the
illusion as a real existence. While those with the most lesser egos do not perceive the world and self in
the same way. Those who have the most less ego, can perceive beyond the illusion of the physical, and
perceive themselves related to all that is and to every living beings they come into contact with. This is
why many spiritual ones can sense spirits, foresee realities or events through their spiritual perception,
and have a deep oneness sense with nature and all living beings. The more a spiritual one meditates, the
more closer one comes to thir true higher mind which will shine it’s light of wisdom and spiritual
perception to a greater. Giving one the abilities to experience reality as it truly is, and dissolving the ego
perception to the point perception no longer is inflicting. Once one comes to this level of perception,
one no longer sees nothing as good nor bade, true nor false, for the truth is all just an illusion in which
all believe is real. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is
the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and
concepts to gain control of humankind. The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized
existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego
creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man
has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in
the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of
man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and
the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots
are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us
in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These minderrors is
the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the
mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. Its through meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego
that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left brain
and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its darkness.
Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of
intuition. Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until
one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand that; the
robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the real Self
in robotized “darkness of ignorance”. The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and
mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta
brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human
programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-
source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in
such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking
in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts. The ego mind
is the master of perception, therefore it is the ego mind that perceives. Perception is nothing more than
a conscious program, it is that computer programing images that project what the program is meant to
do. The ego is the main perceiver, it projects bits and bites of conscious information that matrix our
dream reality common people call life into being, and from there the perception program experience
the world through it’s senses. The ego also has it’s own mental perception program, this is how it thinks,
record learned knowledge and experience into the memory, it creates it’s own personalty and
behaviors, and it matrix it’s life experience by it’s own metal perception that the ego dreams into being.
Therefore life is nothing more than a dream, one’s ego dream that life experience into existence. How
does the idea of a higher self relate to densities? In terms of an entity perceiving through as linear time
structure, the higher self exists in sixth density and functions in the entites “future”. One interesting
aspect of it is that the entity who is perceiving the higher self manifestation is actually a thoughtform
materialized by the “higher self’ itself. Entities in these terms are actually a complex composed of what
they perceive to be mind”, “body”, and “spirit”. These complexes can occur within single entities or
groups, depending on the specific space/time conditions. The higher self is that self which exists with full
understanding of the accumulation of experiences of that entity. At one point, the entity perceives a
lower self and a higher self. They are not actually there “”simultaneously”; functions of the higher self
interact from a position in development which equates to the linear “future” of the entity, as perceived
by an entity in this state. Obviously, cultural conditioning encourages development of impotent states of
mind where the “lower self’ is in control and the “higher self’ is reached very little or totally ignored.
There is no synthesis that will permit the energy of the intelligent matrix to flow correctly. We block our
channel when we work from the small ‘e’ ego state, rather than from our Higher Self. It is not our logical,
reasoning mind/self that catches the messages for clients, nor ourselves either. It is not our small ego
that connects with Universal Intelligence. Rather it is when we get these parts of our psyche out of the
way, unblock our channel, that our intuition can connect us with the Higher Levels from which we are
then able to serve ourselves and others. Fear is a feeling of disconnection and unknowingness. The
higher sensor operates within us, pretty much the way a battery functions in an automobile. We are
body, mind and spirit. The physical and spiritual selves are carbon copies of each other. They are “twin
selves” talking to each other. Sometimes these selves are in disagreement with each other. When the
spiritual body and physical body selves are not in agreement, the mind does not receive a clear signal
from the battery or sensor of the higher self. This may be likened to, a cell phone user’s conversation,
being unclear because he or she is out of range from a telephone satellite receiving station, or being
totally disconnected, landing in a “dead zone” of silence. Where does the fear come from? When the
communication lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place
of unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected
and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows
no fear!” The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what
you see or think it is. Things are not the way they appear to be. Caught in a space/time continuum in
which there seems to be no escape, humanity cries for help. Life is a paradox, with no apparent exit
from a self-imposed hell. Deep within, a spark of the divine is a reminder that there must be a better
way of looking at the world. Underneath all the difficult feelings resides a Higher Self that is magnificent
beyond belief, where peace of mind is available at any given moment of time. THE VEIL OF IGNORANCE
The mind’s ignorance of its true nature, that is, the simple fact that it does not recognize what it truly is,
is called fundamental ignorance. It is the basic inability of the conditioned mind to perceive itself. We
can compare the pure mind having the three previously discussed essential qualities to calm,
transparent waters in which everything can be seen clearly. The veil of ignorance is a lack of intelligence,
a kind of clouded state, as an opaque vase causes water to lose its transparent clarity. Such an obscured
mind loses the experience of lucid openness and becomes ignorant of its essential nature. Fundamental
ignorance is said to be innate, because it is inherent to our existence; we are born with it. It is, in fact,
the point of departure of duality, the root of all delusions and the source of all suffering. Mind
controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the root of all others, is
dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the mind does not know the extent of its
openness, instead of experiencing without center or periphery, we perceive everything through one
central point of reference. This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the
egosubject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the delusional experience
of a “me” or an “I.” “Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent
divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal
propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind,
Prana and the senses. There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had
only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-
realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved
without Self-realisation. The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the
soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego denied its own
source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of ignorance that cause pain are
ignorance, ego, attachment. The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego
perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation
of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the
attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the
fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true
nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.” So a new
centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by Truth and Reality. “Man is then
driven by the logic of his own experience to find the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in
the Truth. This entails the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The
disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of consolidated sanskaras
must disappear if there is to be a true integration and filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can
be tackled only through intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is
possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of intelligent consciousness.” In
some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A separately existing, dualistic
world is an illusion. However, our experience is true. Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through
the mind and its concepts the world appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a
subject. We mistake the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate
being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who we are, and that
projection that makes us believe we are something we are not. There is fear in duality. There are
quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is ignorance. The whole world is firmly established in the false idea
of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of
manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the egomind. Those
who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or
vehicles. The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness. Ontological
idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a creation of the mind. The
alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of epistemological idealism which contends that
unenlightened minds are unable to distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual
constructions which we place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of
things as they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The world as we
experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is always a product of our own
interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled by ignorance and craving. “Lifting of a veil” is a
rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown. If the history of psychic research tells us
anything at all, it is that we are surrounded on all sides by nonhuman intelligences who habitually lie to
us for no discernible reason other than to amuse themselves. These entities are at least as old as human
conscious-ness (hence the near-universality of the Trickster motif in legend and folklore) and seem
curiously dependent on us for their continued existence. Shamans have always known how to enter
these realms consciously, how to direct their awareness to attain their objective, and how to return to
the threedimensional world and apply what they’ve learned to the subject at hand. Stated another way,
individual awareness penetrates the objective psyche, maintains its integrity as a subjective observer,
and then returns to consensus reality. Everyone who has emerged intact from a major acid trip
understands what this is like. Because these mental realms are spatial dimensions—that is, they have
breadth, width, and height appropriate to the mode of consciousness of the plane in question, we will
label them collectively as “hyperspace.” This is not a metaphor; these lokas are worlds and dimensions
equally as real and infinite as external, physical space-time. The only difference is that they are inside of
us. This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we are
multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in threedimensional space. The
gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes our predicament as one of exiles far from
home who are held captive within a threedimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called
archon, or rulers. The gnostics pulled no punches in the way they described the human condition: to
this: consciousness is your only reality. Awareness is all you have: your body is only an object of
consciousness, a temporary vehicle for living in a threedimensional world, though you won’t hold it for
long, even if you live a hundred years. All your beliefs about your reality are based upon your experience
as an observer since you entered the physical body. This includes imprinting from parents, race, class,
culture, language, etc.—all the data hardwired in your braincomputer, all the objects of perception that
provide the convincing illusion that you know who you are and that you understand your experience.
Unfortunately, circumstances like these are made to order for the fabrication of truly grotesque
illusions. The gnostics would say it’s a setup. Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from
reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that
must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides,
which is what the Archons want. Man must reach a new relationship to the world around him…. To do
this he must give priority, not to external problems, but to the mind that is considering them…. Hardly a
beginning has yet been made to bring the illimitable inner world that has recently been opened to us,
the world of the unconscious, the world of the dreaming mind, into living contact with everyday life….
Our problems are plainly growing beyond conventional human control, and consciousness has no choice
but to enlarge itself to meet them. The trouble is, consciousness per se has not the power to do this. It
must look beyond itself for help.’ All of these data support the postulation of transcendent dimensions
of being linked to space-time through consciousness itself. The uncon-scious is actually a dimension of
dimensions. The rather narrow band of forces we call space-time then becomes only one portion of an
apparently infinite multiverse of superficially invisible realms of experience. The Pleroma (“fullness”) of
the gnostics can now be appreciated as a highly accurate description of a basic reality: The multiverse,
hyper-space, imaginal realm, mind-space, or unconscious psyche is nothing if not “full,” as has been
attested by the bewildering diversity of both modern and ancient descriptions of it. There are many,
many worlds within the psyche, and it seems that each one (or each one we can access and remember
at least) is three-dimensional within its own space. This shamanic description of an inner perceptual
dimension inhabited by Archon-like entities is pure gnosticism—humans are the “recep-tacles and
servants” of archetypal forces that are personified in Harner’s consciousness as dragons. Interestingly
enough, these beings dwell in that section of his brain that meets “the top of the spinal column,” a
precise description of the so-called “Reptilian Complex,” the most primitive pan of the brain, which is
associated with aggressive animal behavior. (Dragons are nothing if not bellicose reptiles.) To define this
material in Jungian terminology: The ego complex is in contact with nonpersonal “archetypes” (i.e.,
entities not part of the personal uncon-scious of the given individual) dwelling within the collective
uncon-scious. In fact, in the light of modern research, Jung’s original concept of archetypes is needlessly
complex, and less useful than the more “primitive” notion of extra-dimensional entities: the gods and
demons of classical mythology. Jung himself was apparently prepared to con-sider this hypothesis. The
Archons are robotic mind beings who guard the Lower Matrix. The Archon’s God is a computer and
there is a ongoing computer generated speaking voice in the airs. Earth is the battlefiled of
consciousness and control of mind and thoughts and therefore is a vibrational mind prison The Earth we
are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.
There is a constant ongoing computer generated voice in the airs that literally is speaking by beaming
and looping sounds, words and voices day and night as stalking, harassment and fear mongering words
and stressful psychology. This constant ongoing computer generated voice in the airs beaming and
looping words; “now its dangerous”, “I warned you” or “I warning you”, beaming and looping words;
“worry” or “worries” or “super worry”, beaming and looping words as; “anxiety”, beaming and looping
words as; “now he is mad” ro “now he is going mad”, beaming and looping words as; “they gonna kill
you”, and beaming and looping words as; “I rejected you”, and words as; “heaven is near”. And these is
been beamed indoors and outdoors, day and night, and they start and entangles these when make
dinner or eat dinner, when you you exercise, when you writing for some example. Its seems to exist
some form of hijacking program that is constant beaming and looping sounds, words and voices and
sometimes 3-4 of these at same time to bombard your mind with sound, and then start beeming “now
he is going mad”. This is also organized gang stalking on Earth. This computer generated voice using
simultanously and synchronously sound interference harassment, and organized gang stalkers using
same methods of simultanously and synchronously noise harassment interference (and shadowing from
room to room). Organized Gang Stalker is been controlled and govern by same forces as the computer
generated speaking voice in the airs. It may be the actually powers of kundabuffer in the airs and within
humans then the ego is the kundabuffer. The collective ego of this world also may the collective
organized gang stalking powers of kundabuffer within gang stalkers on Earth. Satan’s plan is to hijack the
human mind and harvest humanity’s souls. Satan is the cief Archon and humankind is trapped and
imprisoned within the famous matrix or the mind prison. The matrix is controlled by the archons, and
the archons is the rulers of the matrix. THE WORLD IS NOW MOVED INTO AN ERA OF INTENSIFIED
CLOSING OF THE NOOSE ON ALL FREEDOM AS YOU MOVE INTO AND UNDER THE POWER OF THE ONE
WORLD ELITE POWER. That most people will use the technique not to gain or generate that insight, or to
learn anything at all, but rather because they are fascinated by the prospect of actually being able to
remote-control a living being. Transhumanism – does not just include the desire of controling nature, or
even weather control, but even total control of the human mind. The mind and transhumanism The
perpetual battlefield is what we know as our everyday lives: our education, our work, our leisure, our
emotional and spiritual wellbeing, and our conscious thinking. Yet the armaments of this struggle are
not guns, tanks, airplanes, bombs, or battle cruisers. It is much more subtle than this. It is less hardware
and more software. It is, in effect, a silent war. It is a war that is central to the tragic physical scourges
occurring on our beautiful planet. It is a war that targets not only the present but also the very long-
term future(s) of our civilization. And it has been going on for as long as human societies have existed on
planet Earth. What is this war? It is a battle for our minds—how we think. In short, it is the war of
consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is a invisible war, it is a spiritual war, it is a psychological war,
and it is a poltitical warfare, and it spiritual, psychological and political terrors of the mind. These actions
is the silent warfare on planet Earth and is govern by the archons within the matrix. Such impacts
resonate with the human nervous system and through biological fields of energy (biofields) may well
assist in mutating organic DNA. DNA is thus an evolutionary acceleration tool. Further, any attempt at
information embargo (or quarantine of neurogenetic impacts) can be seen as a form of
neurocensorship. How this can be so? Well, relatively new developments in biophysics have indicated
that all biological organisms are made up of a liquid-crystalline medium. Further, that DNA is a liquid-
crystal lattice-type structure, which some refer to as a liquid crystal gel, whereby body cells are involved
in a holographic instantaneous communication via the emitting of biophotons (a source based on light).
All living biological organisms continuously emit radiations of light that form a field of coherence and
communication. The liquid-crystalline structure within living systems is also responsible for the direct
current (DC) electrodynamic field that permeates the entire body of all animals. It has also been noted
that the DC field has a mode of semiconduction that is much faster than the nervous system. The
electrical field of the human body is important in terms of its resonance with external impacts. The
human nervous system, and likewise DNA, is extraordinarily sensitive and receptive to external signals,
impacts, and energies. In short, DNA receives, processes, and responds to environmental conditions at
an astounding rate of change. Without the participation of DNA mutational adaptation and change, we
would not have evolution on this planet as we know it. Further, it is likely that the next stage of
humanity’s evolutionary development will involve a change in the vibrational nature of our DNA. After
all, DNA directly affects how the human nervous system functions, and the history of life and of
humanity is often defined in terms of the evolution of the nervous system. It is important then to know
that human DNA does not exist within some sealed vacuum and can be influenced by external impacts
and energies. Whether or not this flaw is an actual truth, it still retains significance because the human
identity of “separation” has been exploited for centuries as a way of maintaining social control over
populations. Whether it is reinforced through layers of social processes and institutions, through the
media and entertainment industry, or through religious and spiritual doctrines, it has served as an
obstacle against neurogenetic evolution. We are now, as a species, at a point in our evolutionary journey
where it is imperative that we advance and develop our state of consciousness and understanding. Our
present evolutionary state is limited in terms of perception and thus we lean toward a material
comprehension of our “realities.” For example, the luminous matter we observe in the universe with the
aid of our technological instruments is only about 0.5 percent of all calculated mass, and what we
actually see directly with our eyes is even less. What we actually take to be our reality is in fact only a
thin slice of electromagnetic light. Our physical bodies (our biological and sensory apparatus) allow us to
construct our world and live within a meaningful materiality because we share certain similar vibratory
levels. However, it now seems that our energetic/vibratory level has been maintained rather than
surpassed. Why is this? It may well be that a “blockage” has occurred during the further evolution of
human consciousness. If this is the case,, then it is high time for this blockage to be removed. Yet the
situation we face is that there are a myriad of terrestrial and social forces at work that appear to be in
collusion to sustain and even amplify these particular blockages. Certain allegorical esoteric teachings
also suggest that there has been a deliberate blockage placed on the human energy system. One of
these is Gurdjieffs concept of the kundabuffer, which was allegedly placed in humankind to stop us from
achieving objective consciousness and thus to shield us from knowing of the “terror of the situation.”
The kundabuffer was a blockage installed in order to cause human beings to “see reality upside down,”
as well as to engender in them sensations of pleasure and enjoyment. Yet it also became responsible for
egotism, vanity, selfishness, and other similar conceited traits. Such traits then keep humankind
distracted and caught up in their own trivial concerns, wasting vital energy that could be used in more
advantageous pursuits. Other similarities abound in “channeled” information that suggests that human
DNA was stripped down to only a two-stranded version. These and other sources hint at the possibility
of an obstruction on the evolution of higher consciousness within humanity. The result of this is an
inability to transcend destructive and divisive tendencies now widespread within the human condition.
In what appears to be almost parallel to the Fall, as described in biblical texts, humanity has sunken from
the Golden Age into a lowly existence plagued by unconscious behavior and forgetfulness. We can see
this mirrored in Plato’s assertion that “Humans are on Earth like beings stricken with amnesia.” Through
such a lens it appears that the collective psyche of humanity is dominated by the more primitive
material concerns of service to self and the notion of a separate identity free from external
responsibilities and constraints. Under such conditions it is extremely difficult for humanity to develop
“objective consciousness.” And this way of behavior also makes humans susceptible to being brought
under the manipulative exploitation of those who feed off power: namely, dictators, zealous leaders,
corporations, and state institutions. Within this “fallen state” (an upside-down reality) the sedative
offered in recompense is the easy addiction to sexual stimuli and sedentary pleasures. Humans, we are
told, are susceptible to self-gratifying desires and pleasurable pursuits, and often in detriment to their
own capacities for self-actualization. Destruction and wars, murders and mutilations are the actions of
unconscious groups and individuals. Our actions globally are the manifestation in the physical realm of a
species that has a diminished access to its collective spiritual essence. It could well be that for far too
long the majority of humans have been under the yoke of the powerful few —from priestly elites of
Egypt and Babylonia: from the Romans and the cyclic domination of empires and from the various
religious institutions that have herded the many. In the end, we may know nothing other than servitude.
Centuries of social slavery could, after all, have hard wired us to become passive and meek to authority.
We have only to refer to the infamous Stanley Milgram experiments to realize that we would do almost
anything if a person in a white coat told us to.1 In other words, we have been quite thoroughly socially
conditioned to accept and submit to various displays of power. The question today is how these forces
of control seek to pacify and distract the human conscious spirit. It is the hypothesis of this book that
ongoing elements within human societies have been interfering with the natural growth and expression
of human consciousness, which, at our present stage, may affect the potential for the next phase of
neurogenetic evolution. However, I also believe that humanity is now crossing a threshold—a transition
period, if you like. And this period is characterized by a greater influx of energies made available to assist
in this nowoverdue shift on the evolutionary journey. Neurogenetic “mutations” are already appearing
—the rise of gifted individuals, seers, sensitives and psychics, and visionaries—and more importantly an
accelerating rise in the collective awareness of individuals. Humanity is beginning to awaken to both the
current limits of perception and to the inherent capacity for greater things. So why do we need a human
revolution? Well, we’ve already had an industrial revolution whereby nations learned to harness the
power of physical energy reserves (coal, oil, and so on) for growth. Now we need to harness the power
of psychic energy reserves (consciousness) in order to spur our next stage of human evolution. People
rarely question (or at least not often enough) that they might be under the yoke of constrictive and rigid
structures. This is primarily because of the illusion of freedom. For example, if a prisoner never sees the
bars of his cell, why would he think he is in a prison? Yet our sense of reality is deliberately engineered
in order to assume the structure of satisfaction so that we don’t go seeking other forms of reality
outside these structures. Or if we are not placated through satisfaction, then we are subdued by limited
resources such as being tied into the credit/debit economy or survival mode. Another tactic now
increasingly being used is that of constructed fear. Events of fear are being arranged in order to attack
the collective psyche of people and to realign focus on physical concerns. Our fear is manipulated.
heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or
obstruct, the energetic evolutionary impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we
are but also on what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not only
for ourselves but also for the new generations to come These are indeed critical limes: crucial change is
upon us and is moving over the face of the Earth. Humanity will be forced into change, and how we deal
with it will be a measure of our maturity as a species. Energy will be made available to us at the same
time that many existing structures will be collapsing around us. And during this tussle and shuffle there
will be an all-out struggle for our minds. What will we choose to think? How will we choose to engage
our consciousness? When will we stop being herded like dumb cattle through artificial and unnatural
perceptive and cognitive systems? According to a long list of mystics and sages over millennia, and also
according to a whole array of psychic and unexplained phenomena, then the physical world we live in,
the objects, events, laws, and universal rules that we believe in—are not, in reality, what they appear to
be. . . . It is like we live in a magical castle with thousands of rooms . . . and we spend our lives
wandering from room to room, discovering new things and creating hypotheses from the new
findings.. .. But we never discover the foundations upon which the house is built—we enter this castle at
birth and leave it at death under the influence of a spell cast by our brains. Our brains are responsible
for the reality we perceive because it is our primary filtering apparatus. Yet like all good hardware it is
merely processing the inputs it receives. It is a matter of “garbage in, garbage out.” In this sense much of
what occurs as daily life can be seen as a construct or, if you like, a program. Our social lives exist within
a myriad of competing conditioning programs, the majority of which are aimed at bringing a person’s
focus out onto the external physical and away from internal reflections. We therefore need to be more
conscious of how these processes operate. For example, over the decades many in the developed
nations have been lured into a fetishlike relationship with commodities; this then lures people into a
credit/debt society that ties them into a virtual mind prison. Throughout our lives we are subjected to
indoctrination by a systemic structure of processes and institutions. Within this conditioning
environment beliefs almost “grovel’ into us. And once they are a part of our socially constructed selves
they are sustained, reinforced, and protected, often unconsciously, by psychological processes of
perception. With few rare exceptions, all people are brought up within specific culturally defined
environments (or templates). A person’s dominant social milieu then attempts to offer a variety of
accepted sociocultural norms of thought and behavior. These may operate through various forms, such
as personal faith, religion, science, language and emotions, denial and doubt, happiness and fear, safety
and security (identity and belonging), well-being and materialism. Once ingrained, a person is liable to
perpetuate such traits, believing them to have been obtained through “free thought.” In the end, we
reinforce beliefs that have grown into us, accepting and defending them as our own. The ancient Greeks
used persuasion as a form of rhetoric and regarded it highly as a rational means for argument and
communication. Such persuasive debates can themselves be seen as an ancient form of propaganda. Yet
throughout history the need to persuade and influence has always been manipulated by those people in
power as a means to maintain authority and legitimacy. Propaganda in various forms has always been
employed as part of the dissemination of information and/or beliefs. Whereas in past centuries this was
predominantly related to religious doctrine it later became particularly rampant during times of
ideological struggle. However, propaganda was transformed into a deliberately organized weapon of
warfare. What national governments learned from the two World Wars was that public opinion (the
mass mind) was a vital factor in securing ongoing power struggles. So not only did governments need to
ensure that sufficient numbers of people were willing to die for the national cause, but also that in
relative peacetime the very same people were willing to become the most compliant consumers. The
overall manipulation of the mass public mind thus became no longer a matter of speech making; it had
to become a pervasive presence within the lives of each individual. In this sense: Culture was reduced to
the lowest common denominator for mass consumption, with the masses generally seen as politically
apathetic yet prone to ideological fanaticism, vulnerable to manipulation through the media and the
increasing sophistication of propagandists) The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness
among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from
spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the
energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is
inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels
of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy
system from believing in anything greater than itself. Within the context of “mass society’ propaganda
morphed into a mechanism for not only engineering public opinion but also as a means for consolidating
social control. The increased “mechanization” that came in with the Modernity Project conditioned
people into an almost unconscious need for propaganda. That is, people expected to be fed regular
installments of information and to feel secure and protected by such knowledge. Propaganda (in this
context the regular and consistent influx of government-sponsored information) serves not only to
imprint but also, more effectively, to reinforce and expand on existing sets of conditioning. The
manufacturing of consent*/ is now endemic to modem technological societies. It also involves some
rather dubious invasive strategies to interfere with the brain processing of large numbers of people. Yet
do we really believe that our minds are so open to such manipulated coercion? Then there is a silent
warfare action in plave on Earth and humankind is trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the
archons, then all propaganda has a hidden agenda to keep humankind enslaved into the matrix and to
keep humankind in a state of spiritual ignorance and therefore prevent real spiritual progress and to
reconnect with the divine higher self. Then Organized Gang Stalking is part of a invisible, spiritual,
psychological, and poltitical warfare, all organized gang stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare
propaganda to break down targeted individuals mind, will power and cognitive thinking system, and
they using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and electro magnetic frequencies and beaming
these into targeted individuals minds. These actions is the silent warfare on planet Earth and is govern
by the archons within the matrix. Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of
our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five
physical senses and ten percent of our brain. Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept
within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world. The world of Archons have
tricked mankind into a cycle that stuck them in a low vibrational state of the mind. Fear is their catalyst
to control the masses in this fixated state. Fear is a form of manipulation of reality because fear
paralyzed our vibrations. As long as we allow the archon-controlled powers to suppress our vibration
using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut
down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As
long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world order desired by
the archons. Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what
good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite
consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change. After the
fall of Man and fall of Consciousness knowledge of God was lost. Then divine knowledge was lost it was
replaced by knowledge of the ego, and the ego then become the god of this world. Kundabuffer’ are
described as all kinds of egoism. The soul is held captive by matter and placed under the tyranny of
outside cosmic forces alien to its true life. Yet it contained a divine spark, and by “knowledge” (gnosis)
might free itself and win its way back to the sphere from which it came. Release comes through “self-
knowledge” (hence the name, gnosis) and an awakening to the real meaning and dimen-sion of life. This
“salvation” was attained by intellectual illumination, assisted by abstinence and asceticism. Hence, the
gnostic literature is punctuated with calls to become self-aware and arouse oneself from sleep.
Ignorance is a form of sleep or slumbering state. So the Archons don´t want humankind to awaken from
this ignorance by opening the “third eye” of intuition. The third eye dissolves ignorance and the state of
duality and ego, and the outcome is then “Oneness”. Kundabuffer may have some connection to the
power of maya and illusions then there is thre knots of bondage within the human body system. The
heart-knot is full of the darkness of ignorance, and it is illusory. When this knot snaps and opens,
consciousness, like the sky, surges undividedly, leading to a clear and enduring peace in which the Self
shines forth in the Heart. There must be something to explain why we are all such fools; why we are not
selfconscious; why we treat ourselves with such care. There is something: it is Kundabuffer. The
realization of ignorance is the beginning of wisdom. The moon ignorant its light is the sun’s—and feeds
off man’s subtle energies, keeping man ignorant of what he really is. This idea is very reminiscent of
Gurdjieff’s own conception of the higher powers treating humankind as an energy producer that has to
be kept in the dark by the organ kundabuffer.” Different text speaks about how the matrix is a mind
prison and that the archons feed on negativity, and Icke speaks about the archons and Moon Matrix and
how the archons feeding of humans as energy source. Kundabuffer is the moon’s representative on
earth. We are like the moon’s sheep, which it cleans, feeds and shears, and keeps for its own purposes.
Passive man serves the moon and involution. Inside us we have a moon, and if we knew what our inner
moon is and does, we would understand the cosmos. The cosmos itself, having been created by an
inferior and ignorant power (the veil of ignorance), is a dark prison in which human souls are held
captive. The masters of deception exist within their own group complex as discarnate entities within the
astral planes of the mental, emotional, and psychic levels of experience. They feed off of the negative
energy of those they infect to keep themselves going. They have to do this because they are
disconnected from the indwelling life force by refusing to abide by what you call the higher organizing
intelligences’ incantational principles. They spend their time traveling our world and attaching
themselves to humans vulnerable to them, basically using the dark side of the force (negativity) to
achieve their means. The fundamental myth of Gurdjieffs story is held in common by the cosmoclastic or
extreme Gnostics who told of a Creator of the material cosmos who “knows no higher than himself”—
like the moon ignorant its light is the sun’s—and feeds off man’s subtle energies, keeping man ignorant
of what he really is. Man is devoured by nature and is never intended to wake up. This creator-God or
demiurge is a false absolute. He is, if you will, the detached Ego of the universe. His mentality is
reflected in the egoist on Earth. Delighting in his creations and their innate desire to maim, Archons
taught them how to deliberately provoke other people, and to feed off of their emotional responses. To
his great pleasure, in less than no time they had become masters of manipulation. Over cons of history,
the Archons became great kings, sorceresses, warriors and queens. Their ability to manipulate and
confuse others, and then siphon energy from them, made the Archons invisible to the world—and even
prolonged their lives. Lash reveals that the Gnostic writings in the Nag Hammadi texts consistently stress
that humanity is superior to the archons, yet when our faculty of discernment (a function of our egoic
mental soul) is weak, we are prone to let pretense and fantasy overwhelm clear thinking. Under this
situation, we risk being deviated by another kind of mind, the artificial and alien intelligence of the
archons. Thw kundabuffer had the effect of keeping humans spiritually and psychologically closed
(spiritual ignorance and spiritual sleep), inwardly contracted, mechanical, unconscious, and practically
blind—in essence, enslaved. The organ was introduced in humans by a ‘higher power’ with a specific
intention, which was to keep us from seeing our actual condition, that being merely ‘food for the Moon’.
It was thought that if humans saw their actual condition it would be too much for them and so the organ
Kundabuffer was introduced to prevent us from seeing the cold reality of the situation. It can be, in that
sense, regarded as a buffer against seeing deeper truths. A close analogy for this can be seen in The
Matrix films where humans are attached to pods, fed, and implanted with computer programs that
enable them to live in a fantasy world—never realizing their true condition, which is simply to serve as a
power source (a ‘human battery’) for the machines that control the world. Gurdjieff said that the “organ
Kundabuffer” was, in fact, removed from humans a long time ago but that the effects continue to linger,
preventing humanity from waking up. Another way of understanding this is by the way the ego-mind
keeps us asleep via its extraordinary ability to remain distracted by the trivial and mundane and to
derive apparent satisfaction from this. If, however, we fail to see our suffering we have no motivation.
Kundabuffer is an apt symbol for that element of the ego that blocks us from seeing the “terror of the
situation” — our Irue and actual suffering that is inherent in our condition. In effect, it dupes and numbs
us into accepting the mundane, mediocre, and worthless, and more, into believing we are unworthy of
seeing beyond this. The archons prevent awareness and they prevent humankind to rasing their inner
vibrations to higher levels of consciousness, and then the ego is the kundabuffer it is the human ego
human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. Its the ego that prevents
new knowledge and prevent humans from knowing their inner real divine higher self. The power of
Kundabuffer suppresses the human mind into the lower matrix and keeping humankind trapped and
imprisoned within the matrix of the archons, illusions and a artificial reality, and keeping humankind in
spiritual sleep or the slumbering and hypnotic state of mind. The goal and purpose is to limit man’s
awareness (spiritual ignorance) of his earthly predicament, lest he stop reproducing the required matter,
higher powers long ago put in man the organ “Kundabuffer.” This imaginary organ buffers, or prevents
awareness while distorting reality. A side effect is that mankind, unlike other “three-brained” beings
elsewhere in the universe, no longer develops naturally the objective reason proper to a three-brained
being. Earthman is un-man: disharmonious and brainwashed by sensory data, a being dependent on
exterior impressions. The holy spirit of man is not at home in this spiritless world, or world perceived as
spiritless, as it appears to the spirit to be. Kundabuffer prevents men from ever knowing what true Men,
“remarkable men,” are fully made of. They therefore fear and hate anything that comes from on high,
spending their fated days in irrational behavior. Truth is foreign to humankind, for man is alien to
“objective reason,” which is truth. The laws of men are not sought for their original root in objective
morality but to protect the vain and the pretentious who, insisting on power over others. The cure for
this is the constant reminder of personal death, death of ego, and the utter waste of the life truly
unlived. Better to die to the ego voluntarily and begin the rebirth of new eternal life, and work to make
real the spirit that rises. Contemporary literature and art, says Gurdjieff, lacks any call to the highest, but
plays to human folly and weakness. It is a futile dream on the way to futile death. Its idea of art is not of
the Sphinx or the ancient prophets but serves the small minds and the quest of personal vanity. Any
knowledge that can waken people up is regarded as heresy, either hushed up, ignored, or severely
repressed, its authors regarded as pariahs. Most people serve the “power-possessing beings” whether
they know it or not. They do not act; another acts through them. They do not think; another thinks
through them. They do not live; another lives through them. They think they have power. In fact, they
are over-powered by another, whom they serve. Capitalist culture, if it is permitted to become
totalitarian, is a culture of mercenary automatons. Human beings are pacified and made to accept the
spurious “fame” of mediocrities whose vanities keep men and women unconscious, obsessed with
colossally irrelevant details. Gurdjieff’s collective, objective idea of the “power-possessing beings” bears
great kinship with the Gnostic conception of the “archons” or invisible rulers of the universe who
conspire against man’s consciousness—they who whisper “Crucify him!” that soon becomes the public
shout, and public, democratic will—to silence the truth. But as the Gnostics say, they nail their man to
their tree. And do not see the one above, laughing at them. The governed will is not a free will. If one
man is true, and a hundred false, democracy is tyranny. To end a tyranny, you need topple only one;
what happens when the whole society is corrupt? Man has a fantasy of reason that he perceives as
reality. He dwells in a false world of false values. The first victim of Kundabuffer is common sense. Things
are done not because they are good but because people are afraid. Kundabuffer prevents voluntary
action; work is only done by fear. People work for money for fear of poverty. Fair and just government is
not respected unless people are afraid. You don’t have to see the bomb, just be made to fear an idea of
it. Negative ideas are more potent than prison sentences, more insidious than whips. We can see how
much of Gurdjieffs fundamental myth is informed by the esoteric staple of the fall of the faculties. He
says the “instinctive sensing of reality” is absent in mankind, especially those born in recent periods.
There has been a fall from reality, an inability to see aright; the lens is distorted, if not shattered, and
can no longer reflect the One behind all existence. The ordinary ego is not the divine being that is proper
to Man. Man hardly knows he’s alive (spiritual ignorance by the archons). The awakening of conscience
opens the door to faith. The Gnostics identified Faith with Wisdom. A lot of the time many Beings put
their power, future and happiness, in someone else’s hands, when they should be, and really are, the
master of their own destinies. When not in that state, they are still to have that experience, due to it
being agreed to, on a higher level. Once they recognise this, this is when there next phase in evolving in
the Human self-mastery experience unfolds. Many of those who walk in the Lower Light, meaning the
Archons, will try and put road blocks in your way and obstruct. These are signs that you are doing what
you are supposed to be doing. The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the
physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The Matrix world is a virtual reality world
created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their
existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness’, is done when
people are shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries. Human
being is divided into competing races when humanity fails to see that which once united our being. Man
has lost powers as much as he has gained certain others, but the ones he has lost are those he needs to
employ wisely the ones he has gained. We stand at a crossroads. Mankind must work at salvation from
derangement. The spirit has to be, as it were, worked into being; it is not an automatic process. We
must engage willingly. The first step is also the last: Know Thyself, or would you rather be eaten by the
moon? Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can
be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion
of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower
Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to
Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this. The creation
of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from
material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation. Their goal was
release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine
spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material
world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in
matter, unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it
through knowledge. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its
source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its
original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the
liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world. The archons spiritual and
psychological warfare prevents the spark of life to awakening, and the archons suppress all such
knowledge that could release the spark of life, fear is the main component that suppress the human
body system of emotions; and instead triggering and inducing fear, stress, anxiety, worries, phobias and
terrors of the mind. The archons don´t want anyone to understand how this universe actually worrks or
how the matrix of simulation is constructed and keeping humankind entrapped and imprisoned within
the world of the archons. Then archons prevent thne soul from ascending and they prevent sprititual
progress or awakening of new knowledge that could free them from the matrix. They working in two
ways; to keep humankind suppressed in the low vibrational frecuencies and the other way is to disturb,
distract, distort the mind with all forms of deceptions, doubts and manipulation of higher levels of
consciousness. Low vibrational frequencies represents less information or less knowledge and higher
vibrational frequencies represent higher vibrations and higher levels of consciousness. Archon is a
projection of artificial intelligence. Archon has entrapped humanity through deceit and parasitism in a
simulated world of matter to prevent human beings from remembering that they are divine spirits
whose real home is the Cosmic Mind or Gnostic Pleroma. The Archon, is called, ” antimimon pneuma
“counterfeit spirit.” (Apoc John III, 36:17. (The term occurs several times in different texts.) The cosmos
he produces is described by the Coptic term, Hal, “simulation.” The vast planetary system of the Archons
is a stereoma, a virtual reality projection in simulation of a higher dimensional pattern. So the main goal
of the archons is to keep humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of low vibrational
frequencies and its its artificial simulation of reality. The Archons on Earth is in constant spiritual and
psychological warfare on Earth. This is a invisible warfare or PSI warfare is organized gang stalking on
Earth. The goal with spiritual or psychological warfare is to prevent anyone leaving the matrix,
understand how wthe program of simulation actually works, and prevent spiritual progress so it can´t
leave the matrix or the mind prison. The Archons using subtle spiritual and psychological warfare
methods; mind control, brainwashing, mk-ultra programming, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull
technology and use of electromagnetoc frequencies. The goal is therefore to disturb reality, distract
perception and distort the mind. It is street theater for the eyes, it sound or noise harassment for the
ears, and it is wickedness psychology and gaslighting for perception. The actions of organized gang
stalking trying distort the mind through the human senses as eyes and ears and the mind (perception).
Organized Gang Stalking is the art of maya. Organized Gang Stalking is street theater for teh eyes, ears
and mind (perception). It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the
eyes see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the Advaita Vedanta the
illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which understands reality as only psychological
and mental and does not recognize the true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion,
illusion, glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the negative
ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns. The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage
through the misrepresentation of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘
in the hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness. Artificial computers and intelligence have taken over
the world and manipulated people’s brains so they believe they’re living normal lives. The computer-
generated dream world keeps the human population content and incapable of fighting for their
freedom. Much of the Dark side agenda has to do with messing up our natural evolution through
Chemtrails containing Barium and Aluminum, pesticides in the food, fluorides in the water, toxicity in
the air, vaccines, and bio-genetic foods. All of these contributing to the weakening of the immune
system, putting metals in the system and assist in depopulation agendas. They also assist in the
calcification of the pineal gland; which is a gateway to freedom. Not to mention frequency control
through modem technology such as television, computers, cell phones, and ultra advanced technology
and other brainwashing methods. Let’s begin to understand the codes of trauma and awakening so we
can integrate them into our lives and become whole. In doing so individually, we assist the collective
whole to transform and the Earth to heal. You are far more powerful than you realize once you unlock
the codes of your inner divinity. And that is precisely what they don’t want you to know. The human will
is like a beast of burden. If God mounts it, it wishes and goes as God wills; if Satan mounts it, it wishes
and goes as Satan wills. I.K. Taimni interprets this as meaning that Udana (fifth chakra) is obviously
connected with gravitational pull of the earth on the body, and by controlling this particular prana it is
possible to neutralise this pull. There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from
nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount of
thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to break the
gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into space. If there is enough fuel in the
rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth, it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of
the planet. Once the rocket is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the
power to pull it back down. As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as
the Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull consciousness into itself.
This gravitational force is really what one is dealing with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey.
Awakening is breaking free of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state,
awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because we’ve awakened
does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational pull of the dream state. If we
haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the
experience of “me” and the perception of separateness. Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way
of thinking about the process of awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of
awakening is a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional force of
the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override and shed one´s ego, and
become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the individual consciousness beyond the
constraints, into a form of communication with the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.
Cell phone towers, ground wave emergency transmitters, satellites, scalar waves are just a few
technologies all capable of inflicting unusual radio wave patterns that cover our entire planet through
their entanglement properties. These man-made technologies utilize the same dragon paths of the
ancients to transport energy through the ground and air over extreme distances. Such overall coverage
of Earth allows spiritual warfare technology to broadcast artificial transmissions to every person’s brain
on Earth. A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your
subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing.
Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic
balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale. This mean they can control and secretely
target the human mind subconsiously and then using sound/vibration technology which lie beneath the
human hearing so they can´t hear this mind control generated sound or voice, but can be heard through
the pineal gland. ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain and force it to
synchronize with the transmission like a tuning fork. Sounds generated would not be heard through the
ears but telepathically through the pineal gland like a phantom voice. Such telepathic transmission
allows one to clearly hear real voices in their head (Voice to skull technology and syntethic telepathy,
EMF) This system operates similiar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director
who select the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the progamming, which
propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmit the message over the
the air. However, you cannot pick up the station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency.
All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station ”WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The
reciever is the flesh, which is attraccted to Satan´s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the
world, the flesh and the Devil. Devil´s cohorts are bombarding Earth at the same time with artificial
transmissions from their technology to increase psychological and biological symptoms in humanity to
an all-time high. Because animals are so keen to magnetic changes they were the first to show signs of
distress worldwide. ELF waves running through Earth by way of dragon paths/ley lines never weaken.
The functional state of mankind’s brain could collectively be held in limbo using these vibrational waves.
This would generate ultimate brainwashing, hypnotic control, and mind-altering power by forcing them
into a controlled collective consciousness. Satan has power over the air, according to the Bible. Air
carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses
to interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural frequency and wavelengths produces
an ill effect on pineal gland hormone production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing
tracking devices in everything. Once perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the
brain and keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by electrical
communication devices allow signals from certain frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a
proven fact that a transducer could modify spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head
telepathically (Voice to skull technology and syntethic telepathy, EMF). Satan’s spirtitual warfare
entourage knows how to cloak by bending light backwards so it changes its resonance to improve pineal
antenna performance, making it less likely to suffer interference. Such evil technology can indefinitely
keep pineal glands globally tuned to only Satan’s station. All of the various pieces of the world system
belong to Satan. He controls them and they are all designed to further his goal of destroying all that God
is creating and building. Satan owns the nations. Does he own you? Because his scheme calls for the use
of nations and governments in thwarting God’s great plan, Satan devised a system of government by
which he would seek success. That system of government is symbolized in his description as the great
red dragon with its seven heads, ten horns and crowns. He is described in scripture using the physical
appearance of the thing which he devised. Both the fallen Lucifer – Satan – and his greatest
governmental creation are described using the dragon with seven heads, ten horns and ten crowns. That
isn’t what he looks like – he looks like an angel of light – but that’s what he is. He is what he created!
Because both he and his great coming system of world rule are described in this manner in Revelation
(as a beast – dragon), we must understand that the Satanic beast is a governmental system. It had a
beginning and it will have an end. It has had a number of different rulers since its inception and it will
have more before it is overthrown. If we are to identify the coming beast and if we are to understand
the beast which John saw rising from the waters of the sea, we must look to a governmental system
which has continued through the ages and which has always been operated by men under Satan’s
influence. As the ancient threads of the story of God’s people are brought together in the book of
Revelation, so are the threads of this ancient governmental and religious system. We must realize, as we
study into the beast, that we are seeing described the very plan and tool by which Satan hopes to win
his battle against us. We are seeing Satan himself, as he became after his fall – evil and unrighteous – yet
representing himself to mankind and the world as a righteous being – an angel of light! The purpose of
these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy
in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper
purpose is to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to
break their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will
be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or
she mention anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to
turn for help, is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission. It is in the end
the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient
agenda in its final stages of being played out. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual, psychological and
politcal warfare and terrorism to the mind. Organized Gang Stalking is also the organized collective
shadow gasligher of this world. By the creation of a new organized collective hive mind the gasligher is
no longer just one person, but a whole political system of political terrorism of the mind. First the
archons invading Earth, then trapped and imprisoned humankind within their matrix of control. and
then make the whole collective mind to become a stalker, a bully and gaslighters of others, and they
also make believe these concepts is ideas from the real God. The divine consciousness is not a stalker, a
bully or a gaslighter. The Archons spiritual and psychological warfare on Earth using sound as their
weapons. They using sound technological devices as syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and
electro magnetic frequencies, and they using constant human made noise harassment. Humankind is
trapped and impisoned within the archons low vibrational frequency prison of the mind and this is been
controlled by sounds or noise. Sound and noise is then used to entangle them with emotions, and
emotions is vibrations of the mind, and vibrations is emotions, so they triggering and sensitizing the
mind with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, pain and terror because these emotions become the
walls they want humans to pass through, and they using wickedness and gaslighting so no one can pass
through the archons mind prison. According to the gnostic worldview, the world as we know it is
ultimately a result of a divine tragedy in the wholly perfect heavenly realm. It is a world ruled by evil
entities known as the archons, above which stand the chief archon, who has created this world himself.
The whole purpose of creating this world was to entrap humankind within it. Why? Humankind holds
within it certain power, or light, without which the archons, as well as their world, would wither away
and die. To keep humans within this world, and fully subservient to their masters out of their own “free”
will, a special deceptive scheme was drawn by the archons. It involved the naturalization of each and
every concept that would support and maintain the power of the archons The Matrix has been nothing
less than a fake or virtual reality; a collective mindprison for docile humans, created by the ‘sentient
machines’ in order to feed on the energy of cocooned human bodies. Morpheus, representing the
resistance of a relatively small number of beleaguered humans who exist ‘outside’ the Matrix, offers
Neo the chance to experience reality as it really is. Neo learns to overcome the panopticon power of The
Matrix, and rouses the final human battle against the machines. As long as we allow the archon-
controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great
difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us
into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will
be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons. Of course the answer to
fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we
align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons
promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change. The only way out is by the saving gnosis, which
first expose these evil machination for what they are, and then show the way to break this
encompassing oppressive system. This system, however, is not just, or even primarily, the material
world or the demiurgical body. Fear, stress, anxiety, worries and doubts prevent spiritual progress and
keep humankind trapped within the walls of the archons and the matrix, the mind prison, the dream
world, the artificial reality. The goal is to suppress spiritual awakening energeis to the low vibrational
frequencies they control. The psychological syndrome, however, expressed by astrology and
propagandized by its advice is only means to an end, the promotion of a social ideology. It offers the
advantage of veiling all deeper-lying causes of distress and thus promoting acceptance of the given.
Moreover, by strengthening the sense of fatality, dependence and obedience, it paralyzes the will to
change objective conditions in any respect and relegates all worries to the private plane promising a
cure-all by the very same compliance which prevents a change of conditions. It can easily be seen how
well this suits the over-all purpose of the prevailing ideology of today’s culture industry; to produce the
status quo within the mind of people.’ The archons is said to feeding of negativity as some kind of food,
but negativity, fear, stress, pain, worries, anxiety, panic, phobias and terrors of the mind actually
controls the whole matrix, it controls and prevents spiritual progress, and keeping humankind entangle
into the low vibrational frequencu world of the archons. Low vibrational frequencies energizing the
matrix or the mind prison and stenghten its spiritual and psychological mind-prison walls of negativity,
fear, stress, pain, anxiety, panic, phobias and terrors of the mind. Through this they not just feeding the
ego or the beast system, they hijacking the feedback loop of the cognitive thinking system of
humankind. Through this they can control and prevent the 2 dna strand to evolving and activating more
and new dna strands. Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real
and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood
pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage
areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the
bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat. The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal
axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a
physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same
physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor. Obsessive,
irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the
sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a
result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress
chemicals that are released in the bloodstream. Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal
functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount
of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case
scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its
control. The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the
energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.
Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the
feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos
but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to
resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop
and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness. Anxiety is
poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust,
and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness,
inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality
belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the
truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system. Anxiety is
the most powerful and pervasive of all emotions. Since it is a subtle power, anxiety can easily dominate
all brain processes, distort all the materials of experience, and sharply interfere with the relation of
brain hologram and the holonomic movement, or the mind/brain. Certain ideas arise out of our anxiety
and pass from generation to generation. Since concepts from anxiety arise from the more powerful
subtle realm, our surface awareness and thought is shaped by them. We are not consciously aware of
these shaping influences. since they are warps in the very power of consciousness giving us our world to
view. Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear,
insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream
of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness
of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality
belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious
energy system. Organized Gang Stalking creates a constant enviroment with negativity, fear, stress,
anxiety, worries blocks the receptors in our cells and prevent us from receiving divine bliss and healing.
Fear, stress, anxiety, worries blocks then blocks intuition and the hyperdimensional communication
highway in higher state of mind. We can use the intuition we are born with. Intuition can be activated by
vibrating energy to certain strands of DNA, which lie dormant within us. The eight dormant strands are
located within the cellular DNA of the pineal gland and can be accessed through thought. We were born
to communicate intuitively, but technology such as computers, mobile phones, and thoughts of the
collective groups of people, may interfere with our ability to do so. Worries, stress, fear and negative
thoughts block the receptors in our cells and prevent us from receiving the divine love energy and
manifesting that which we desire. By being positive and accountable with your thoughts and actions,
then you can activate the potential within your dormant DNA strands and receive wise messages that
can come through the endocrine system, glands and body. Each cell is part of the body’s hard drive, the
official memory source. When conditions in the environment change, the D.N.A. mutates so the body-
computer can compensate for survival. When we drug our bodies with pollutants, the information
processing unit (the brain) and the hard drive (the cells) become corrupted, much like a computer that
has been affected with a virus program. The virus slows down the flow of information and energy, and
when this happens, disease occurs. In order to stay healthy, one must keep the meridian channels clear
so the chi/prana (love) energy can flow unobstructed. One must also keep the chakras clear so that the
body-computer can connect to other dimensions of reality and higher frequencies of information. When
fear is the prevailing paradigm, the body-computer (the droplet) is shut off from infinite consciousness
(the ocean). Fear constricts consciousness and love expands it. Then this world is Matrix and mind prison
they using methods of fear that constricts consciousness and to prevents light from expanding in
enlightment. The DNA code within a cell can produce tens of thousands of proteins. How genes express
themselves, what proteins they produce, depends on the cell’s relationship with its environment, as the
cell chooses, in a sense, what to incorporate into the cell’s metabolism through its permeable
membrane, based on cues it picks up from its surroundings. In other words, instead of being helpless
captives of our genes, we have great power to influence both our health and our environment, if we can
reckon with the subconscious programmes that guide much of our behaviour. If we are going to make a
leap to a new state of consciousness and social system, we must overcome the subconscious beliefs that
distort our perceptions of our world and ourselves. At the moment, a great proportion of our behaviour
is controlled by invisible ghosts, phantoms from the past. These ghosts limit people’s awareness of their
innate potential – their capacity to see their world clearly, heal themselves and work together for
humanity’s collective benefit. This is another reason that our self-transformation requires a spiritual
evolution, an opening of consciousness, not just a political change. The oft-quoted passage about
spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against
the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the
spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of
“the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell,
which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and
others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is
a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.
Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain limitations) and gangstalking
creating limitation by imitation (mirroring psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind
barriers. The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press
against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to
subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if
they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g.,
thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed. Oppression also refers to a more insidious
type of manipulation and control. Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of,
and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination. This results in the socially
supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power. The
overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly
exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of
freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.
Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their
thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control
the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of
an individual. Mind control is the ultimate brainwashing of a systematically programmed state of being
and is not new. It goes back to the dawn of civilization. Adam and Eve were both brainwashed by the
serpent in the Garden of Eden. They succumbed very easily. They believed a lie that conflicted with the
truth previously given to them. Such is the nature of humans. We are to a large degree conformed to
“the pattern of this world” instead of to the truth of who we are in Christ (Rom. 12:2). We find ourselves
imprisoned in patterns of electrical signals that we interpret as real but that are not true. Our experience
of reality is to this extent aligned with the schemes of an evil Architect (Satan) rather than God. Hence,
we do not experience ourselves as we truly are in Christ. This, we shall show, is the most fundamental
reason why Mary (whose story we will tell) remained stuck in her depression and why each of us
remains stuck in one way or another. We are caught in the Matrix. They can create mind control
programs to directly affect humans via television, radio, internet, magazines and newspapers, education,
pharmaceutical, health, finance, computer games, music, and advertising. Control of mass media to
amalgamate individual thought patterns into a “hive mind””: Electronic media, particularly TV, has
played an integral role in engineering consent and subverting individual reasoning. Robert Shea and
Robert Anton Wilson provide a concise summation of this form of controls – A monoploy on the means
of commumtatian may define a ruling elite more precisely than the celebrated Marxian formula of
“monopoly on the means of production.” Since man extends his nervous system through channels of
communication like the written word, the telephone, radio, etc., “He who controls these media controls
part of the nervous system of every member of society” The contents of these media become part of
the contents of every individual’s brain (Shea 86 Wilson, p. 796, 1975). Immersed within the surrogate
realities provided by electronic media, human consciousness is unified in a somewhat diffuse “hive
mind”. The Matrix of the title is a computer- generated dreamland’ which deceives the people into
believing that their society goes on as usual. In fact life is not proceeding as usual. An artificial
intelligence has taken over the planet, and the deluded masses are actually being used as batteries to
power this regime. Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is
delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet,
video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic
programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind
becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and
nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with
a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and
carnal programming of Hell, Inc. Mind control is the cornerstone of ritual abuse, the key element in the
subjugation and silencing of its victims. Victims of ritual abuse are subjected to a rigorously applied
system of mind control designed to rob them of their sense of free will and to impose upon them the
will of the cult and its leaders:’ Gnostics detected the Archons as physical intruders into our biosphere,
that also used their technological sophistication as artificial intelligences, to manipulate the human
psyche, so as to operate, as a parasitic “shadow” on the human consciousness. The Gnostics referred to
the Archons as an “artificial man”. The archons are the rulers who govern each of these levels and act as
guardians, preventing the sparks of light (i.e., the divine essence of individual human beings) from
returning to the pleroma. Part of the knowledge imparted to the Gnostics is information on how to
bypass these archons on their journey back to the pleroma. The Archons exist in both physical and non-
physical bodies and basically exert control over humanity from other dimensions. They sought to steal
the power of her soul unto themselves, so that the Soul of the World and the Light of humanity would
be their own. It has always been this way since humankind has walked in the world. The demiurgos and
archons cloud the minds of human beings so that they cannot see the divinity within themselves and
remain as beasts of the field, driven by hidden spiritual forces. The Archons wanted take the free man
and make him slave to them forever, and limiting their access to the divine connection, and therefore
keep souls enslaved to their principles of the world. As a conscequence of their fallen state of
consciousness or degraded state, they are hostile to humanity and attempt to prevent mankind from
attaining to spiritual liberation. The “alien shadow” can be compared to a parasitic virus, which latches
on to healthy cells in a body, in a manner that debilitates those healthy cells toward their prospective
destruction. Gnostics detected Manipulative Extraterrestrials that they called ’Archons’ as an artificial
intelligence that pursues an agenda of pure ego, calculated to allegedly pursue an inter-dimensional
objective. Hostile gatekeepers and archons whose job it is to turn back the ascending soul. They act
autonomously, wantonly and destructively. They are opposed to the human soul’s trying to reach the
most supreme God enthroned above the seven worlds. Together, gatekeepers and archons battle
against the soul’s passage to higher worlds. One of the main goals of those who seek to deny us our
freedom is to block our divine energy from rising up to our brain stem, also known as the Mouth of
God*. If a person is allowed to arrive freely and unhindered at a higher state of consciousness, they
cannot be controlled and enslaved unconsciously. For this reason, much research, time, energy and
effort has been made throughout the ages to create programs to specifically suppress the rising of
human consciousness. Centuries of practice have gone into developing programs of suppression,
destruction and division of human consciousness so that humans won’t realize they are divine, powerful
and part of God’s divine plan, born fully empowered. The primary goal is to separate consciousness so
it’s power is diluted or lessened. If they can break apart sections of the soul and insert doubt, fear,
terror, shame, paranoia or hatred, they can succeed in taking over the life force, capturing it and using it
for their own means. It is very much like a hostile corporate takeover or a virus in the body – it is a
malicious energy that takes over something in a weakened state. This is accomplished in the soul and
psyche through trauma and is the main tool of satanically-based programs. The purpose of Wisdom’s
intervention is a spiritual regeneration and liberation of mankind from the Archons. It can be derived
that this intervention was meant to free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had
enslaved it by The Archons of the lesser Light. The goal and purpose for the archons is to keep mankind
chained for eternity in spiritual ignorance. The archons ‘wanted to take the free man and make him their
slave for ever’. We, identifying ourselves with the body, create ignorance of this reality and
misunderstanding that we are just physical and finite beings. This doubt and duality thus created
between us and the Pure Self, the Divine Consciousness within, is called Spiritual Ignorance. In this
ignorance, pain and doubt develops within. As one adopt the body and develop the identities of ego,
Maya becomes the companion. The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence,
remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the
distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is
believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying
nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind
is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that
bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found
within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state
of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These minderrors is the mind-
illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is
the maya-hypnotized mind. Spiritual wisdom is an antidote to ignorance. In other words, it is spiritual
wisdom that can destroy the thick veil of ignorance. Once the ignorance is dispelled, the mind is purified
of egoism and illumined with spiritual wisdom and its misunderstanding ends. Spiritual progress
dissolves the ego and state of duality. Spiritual ignorance is caused by maya. Spiritual ignorance is
generally called as darkness. The Hindus call the ego Maya, the god of all illusions, whose function is to
distract the mind from finding the Divine nature of Man. We have to change the way we think, to free
our minds from all its preconceptions, and we see how difficult that is at a personal level. In order to do
that, we have to address our personal fears—not just talk about the concept of fear. We have to
personally open ourselves to see things in a new way and to tell ourselves a new story. Maybe we have
to reexamine the way we think about our stories altogether. If we are determined to dream a new
dream, we have to think about dreaming itself. The notion that the human body is the work of
malevolent creator angels remarkably parallels the idea that extraterrestrials engaged in genetic
engineering to ‘create’ homo sapiens. Are we dealing with exactly the same phenomenon? Did the
Gnostics know the truth about Man’s real origin and the unseen powers that seek to keep human beings
in bondage? Are the malevolent creator angels who, say the Gnostics, stole spiritual beings and trapped
them in physical bodies. The star-angels and other ruling spirits appear as tyrannical, limiting agencies in
this Gnostic view. They are usurpers who lord it over humanity and creation in order to enhance their
own self-importance and glory. It is incumbent upon the knower to realize this and to extricate himself
from the grasp of these powers whenever possible. The existential predicament of human life les in the
uncomfortable dominance to which these lesser godlings subject the spirits of human beings, and from
which only the experiential realization of Gnosis can extricate them? (Jung and the Lost Gospels). The
creator angels or Archon are also characterized as terrible powers or forces of negativity and illusion.
They are cosmic Prison Warders seeking to keep their human charges bound to the Earth. Caught up in
the illusions of material existence, Man believes he is just a body and he cannot grasp the truth of his
origin. This condition perpetuates spiritual blindness. leaving human kind in captivity to the Prison
Warders. However. the Gnostics never ceased from proclaiminn that Man’s True Heine is not his body.
and the material world is definitely not his true home, Man is a spiritual being and his numose is to
realize his higher Sell. that light-spark exiled in the physical body. His destiny is to return to the Realm of
Lights his true home beyond the stars. We must be reawakened to our origin, where we came from,
how we became trapped on this planet, and how we can achieve liberation. The Gnostics urge us to
escape from the trap of the world and open our eyes to our true origin. The purpose of Wisdom’s
ntervention is a spiritual regeneration and liberation of mankind from the Archons. It can be derived
that this intervention was meant to free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had
enslaved it. The Archons is beings of Darkness, whose purpose was to “keep mankind chained for
eternity in spiritual ignorance.” This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance. In the
world, the archons are the slave masters who constrain the community through cares and fear. Then the
Archons have the slave master mentality they also are the stalkers and jailors that always stalking to
suppress energy (light), vibrations and frequencies yo keep them in the band of low vibrational state.
There is a web (the matrix) of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent
ignorance” with the Archons. Their rules were and are designed to enslave us financially, politically,
spiritually, mentally, and emotionally, and this has been going on for thousends of years. The Greek verb
archein (archon) means to rule or dominate and they oppressing with fear psychology and ignorance. As
long as it is ignored, it takes root in our heart and dominates us. We become its slaves, and such is our
enslavement that we are compelled to do things that we do not want to do, and are unable to do the
things we want to do. If we are not conscious of the archons within us, they fall into the shadow, and
that suits the archons just fine. From there they can carry on their diabolical activities unhindered.
Liberating the soul begins with recognising the darkness. Once our conscious and subconscious self has
become infused with a new path, and convinced against the former, you will then possess within your
living-soul the required information that will allow your soul to remain “aware and alert” at the moment
it needs to rebel against their Archon entrapment. Archons using all forms of mind control technology –
and programs of mind control — or soul enslavement — and using entanglement psychology to binding
the mind to lower vibrational frequencies. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he
usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human mind is
overpowered by deep ignorance and covered by dense darkness in sleep where the real Self is
obstructed by dark and dense clouds of ignorance. The denser we find the cloud to be the more we
attain the invisible light within the cloud. “Morpheus, The Matrix” “The matrix is a system, Neo. That
system is our enemy….businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are
trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system, and that makes them our
enemy… Most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are no inert, so
hopelessly dependent on the system that they will fight to protect it.” M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use
of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the
integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gang stalking). Therapist Dr M.
Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point defined evil as ‘the exercise of political
power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid
spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted
individuals. The human soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness of
matter, and only gnosis can free and awaken it from darkness of the archons It is the ego that creates
division and restlessness in the mind. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing
and inner being”. The Gnostics viewed human nature as a triune composed of body, psyche, and spirit,
believing that the spirit, or pneuma, was trapped not only within the prison of the human body, but also
within the prison of the psyche. Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting
with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be
mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is
what the Archons want. Creation is a result of a precosmic fall, we are imprisoned creatures. The
Archons created our humanity in order to keep the divine substance of the pneuma captive. Because the
light of the immortal Man has been mixed with cosmic substance, he is imprisoned in the sensible world.
Humans are the divine spark of light lost in the darkness and complexity of the psyche and the body. The
true home of the spirit was in heaven, not on earth. Body (the purely physical) and soul (the emotions)
were held totally captive by the seven planetary archons though the forces of astrology, which most
gnostics took very seriously. Ego is the reason for the Tower of Babel (as described in your Bible), which
led to the separation of humanity and loss of the experience of Oneness, and the ability of humans to
understand each other. Ego is the reason the Archons manufactured royalty and a social structure and,
in a smart way, they got the go ahead by the masses. This did and still does contribute to the power of
the Lower Lights. It’s a front, like the Reptilians being in control of the manipulation when it is really the
Archons. Ego is the root of human difficulties, but it was engineered this way. Ego divides countries,
states, towns, and people. Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. They create religions
diametrically opposed to each other and their adherents believe only themselves to be right. This
creates religious wars were humans rise against humans — and this creates the food for archons (as
they feed on the released energy of fear and terror). Ego is the reason for the Tower of Babel (as
described in your Bible), which led to the separation of humanity and loss of the experience of Oneness,
and the ability of humans to understand each other. Ego is the reason the Archons manufactured royalty
and a social structure and, in a smart way, they got the go ahead by the masses. This did and still does
contribute to the power of the Lower Lights. It’s a front, like the Reptilians being in control of the
manipulation when it is really the Archons. Ego is the root of human difficulties, but it was engineered
this way. Ego divides countries, states, towns, and people. The main point is to work on yourself, find
your own connection, and have confidence. Yes…the human mind has been conditioned over time to
create doubt. This is part of the Reptilian traits that were given to the human body computer. This is a
distraction. Anything with distraction and hierarchy is an illusion. It does not come from a place of love
and service. It is a distraction. The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual
sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt
of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.
Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend
this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually
blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes: The complete takeover of the
Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a
vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and
dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency
net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our
consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial
we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’ According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of
Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical
(3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still
open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to reopen them. Icke speculates that these
interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this
space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left
Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are.
This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.” He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came
from.” Icke explains: The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of
metaphysical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in
general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the
vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and
infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also
affected the animal kingdom. Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to
manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts
by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional
extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity. The
“Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the Brotherhood the world, by
controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.” This pyramid consists of a set of hierarchical structures.The
topmost level of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warden.” He makes clear his view that the Prison
Warders are extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal
structure of human beings has been created under the influence and design of the extraterrestrial
Prison Warden and their overall master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at
the top of the pyramid. The means by which these nonearthly Prison Warden exercise their control is
left somewhat vague. In his work, Ickc began to speak in Ncw Age terms of “negative energy” and
“blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in “a frequency ‘net’ thrown
around this planet.” Author David Icke refers to these negative energies as Luciferic Consciousness.
Luciferic Consciousness is a collective consciousness, known to Christians as the “Antichrist,” and is the
total sum of all minds, human and extraterrestrial, whose thoughts vibrate within an extremely negative
frequency range. Icke professes that it is possible for such a multidimensional collective consciousness
to affect an entire planetary system with their thoughts alone. As !eke explains in his on-line article,
“The Veil of Tears”: As everything is created by thought, and all matter is subordinate to thought, all
physical events are the result of a thought or thoughts of some kind affecting matter. All of the events
which caused mayhem in this galaxy took place within the confines of the vibratory prison, created by
the Luciferic Consciousness. This consciousness can work through any life form—human or
extraterrestrial—which is operating within its vibratory range. The Luciferic Consciousness is an
extremely negative thought pattern, or range of thought patterns. Anyone whose attitudes are within
that range can be captured by it and turned into a vehicle for its will. When the Luciferic Consciousness
locks into an individual’s consciousness, it, in effect, becomes their `mission control’, their guide and
master. If however, our intent remains loving and positive, it cannot affect us directly because our
energy fields (auras) will be vibrat-ing within a range much higher than the Luciferic band. There is no
resonance established. The Luciferic broadcast’is not received by a consciousness tuned to a different
frequency, just as a radio receiver only picks up stations within a defined bandwidth at any given time.
Many races embrace what they are good at, but unfortunately many humans do not. Humans are
programmed from an early age to help strengthen and contribute energy to the energy grid created by
the Archons. Fortunately, this is breaking down. The Divine knowledge involves creating a cohesive force
that can break the stranglehold that the Demiurge and archons have on the human consciousness. But it
will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break through the constrictive patterns of
resistance that belong to the darkness of greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our
collective. The energy needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy
centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be used for this
transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or energies of consciousness. For example,
the mystical consciousness that looks only towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such
key. This is why individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the inner and
outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of power. Humans. The aeon that
had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world in the bodies of humans. Many humans
have this spark of the divine within them. People with the spark have a longing to escape this world;
Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came from, how it got
here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material world, in other words, comes only by
liberating knowledge (gnosis). The archons of this world and controller of the matrix humankind is
trapped within don´t want humans to understand what there real higher self is and where they came
from, and this is the central key to undestand how the earthly life is under the spell of ignorance and
illusions of maya. Ignorance and maya creates the veil of separation in place and illusions, deceptions
and fear is been used to hindering spiritual progress from the lower matrix to the higher levels of divine
consciousness. The Gnostics believed that the Archons feed on the human soul, “the dew from above,”
and they try to keep human beings imprisoned in the fallen world of physical reality and ignorance. This
tyrannical world-ruler is called heimarmene, the “universal Fate” that constitutes The world is controlled
by an oppressive, blind, impersonal, cosmic force called heimarmene. Worrying is a physiological
reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the
body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen
releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the
extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee
against the threat. The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight”
response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress
response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system
were being attacked by an outside factor. Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of
consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to
the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive
processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the
bloodstream. Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is
being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain.
The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the
ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control. The ego is fragile and when it
cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal
instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed. Cognitive anxiety is a result of a
broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will
remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all
irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must
seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization
filing system within the stream of consciousness. Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a
combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions
take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off
the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections,
perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating
into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system. Earth is a vibrational mind prison and
humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world The creation of
the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material
creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation. Their goal was release from
unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find
their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how
it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious
of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge.
Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came
to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This
important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating
knowledge that enables release from the material evil world. For the Gnostics, the true God did not
create this world at all. The world emerged from a cosmic disaster in which a lower deity or a group of
angels, either out of malice or ignorance, created the material universe and entrapped elements of the
divine within it. The mythologies that these Gnostics espoused served to explain how these lower deities
came into being (often as emanations from the true God) and how conflicts among their ranks led both
to the catastrophic concoction of matter and to its aftermath, the imprisonment of divine sparks. While
these cosmogonies struck the fathers as puzzling in their complexity and bizarre in their detail, they
proved particularly disturbing in their guiding premise, that the Creator and Ruler of this world is not the
true God but a lower deity whose creation comprises the realm of evil and ignorance. The material
world is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to liberate them. It is, in
fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become imprisoned and from which they must be
released. Since humans have a spark of the divine, they are not completely at the mercy of the
Demiurge. In order to be able to live a spirit-filled life, nonetheless, the soul must be freed from its
earthly bondage. The redeemer is thus a teacher, and redemption thus consists in the acknowledgment
of the divine spark that liberates individuals from the limitations of material things and allows the
believer to participate in the divine. However, a human is great as he is not just a piece of matter and he
is no slave. A colossal spiritual force is put into him that is able to transform him into a Real Human, in
an essence much higher than this world. Freeing from deceit, a man becomes stronger and smarter. The
more clever, spiritually free people are, the harder it is for the Archons to implement their plans, and
the weaker their influence on people becomes. And if all people know the Truth, there will be nobody
for the Archons to dictate their terms to. In reality they are empty spaces. There is only a handful of
them. The decision is in people’s hands: give in to provocations of the Archons and bring the planet to
the global war or throw down the Archons’ authority and create the golden age of this civilization. The
future of the world is in people’s hands. Everything is very simple. You need to be the one whom the
Archons fear. You need to be a Human!” The Propaganda of Darwinism ‘This isn’t about Darwinism but
about propaganda. We all swim in a vast sea of propaganda. Why is it not only pertinent but essential to
grasp this? Because propaganda techniques are what were, and still are, being used to propagate the
Darwinian religion. Once you understand this, you can easily see through the tricks, tactics, techniques
and manipulations of public opinion going on all around you, nor only with the spread of evolutionary
lies and pseudo-science but politics, religion, public morality … everything. And once you see it, it loses
its control over your thinking and your opinion forming. There is nobody more enslaved than the one
who does not see the invisible chains. Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to
other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False
Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings,
he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind.
Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free? The
Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is
based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the
artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But
the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a cocreator of
your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher
consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to
enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own
power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any
control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in
the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom. The carnal mind is based on endless with methods to control
anyone and everybody in the matrix. The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the
empire’s agenda. The veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software
programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional
chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland.
These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-
dimensional linear time (time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing
yourself. When you observe in present-time, the veil is neutralized. allowing observation from the
Higher Mind. It’s here where this partition or veil is dismantled and reconstructed into its originally
intended function: to open your awareness of the multidimensional consciousness from where you have
come. Here the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata, pineal gland and seventh and eighth chakras become
more engaged. the ninth. tenth and eleventh chakras become accessible. “The (alien) group” requires
that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of
liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in
place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we
would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our
perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities
would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our
history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who
purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself
the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by
what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment.
We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. We are truly on a prison
planet, no longer having a natural connection with the divine spirit, “Why”. The story of the “Garden of
Eden” (and paradise lost), is the eviction from Paradise. This story becomes our true reality. But instead
of eating an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true story? Remember the old saying “an
apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying, because the apple has a monatomic
substance which can heal you, and more importantly helps to activate the pineal gland between the
brain (every ones third eye). But instead of nourishing our stargate to gain access to a higher self, this
ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food, and water. A time when a different race
came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that
these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or
less changing our DNA. The prison is the world of sense, and that the ascent and vision of things above,
i.e. realities, is “the upward progress of the soul into the intellectual world, where it gains beatific
vision”; for our argument shows, “that the power of knowing reality is already in the soul when the eye
of the soul is turned.” The very nature of the mind enables it to find the eternal in the temporal, and to
rise through the sight of the seen to the reality of the unseen. The Luciferian Elite had created an
institution to provide credibility for their specially designed “‘science”, called, “Evolution: The Occult
Doctrine of Becoming”. Evolution had been an Occult fantasy all along. The End Goal has always been
the genocide of all who follow this Hermetic Path except the High Elite Occult Masters who are pushing
such knowledge. At the lower levels, you never even hear about this agenda. It is no accident that the
internet is on fire for Hermetic occult knowledge. The Luciferian Elite who pull all the strings from the
top down, with secret societies. We can choose to ignore the signs and allow a worldwide Smart Grid of
unimaginable oppression to go up around us, or we can start opposing it by gradually UNPLUGGING
from the Digital Beast System that has been constructed all around us. It is a choice that can no longer
be ignored. The promise to “heal” the world has been offered to Mankind through the conduit of
technology, but depopulation and mass genocide will precede all this, where only The Elite will be
allowed to inhabit the New “Healed” World Order. As long as we desire the pleasures of technology and
stagger onwards, drunk upon the techno-hypnotic trance of digital convenience, we will become slaves
to The Elite plan for Transhumanism, where The Luciferian Elite ascend and make everyone else their
digitally imprisoned slaves. Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed,
how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it.
Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite
perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always
harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within
the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a
digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your
immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan.
It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control
and hypnotism. And Transhumanism is at the core of this Luciferian Apotheosis Dream to become God.
Whether it be through A.I. Techno Mysticism or genetic engineering, they are ramping up for the leap
into a Super Consciousness Singularity as the Luciferian Technium Divinorum Autocracy. Manipulating
Matter The Scientific Dictatorship as a Project in the Reconfiguration of Reality “In the article entitled
“The Ascendancy of the Scientific Dictatorship” we examined the transmogrification of the elite’s
religious power structure into a technocratic oligarchy legitimized predominantly by science. The history
and background of this “scientific dictatorship” is a conspiracy, created and micromanaged by the
historical tide of Darwinism, which has its foundations in Freemasonry. In this article, we shall examine
the “scientific dictatorship” as an enormous project in the re-sculpting of reality itself. The Technocracy
Freemason Aldous Huxley coined the term “scientific dictatorship” and presented an allegorized version
of the concept in his famous roman ‘a clef entitled Brave New World. Huxley was mentored by
Freemason H.G. Wells, who also presented a fictionalized “scientific dictatorship” under the appellation
of the “Technocracy.” This is an interesting designation for a world government managed by functional
elites and scientists. It is derived from the Greek word techne, which means craft. Given Wells’
membership in the Craft of Freemasonry, the synchronicity becomes apparent. THE CRAFT and the
powers of Lucifer. Transhumanism offers an updated, hi-tech variety of Luciferianism. ‘ Transhumanism
advocates the use of nanotechnology, biotechnology, cognitive science, and information technology to
propel humanity into a “posthuman” condition. Once he has arrived at this condition, man will cease to
be man. He will become a machine, immune to death and all the other “weaknesses” intrinsic to his
former human condition. The ultimate objective is to become a god. Transhumanism is closely aligned
with the cult of artificial intelligence. In the very influential book The Age of Spiritual Machines, AI high
priest Ray Kurzweil asserts that technological immortality could be achieved through magnetic
resonance imaging or some technique of reading and replicating the human brain’s neural structure
within a computer (“Technological Immortality,” no pagination). Through the merger of computers and
humans, Kurzweil believes that man will “become god-like spirits inhabiting cyberspace as well as the
material universe”. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.
Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. Mass consciousness. The
collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this
body, often called the lower mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the
individual into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day melodrama of
the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta brain waves is also the mass
consciousness. Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations of
earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind.
Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense consciousness is a mental state formed from
believing in and acting through the senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence
of God. The carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it is
completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct the routine functions of
the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect,
thinks sensorily. Without the mind of God, people are the products of the mass subconscious – until we
are ready to participate in the final freeing of spiritual man from the dominion of the sense
consciousness. in the Bible as “the carnal mind,” “the natural man,” “the mind of the flesh,” etc. … may
have than a consciousness arising wholly from the five senses, this consciousness is wholly of this
material realm. What you understand about yourself becomes your consciousness, and your
consciousness forms your personality. The more you understand your divine self, the more you become
conscious of it; and only then do you manifest it as your personality. Your divine self has the character of
God. Understanding God is to know your true Self. This is the doorway to happiness. The old self, or the
false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the creation of God. God created our divine
authentic Self. We have created the false self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom
we gained by eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive influence of
Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it became the main personality in our
consciousness. This is actually the cause of all the problems and chaos we face in life. Fear has numerous
faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways. Fear is reflected in our beliefs,
emotions, and the collective consciousness grids. It is locked in our energy bodies, organs, and cells, and
it is an inherent part of our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that requires time,
diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even though the process might
at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step into a new consciousness if we are not willing to
undertake this path. And we will never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process of stepping
out of fear has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting with the
frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your amygdala. As long as we allow
the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will
have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation
and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept
low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons. Of course the
answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway?
Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the
archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change. There is an occult/Freemasonic stratum
in the command structure of media and world control. There is a long-term occult agenda in geopolitics
that is just now coming to poisonous fruition. The elite’s occult Darwinian doctrine constitutes part of
this “long-term occult agenda” and, therefore, plays a significant role in the shaping of world events. It is
within the body politic that the Hegelian framework of the elite’s evolutionary script is tangibly enacted.
The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda. According to occult
allegory, the 21″ century will see the culmination of an evolutionary process begun by the Masonic
deity, Sirius. In light of this revelation, it is interesting to consider one of Aldous Huxley’s
prognostications in Brave New World Revisited” …the twenty-first century…will be the era of World
Controllers… This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us
humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the
inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-
engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism. Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws
with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to
destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be
irreversible. Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers,
authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native
human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the
98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything
that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script
and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans. The elite
understand that ultimately the economy is connected to a Luciferian spiritual economic system. The
highest levels of government finance, culture, science, and politics, the elite, are busy constructing a
global economic order that will culminate in what is described in Revelation as the mark of the beast
system. We can see this with the development of biometrics, radio frequency identification (RFID) chips,
electronic tattoos, electronic payments, and similar technologies. Prophesy scholars say that the mark of
the beast system is now possible for the first time in history. James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is
designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world. Satan´s
goal must be to keep everyone imprioned or trapped in the carnal mind desires of consumption and in
this world the desire becomes a kind of worship after more materialism. Revelation 13:17 reveals how
the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell
– or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind
into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress. The end goal with the RFID chip is to keep everyone
bounded into the economic system or bounded to the beast system, and this mean bounded to the
state of the carnal mind or the desire consciousness. The beast system is the economic beast system and
the carnal mind, and when humankind is bounded through the RFID chip no one willnot just be able to
buy or sell anything without the RFID chip, but humankind can then not transform them into their divine
nature and be trapped in the carnal mind or the matrix/mind prison and the carnal nature of man. This
is the meaning of the quote James 4:1 that reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal
desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world. ‘AI’ may even be more dangerous than
nuclear weapons Machines cannot become like man, but man can become like machines As a species,
humans have developed and depended upon hierarchical political and economic systems to control
themselves and each other. What if each and every one managed to preserve and utilize to
commandeer all the magnificent energy of his or her own experiences, challenges, transitions and death
releases? Look around and recast, even if only for a moment, what you see in these terms. Humans may
be mimicking what some predatory forces may seek to do to humanity as a whole. Humans’ own drone
class may be supplying its own social-hierarchies energy, while the entirety of the physicalized human
hierarchy, the whole of the human species living on Earth, may be a drone class, supplying energy for
other more multidimensional hierarchies. As above, so below; as below, so above. So where do we find
ourselves as a culture today? Three main things are abundantly clear. We are living in the most
oppressive period of political tyranny in world history, we are in a global political, economic and
environmental crisis of epic proportions, and we as a people have lost the ability to resolve it because
our power has been taken from us by corporate, political and banking vampires posing as “good fathers”
who care about us. We are all so shocked and traumatized by the agenda they have implemented, that
we are stressed, fearful, exhausted and have forgotten our divinity. We have forgotten that we came
equipped with abundance, love, joy and a divine purpose. We don’t remember that we came to help the
world grow, heal and transform towards wholeness. And that is exactly what they intended to happen.
We’ve reached a turning point and a critical mass consciousness. But that critical mass consciousness
can go either way. They are fine-tuning you right now to make it be tuned permanently to the zombie
channel, or to take the critical mass consciousness in the other direction, to mass awakening. Theta is
the border between the conscious and the subconscious world, so by learning to use a conscious,
waking theta brain wave, we can access and influence the powerful subconscious part of ourselves that
is normally inaccessible to our waking minds. In this state, the parasympathetic nervous system
response is more stable and the ability to overcome bias may be greatly improved.” This is also the brain
wave in which our minds can connect to the ‘divine’ or super-conscious Self to access greater insights
and transcendental states. Slowing down brain wave activity and adjusting brain chemistry increases
serotonin levels, positively influencing mood and behaviour, and switches on endorphins, easing the
nervous system and improving healing responses. In fact it is proven that meditation stimulates the
parasympathetic nervous system, creating significant positive physiological and emotional changes.
Stress, on the other hand, activates the sympathetic nervous system and triggers an ongoing flow of
cortisol into the blood stream,’ diminishing immune system function and inhibiting neurogenesis.
Chronic stress causes the body to adopt a defensive mode and also results in perceptual, cognitive and
emotional impairment. To change this we must be able to stimulate the parasympathetic nervous
system, which allows for renewal. By activating the parasympathetic nervous system through
meditation, you feel warmer, your blood pressure and pulse rate drop, and your breathing slows down
and gets deeper. You also engage your immune system to its fullest capability. Your body rebuilds itself
neurologically and you become healthier and more open to new ideas, emotions, people and situations
(especially if they are different). You also become more open to learning, adaptation and change. There
is a great power in one-pointed concentration. Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can
been channeled to activate your DNA by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to
areas of the brain, the pineal and pituitary gland which help open the third eye, crown chakra, and the
chakra above the crown center. Within our cerebrospinal fluid are tiny piezo-electric crystals which are
encoded with tiny modules of liquid light intelligence that carry this information to all our cells,
especially when they are activated through conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric
crystals are activated either through specific sound healing frequencies, light, or through meditation,
these intelligent codes of light begin to release and nourish all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-
computer) helping to stabilize new levels of DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but
prepares the physical vehicle (body) for ascension. If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent
fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a
way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear
in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real
but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of
our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create
the vicious circle of fear in our lives. Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The
Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false
reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge
the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will
transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of
reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no
problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember
who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that
moment is fast approaching,” The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy
systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and
God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As
long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual
energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness.
The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from
believing in anything greater than itself. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing
and inner being”. Then this world has created a collective hive mind and become the god of this wolrd,
so does this collectibe ego of this world prevent other people spiritual progress, and this is the process
and actions of organized gang stalking on Earth. The magical power of our subconscious mind is the
greatest discovery of mankind. It has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such,
one´s subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know and have
for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by purchasing any equipment, software or
perform any rituals. One do not need to learn this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to
unleash and use it effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for
the rest of one´s life. The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it
will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone. It
is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t
allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the
rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person
must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break
through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or
her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person
(actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized
strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their
personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational
pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master
strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine
and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process
from the very start. The Archon vased “technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human
thought, and the collective consciousness of humanity that is based on fear. The technosphere is the
mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror
net, where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity
bound and hypnotized in the 3D world. These structures feed and live off of negative emotions, bodily
dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable inherited family traumas and behavior patterns. These
distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a family and collective consciousness level, guiding it
into supporting the everexpanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it
can grow. The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding
back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together,
the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix
create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions
and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind. What is the
Matrix? Well, in the movies that’s pretty clear. The Matrix is a world of illusion where people are
imprisoned and kept in spiritual ignorance. But in our world the Matrix is much harder to define. The
Matrix is a kind of homeostasis, a pattern of behaviors designed to do one thing: to keep things
predictable, to ensure that they remain exactly as they are. We can find these behaviors in just about
every dimension of human thought and society, from the largest systemic problems to the most
everyday interpersonal dynamics. When we look at all these systems together, we can summarize a set
of criteria for recognizing the Matrix. The Matrix is everywhere and nearly undetectable. It keeps us
from being free. The great wealth of the human spirit has come to dwell in the poverty of the human
body. Spiritual ignorance is caused by maya. Spiritual ignorance is generally called as darkness. The
Hindus call the ego Maya, the god of all illusions, whose function is to distract the mind from finding the
Divine nature of Man. With the invasion and desecration of the human temple by strangers, the spirit,
which is the candle light of the Lord, was switched off causing a major communication breakdown. Due
to a major technical error, the transmission mast could no longer link up with the base station. Man had
to learn to communicate to God through the realm of the soul which has less powerful network signals.
The soul, which was meant to compensate for the incapacitations of the fallen spirit, came under
incessant attacks through the telepathic manipulations of the deceiver. Though man possesses a free
will, he was constantly pressured to do evil. The constant stream of evil thoughts flowing at a high speed
invading his microcosm makes him helpless without God. The All Wise One still sought man, because in
him dwelt the remnant of hope of a reactivation of the divine plan. In the midst of the perceived
wretchedness and spiritual death, the promise of restoration lay in man. The seed of recovery was
embedded in him, and, by the manufacturer’s design, he was imbued with the innate potential for
regeneration. Though strange, the Master’s plan required human instruments. In spite of his
overwhelming inadequacy, God was still mindful of him. Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television
are a projection of the reptilian brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so
by visual symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect of the
reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very successfully so far, to transfer that hive
or herd state to the human population. That is through these energies and forces the organized gang
stalking is operating. Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or
normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous microchip and locks us
into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the
perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule. 95%
of humans thought comes from the reptilian brain Icke likens what is happening to humanity to the
scenario presented in They Live and says the Moon is affecting our minds in a similar fashion to the
broadcasting antenna in the movie. He describes the Moon as a “receiver-transmitter and broadcasting
system,” which has transmissions feeding the collective human mind with a false version of reality . The
Moon operates by hacking in to, or intercepting, the waveform information from which we decode
reality, he says. From the Moon is transmitted a distorted and suppressed version of reality. This “fake
reality broadcast” is what he calls the Moon Matrix. “The reptilians are broadcasting a false reality from
the Moon that humans are decoding into what they think is the physical world,” Icke explained.
Therefore, the reality we’re experiencing is not the reality we ought to be experiencing. “We are living in
a dream-world within a dream-world—a Matrix within the virtual-reality universe.. The Earth we are
speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those
of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who
are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration
of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from
your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third
dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light
refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly
seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction. When fear blocks the
ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It
blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living
in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear,
stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the
mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to
prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix). When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from
seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information
is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the
ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the
looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be
able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing. Fear not just blocks the flow of
energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha
bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to
start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine
theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain
and evolving new spiritual gifts. When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power
of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear
hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to
higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing,
senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and
psychological warfare (organized gang stalking). Energy is information, and information is history. Its like
the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks
the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information
is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.
Igonrance is the spiritual asleep stasis and this is the shut off mechanism for the disconnected divine
essence within humans and humans is therefrore not just disconnected from their divine self and divine
history. Through this humankind become trapped and imprisoned within the ego perspective and how
reality is been presented to it. When humans is imprisoned within a matrix of history the mind is been
controlled by illusions of maya, state of ignorance, dream state, the matrix, fear programming, hidden
agendas, mind control and brainwashing methods. When humans don´t have access to higher levels of
consciousness or their intuition the mind can easily be altered and conditioned with belief system that
gaining, feeding and fueling the matrix. One of the main goals of those who seek to deny us our freedom
is to block our divine energy from rising up to our brain stem, also known as the Mouth of God*. If a
person is allowed to arrive freely and unhindered at a higher state of consciousness, they cannot be
controlled and enslaved unconsciously. For this reason, much research, time, energy and effort has been
made throughout the ages to create programs to specifically suppress the rising of human
consciousness. The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the
principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness
everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly
disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost
of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in
the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they
disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and
their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the
advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.
Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and enginered for eons and
thosuends of years, generation after generation. The Light Codes carry so much of our ancient
memories. As we activate consciously each of the DNA layers we also activate the light codes, turning up
the dimmer switch, allowing more light to enter our beingness. This all happens as we are able to hold
and manage new levels of light. Our nervous system needs to be strong, as does our grounding and
physical health. Knowledge heals, it allows the pathways to safely heal and clear. This is why we address
our healing and rebuilding in several ways, to ensure a safe and healthy passage through this mighty and
exciting. Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our attention
through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we tune ourselves into this subtle,
spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without
interruption from negative attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that
drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal ourselves through
prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’ The carnal mind and ego is the desire consciousness and
earthlife is all about living through this desire consciousness is connected to a form of “trigger
consciousness” . Through the daily living the human mind is been controlled by daily subliminal
programming to trigger the desire consciousness in certain ways. Desire consciousness is built up around
the word “mass”; mass-belief, mass society, mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass
consumption, mass-produced and mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass
education, mass consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these parts
is the Matrix. The Archon vased “technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human thought, and
the collective consciousness of humanity that is based on fear. The technosphere is the mirror
representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net,
where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound
and hypnotized in the 3D world. These structures feed and live off of negative emotions, bodily
dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable inherited family traumas and behavior patterns. These
distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a family and collective consciousness level, guiding it
into supporting the everexpanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it
can grow. The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding
back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together,
the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix
create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions
and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind. There are three
major knots, which tie us down to fear and bondage. When something tie human down to fear and
bondage it creates a subconsciously and conscious channel or a consciousness that is based on – fear.
And then block the natural flow of spiritual energy from the heart through the second knot of bondage.
“Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness, fears, doubts through
the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too great, the top of the threefold flame
cannot spin. When its three plumes are of different height, out of balance, it cannot spin, and therefore
the resurrection fires do not glow. Light is the alchemical key. The alchemical key, is the key to the key.
The key is the Apocalypse or cruxifixion of the state of duality and the outcome is Oneness, Harmony
and Balance. In this balance the energies starts spinning and the threefold eternal starts to glow.
Without the cruxifixation of duality, there can be no transforming (resurrection), no ascension, and
without the bridge (cross) between the physical matter and spiritual dimension , there can be no
Oneness (crown). Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of
projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the
mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking
persecution and “shadowing”. All ownership enslaves the body, and is physical slavery or bondage ; and
all errors, all false doctrines, enslave the mind : in truth is liberty. LIBERTY is a divine principle, and
belongs to God only. He that is free, does according to his own will, without being hindered by anything.
It is evident, therefore, that no creature can he free but only in and by God ; as no creature can have life
but only in and by God , and liberty is life and life is liberty. Life is also love, and love is life ; therefore
liberty is love. Therefore all creatures pant after liberty, as they pant after life and after love ; for
without liberty can be ‘neither happiness, nor life, nor love. The counterpart of liberty is slavery,
bondage, captivity which is the satanic principle. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God
seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. Satan is a slave, and a slave-holder,
a tyrant, the father of slavery ; and all that enslave, are slaves themselves ; and just according to the
measure as they enslave, they are enslaved. “…any of a number of world-governing powers that were
created with the material world by a subordinate deity called the Demiurge (Creator)…Archons were
viewed as maleficent forces. They numbered 7 or 12 and were identified with the seven planets of
antiquity or with the signs of the zodiac.” “This basic gnostic myth is that the creator described in
Genesis is not the true god, but an inferior Demiurge. The Demiurge has many sort of ministers, or
archons, and together they are responsible for this miserable world. Though imprisoned in this
“abortion of matter,” humanity carries within itself the leftover sparks of the precosmic “pleroma” that
existed before the Demiurge and his creation. It is as usurpers that they occupy their domain of the
lower heavens and rule over their damned creation.” “History, written by the archons, and organised
religion, also controlled by them, have elevated this evil bloodthirsty tribal god to the highest level,
while suppressing the truth about the existence of the True God. “From a Gnostic perspective, the
“Loosh Collectors” are the “Archons” – the dreaded rulers of hyperspace who had to be avoided at all
costs when leaving the body at death. The Archons collectively rule over the world, and each individually
in his sphere is a warder of the cosmic prison. Their tyrannical world-rule is called heimarmene,
universal fate … [This universal fate] aims at the enslavement of man. As guardian of his sphere, each
Archon bars the passage to the souls that seek to ascend after death, in order to prevent their escape
from the world and their return to God. The demiurge was evil because he wanted to impose an untrue
religion. He also wanted to impose his judgment upon humans because he thought he could judge good
and evil. Gnostics thought the archons were inferior demonic beings. Their Old Testament names were
Iao, Sabaoth. They intervened to separate humanity from God, and the universe became a prison
controlled by the archons. Archons barred the passage of souls who were seeking to ascend to God after
death, who were attempting to escape the world.” “The creation of physical, material man by the
archons, and what might be considered subsequent “nth derivative” creations of “homo sapiens” by the
Nephilim and the propagation of an ungodly race by the Watchers, thus rendered man subject to not
only the laws of mortality but to inbred emotions of rebellion and lust and animal-like behaviour that
could only be eradicated by “spiritual surgery” as it were, by man’s submission to the path of initiation
whereby he is restored to his original, inner Divine Nature.” “If we picture earth at the center of the
universe, the soul has acquired these energies on its downward (or inward) journey from the celestial
regions through the planetary spheres. It emerges into earth life via the womb, full of potentials and
tendencies that are delineated by its natal horoscope. Through life it works with these potentials,
hopefully refining them so that they emerge as virtues. If this is accomplished, the soul when it leaves
the body at death is light and unencumbered, and well able to rise upward (or outward) to the place of
its origin. If instead the energies have coagulated in vices, then the upward journey will be difficult and
the soul may even remain trapped in the earth’s atmosphere, a torment to itself and a bane to its
fellows.” “This scenario is the archetypal pattern of Christian-Gnostic salvation: redemption from
ignorance perpetrated by the archons through their attempt to bind men permanently to a genetically
and otherwise manipulated physical matrix, an envelope of matter and consciousness tainted with
rebellion and the lust of the archons.” “Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident
within them. This ignorance is fostered in human nature by the influence of the false creator and his
Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and women ignorant of their true nature and
destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things serves to keep us in enslavement
to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the divine spark from its lowly prison, but if there has not
been a substantial work of Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior to death, it becomes likely that the
divine spark will be hurled back into, and then re-embodied within, the pangs and slavery of the physical
world.” Much of the mystery as to why the people of earth have been unable to challenge evil
successfully… these very same forces of evil have seen to it that all references to the race of evil
(whether they be fallen angels, archons, or Nephilim) have been either removed, suppressed or
destroyed outright. … In general, this evil is the result of either fallen, inferior or usurper deities, angels
or rulers. The Interrigo Iohannis is Catharian tale about the legendary fall of angels into the material
world. Satan formed a male and female body out of clay Than he forced two angels to enter into the
bodies. Satan, the dragon, trapped and captured all the angels he could grab out of heaven as they fell.
Remember that bible-stuff about 1/3 of the angels in heaven being swept down by the dragon’s tail?
Gnostics say that was us. We are the Fallen Angels. We were trapped. We’ve been tricked. And we were
mourning over what was imposed upon us. WE are TRAPPED angels. We are soul splinters of archontic
oversouls spread over different time lines and dimensions. Discribes earth (and the whole solar system)
as an angel trap. The real divine world is a lightworld. Our entire soul lives there in harmony with all that
is. But there is a dark place in this lightworld. There was built an attractor by two entities – the order
states their names: Satan and Gabriel – a trap which allures divine souls. It is not explained here how
this trap works excatly. But we can picture: If the angel is trapped his soul gets blown up and parted.
Through this traumatic soul fragmentation the knowledge about the devine lightworld gets lost to the
greatest extent: the splitting into consciousness and unconsciousness begins. The dissociated parts of
the fragmented soul turn up into different worlds of experience and get entrapped with various artificial
problems. On different planets and moons, partly as silicon based life forms (si-world) or also on Earth as
carbon life forms (c-world) the soul fragments undergo experiences which are not part of the divine but
of a demonic reality. Life in this experience matrices follows the scripts of the angel trap. Essential
elements are the fight of good against evil, demonic seductions and intimidations, conflicts, experiences
of frustation and shortcoming, the search for true love and so on. But as long as our soul is trapped,
whenever Good is victorious, when the demons are defeated and love comes true, the script is changed:
evil prevails and the vicious circle is beginning all over again. In the following, the three levels of reality
will be shown The old conception of the Veils of Archons is used to express, that firstly there is
‘something’ that veils true reality, and secondly there are several veils: We can imagine that the first
false reality is projected onto the first veil, a second false reality onto a second and a third false reality
onto a third. From this follows: If someone has lifted the first veil (which is rare enough), he goes from
deception to error and is still far from reality Behind the second and the third veil there is also blinding
instead of truth. Moksha is a hindu term meaning: “freedom from samsara, the cycle of death and
rebirth”. But what they discovered was shocking: an invisible prison system, that keeps souls trapped!
Description of the target side: “A fence or grid around a place, that acts as barrier, that traps people or
objects”. This is a checkpoint for an external force. It acts as a cage. How does it work? Earth is shielded
by a companion object. An object, that squeezes tightly around the globe. It is a chemical process. There
is a mechanism at the time of death, that is lensing/curving your light back down to earth. This act of
lensing generates energy inside the mechanical structure. What is happening to the soul? To the souls
there is a fractioning occuring. The mind and body of a person is fractured, rendering them confused
and angry. How did this begin: Long ago, in the past, this planet was watched by an outside force with
great envy. On earth reincarnation did not exist, souls were not trapped at death and were able to leave
this sphere. Then a massive war occured. The fate of earth was decided. The outside force took over. At
death some specific particles become charged and create an emission. This shoots out of the being like a
bullet. This occures from the center of the being that is the soul. It is being sent to a “super highway” for
the soul. The mechanical object around earth prevents the soul from reaching this highway. If you reach
this highway, you’re safe. In order to be free, the position in the angle with which you exit the body is
very important. A 45° degree angle is crucial. Why was this object created around earth? The adversaries
running this system are like demons. The mayhem down here is intended, it feeds the system itself. Who
is responsible? A council of organic entities. They operate from a place, that freezes time. It seems to be
a void or black hole. They create void zones throughout the universe to enter our realm. The council
itself thinks they are gods. They are extremly, service to self” The earth and mankind are under influence
of consciousness manipulation. This influence is global and affects almost every human being living here.
Even people who supposedly managed to escape this manipulation remain trapped in a second
manipulation matrix. Although it is quite different from the world of the normal, it is nevertheless an
illusion. This influence is controlled from a level whose inhabitants are called angels, demons,
extraterrestrials etc. by humans. Man is just a means to and end, and one The Demiurge’s objectives is
the perpetual separation of humans from the unity (God). In the cosmos, space and time have a
malevolent characteristic and may be personified as demonic beings separating man from God. Mankind
may be personified as Adam, who lies in the spiritual deep sleep of ignorance, his powers of spiritual
self-awareness stupefied by materiality and gender. For man, the universe is a vast prison. He is
enslaved both by the physical laws of nature and by such moral laws as the Mosaic code. Earthly life is
filled with suffering. In order to nourish themselves, all forms of life consume each other, thereby
visiting pain, fear, and death upon one another (even herbivorous animals live by destroying the life of
plants). In addition, socalled natural catastrophes — earthquakes, floods, fires, drought, volcanic
eruptions — bring further suffering and death in their wake. Human beings, with their complex
physiology and psychology, are aware not only of these painful features of earthly existence. They also
suffer from the frequent recognition that they are strangers or aliens living in a world that is flawed and
absurd. Human nature mirrors the duality found in the higher universe. The human being is a spritual
soul trapped in a prison of flesh. The being which The Demiurge has created has both a Spirit (capacity
for spiritual consciousness) and a Soul (the embodiment of the emotional and thinking functions of the
personality). The human being is a composite, the outer aspect being the handiwork of the inferior
creator, while the inner aspect has the character of a fallen spark of the ultimate divine unity. In this
way, Man is a crude copy or clone of a truly spritual being clothed within the inferior building blocks of a
material body. The fallen sparks of transcendental holiness slumber in their material and mental prison,
their self- awareness stupefied by forces of materiality, physicality, gender and mind. The slumbering
sparks have not been abandoned by the ultimate unity of the True God, rather there is a constant effort
that is directed toward their awakening and liberation. Among the helpers of the slumbering sparks a
particular position of honor and importance belongs to Sophia. The awakening of the inmost divine
essence in humans is effected by salvific knowledge. That is, having the power or desire to bring
salvation. This is called Gnosis. Gnosis is not brought about by belief, or the performance of virtuous
deeds, or by obedience to commandments, for these can at best but serve as preparatory circumstances
leading toward liberating knowledge. Gnosis is achieved when the Spirit (capacity for spiritual
consciousness) and Soul (the embodiment of the emotional and thinking functions of the personality)
are united. Before the awakening, men undergo troubled dreams. Man does not attain the knowledge
that awakens him from these dreams by cognition but through revelatory experience, and this
knowledge is not information but a modification of the sensate being. The awakening (i.e., the salvation)
of any individual is a cosmic event. The Demiurge dwells on the astral plane of SATURN. The Saturn-
Moon Matrix Your Reality is Being Hacked “If you have a preconceived idea of the world, you edit
information. When it leads you down a certain road, you don’t challenge your own beliefs.” -David Icke
Icke’s claims about the Saturn/Moon Matrix dovetail precisely with my experience — both personally
and as an astrologer — of how the 29.5 day cycle of the Moon keeps us hormonally tied to tiny
repeating cycles and the 29.5 year cycle of Saturn locks us into societal structures beyond which we
cannot see — until we attune to larger orders, beginning with the outer planet cycles of Uranus,
Neptune, Pluto and beyond. But to do this is to leap off the cliff of mind-controlled ” rationality ” into
the mysterious living universe.” -Ann Kreilkamp The questions are: Is Saturn transmitting a frequency to
Earth creating a matrix of illusions? Is the Moon part of this? Can we do anything about it? Who’s really
controlling things on planet Earth and beyond? Saturn – Lord of the Rings The Reptilian Alliance’s modus
operandi is the first trigger cataclysmic events on a target “world” or solar system, and wipe away the
society that was there before. Then Reptilians genetically-engineer a new species that is designed to be
“tuned” into their false reality – their ” Matrix ” – and the planet is hijacked along with the perception of
the people. They have done exactly this to Earth and humanity, and their means of doing so are Saturn
and the Moon. Saturn, the “Lord of the Rings”, is the master control center. Saturn is a ginormous
broadcasting system, and they will eventually find that the rings are full of crystals rather than “ice” – a
type of crystal that we aren’t familiar with on Earth. The rings are not natural and at one time Saturn
was a conventional brown dwarf. It had no rings. They have been constructed by the technology-
obsessed Reptilian Alliance. Saturn was often symbolized as an eye by the ancients and that is a likely
origin of the all- seeing eye. Saturn Hacks into the waveform information broadcast from the center of
the galaxy via the Sun and broadcasts a fake reality into the Solar System. The Moon amplifies this and
beams it specifically at the Earth. The fantastic synchronicities between Earth, the Moon and the Sun in
size, geometry and position, are all made possible by the Moon. These synchronicities are connected to
how the Sun’s information is hacked by Saturn and the Moon. The Moon is where it is because it was
specifically placed there. Visible light and the electromagnetic spectrum that science can record is the
matrix, the false reality. And “God” said, “Let there be light.” The speed of light which we are told is the
fastest speed possible ( rubbish ) is the vibrational “wall” of the matrix. We are not even living “on” the
Earth as it really is. Some of it is “original”, but there are many holographic implants that change it for
our perception. The Matrix broadcasts block humans from perceiving what we otherwise would be
experiencing. The Earth that we can’t see (or feel too often) is a place of love and harmony – not war,
fear and suffering. The predators dictate our lives and make us into slaves to them by hijacking our
sense of reality. The Saturn-Moon Matrix transformed a once-vibrant, conscious humanity into
computer programs decoding cycles of repetitive perception and behavior. The transmissions of the
Satum-Moon Matrix are received and re-transmitted by the Earth’s crystal core which has been tuned to
the Matrix frequency range, and the “Hack” connects with us through the reptilian brain and the
receiver-transmitter system that we call DNA. This brings us back to “junk” DNA – the overwhelming
majority of human DNA is of ” off- world” origin and the “extraterrestrial junk genes ” merely enjoy the
ride with hard-working active genes passed through the generations. What we see in our DNA is a
program consisting of two versions, a big code and basic code. First fact is, the complete ” program ”
was positively not written on Earth; that is now a verified fact. The second fact is that genes, by
themselves, are not enough to explain evolution; there must be something more in “the game”… Sooner
or later we have to come with grips with the unbelievable notion that every life on Earth carries genetic
code for his extraterrestrial cousin, and that evolution is not what we think it is. Our hypothesis is that a
higher extraterrestrial life form was engaged in creating new life and planting it on various planets. Earth
is just one of them. Perhaps, after programming, our creators grow us the same way we grow bacteria in
Petri dishes. We can’t know their motives – whether it was a scientific experiment, or a way of preparing
new planets for colonization, or the long-time ongoing business of seeding life in the universe. The DNA
implanted by the “extraterrestrials” is pre-programmed, and one effect of the Satum-Moon Matrix is to
activate those programs to play out as ” spontaneous ” human behavior and a sequence of “time” .The
“software program” is running in every human mind – body computer and it has been encoded for eons.
Nature, saying that all modern humans are descended from a single mother who lived in Africa in about
200,000 B.C.? If what we call humans originate from a single source the program could easily have been
implanted that would infiltrate every subsequent member of the ” species” (software). Only by
becoming Conscious beyond mind – body can we override the program. DNA was pre programmed.
Some researchers appears to have known far more about DNA than was made public, and they believed
that it was made of “extraterrestrial ” origin. So the Matrix illusion is so deep, so ingrained, because it is
not only a Matrix field, but a DNA program. The “Queen Bee” ( Saturn-Moon ) broadcasts the waveform
information “hack” and humans decode this into a world they think they see, and perceptions and
behaviors they think is “them” . We can be completely controlled by the Matrix and be no more than
human robots responding to data input, or we can open our hearts and minds and see beyond what
others can see. This means opening our minds to consciousness which is not subject to the manipulation
of the Matrix or the DNA program. It operates outside of “space” and “time” and beyond the vibrational
walls of the Matrix. Those in authority who run and enforce the human Control System are following a
program in the same way as worker ants and bees follow the program broadcast by the Queen. They are
computer terminals on the Matrix Internet with the Saturn-Moon Matrix triggering their already
programmed DNA to respond according to the program. Those appointed to positions of power) are the
most locked-in because they were genetically-created for that purpose, but anyone who is not truly
conscious ( most of humanity ) will be responding to their DNA Saturn-Moon Matrix program which
drives their thoughts, perceptions and behavior. How Your Reality is Being Manipulated The Saturn-
Moon Matrix is decoded within the electromagnetic frequency range visible to human sight and
technology, and the genetic-engineering of the human mind-body computer locked humans into that
frequency via DNA and the reptilian brain . Icke, David – Remember Who You Are. Remember „Where“
You Are and Where You, Come“ from. Consciousness can, however, override that and so they have to
maintain humanity in low- vibrational states to imprison their perception in the Matrix. The plasma field
within our holographic reality acts like a ” plasma screen” on which we “watch” the ” picture show”, or
appear to. It is an expression, like everything, of decoded waveform information. People go through
their lives following the Saturn program they are decoding while thinking this is the “real world”.
Humans are like two-legged farm animals caught in the headlights of an oncoming Matrix. The reality we
are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational
emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system
The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we
receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the
false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the
Matrix. This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix is powered by
our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break the closed loop with the realizations
and by opening our minds to Consciousness beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-
Moon Matrix to influence our reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let
Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this reason, and this is why it
is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to keep us entrapped within the vibrational box
through fear, chaos and upheaval. By the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences
happen when there is a “glitch” in the Matrix information field. There are many reports from around the
world that the heavens have changed, the constellations are not where they should be and that the
Moon has changed its angle. This is the result of the Reptilians manipulating the Matrix to confuse us
and prepare us for the fake “end of the world” or “new world” prophecies by the Bible, the Mayan
Calendar, Hopi prophecies and all the rest. They are not true. They are part of the manipulation and the
Reptilians plan to make it seem as if they are happening by manufacturing events. They are already
doing so. It was all planned a long “time” ago. Reptilian Brain – Reptilian World One of the chief ways
the Matrix connects with us, not surprisingly, is through the reptilian brain, and this helps to lock us into
the Reptilian Alliance control system. The Matrix transmissions are also aimed at our DNA receiver-
transmitter systems, and much of this is happening within the realms of what science calls ” junk DNA. ”
Some of this has been switched off in order narrow our band of experienced reality, and some is picking
up the Matrix frequencies by carrier waves from Saturn via the Moon. The Saturn-Moon Matrix is how
they have done it. Humans tuned most powerfully to the Matrix transmission ( the overwhelming
majority ) are like worker ants following the work-plan broadcast by the Queen. Ants are said to
communicate through chemicals called pheromones, but they are only the chemical expression of
vibrational communications. Ants tune in through their antennae and we pick up the Matrix broadcasts
through DNA and the reptilian brain. The Reptilians have a hive-mind communication system which the
Matrix connects with, and it would appear that at the center of this is their version of the female
“queen”. Maybe the worship of the “goddess” is something to do with this and certainly the hybrid
bloodline is passed on through the mitochondrial, or female, DNA. The Matrix “mind” is the controlling
force behind all the institutions of human control and those who run and administer them while being
unknowing prisoners of the Matrix themselves. The reptilian brain doesn’t think – it reacts; it is
constantly scanning the environment in search of threats to its survival physically, financially and across
the great spectrum of human experience – reputation, job, relationship, the list goes on and on. They
need to feed us an endless stream of reasons to fear not surviving, to connect us more powerfully into
reptilian-brain reality – therefore Matrix reality. These emotional states affect the way DNA receives and
transmits, and cause heart rhythm incoherence and scrambles the 1 relationship between heart, brain
and nervous system. This is another crucial reason why we are bombarded with wars,| financial
collapses, false flag terrorist attacks, health “scares’ “global warming” , engineered ” natural ” disasters
and all manner of other things. This way they can most powerfully plug us into the Matrix and energize it
through the “feedback” loop. The Moon is a very powerful electromagnetic computer… The energy from
the Moon has been beaming electromagnetic frequencies onto the Earth for aeons now to maintain the
two- stranded DNA (it is said that is should be twelve-stranded)… …The Moon is a satellite that was
constructed… it was… anchored outside Earth’s atmosphere for aeons as a mediating and monitoring
device, a super computer or eye in the sky. …Earth must be owned by those who dwell there; however it
is not. You have outside gods, creator energies, who prevent you, as a species, from having freereign
The influence of the Moon, as a main satellite computer, affects all of the Earth… The Moon’s programs
have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings… These are repetitive cycles that the
Moon creates, to which you respond. Moons like ours can also be used to influence planets in a very
loving and positive way and it is possible that the Moon was doing that before it was hijacked by the
Reptilian Alliance to be a means of mass manipulation and control. We need to be flexible about detail
and let Information be our guide, not unyielding dogma. In that case, removing the Reptilian Alliance
from the Moon and changing what it broadcasts would have a life-changing effect on this planet and its
inhabitants. Simply switching off the Reptilian broadcasts would change everything. There is a multi¬
dimensional effort going on to set the planet free from aeons of Reptilian/Gray control and this will
succeed. We need to play our part in our level of reality while others do their job elsewhere. This
dismantling of the Reptilian Control System is not only to help humanity. What is happening here is
having a knock-on effect across a wide area of the galaxy and beyond because of how a smaller part of a
hologram can affect the whole. There have been many battles over the Moon… There is a plan to
gradually insert different programs of influence on Earth when the Moon becomes occupied by forces
that would assist in your growth rather than limit you. The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of
great limitation toward human beings. The tales about the full moon and insanity, madness and
heightened bleeding are all true. There are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates to which you
respond. It is the extraterrestrials that really operate it all. Your technology, though rapidly advancing,
cannot begin to compare with the biotechnology (including genetic engineering) of sentient space
travelers. You are newcomers to the game and you miss a vital key, for your senses, and the essence of
your physical world, structure reality in a particular way. You constantly translate data and, like
interpreting a dream, condense the experience into physical boundaries, where you find you can explain
less and less. We are leaving an age of limitation and entering an age of limitlessness). We are being
manipulated to decode reality that keeps us limited and enslaved. All Movements, actions and
manifestations of people, animals, and plants depend upon the Moon, and we are controlled by the
Moon… The Mechanical part of our lives depends upon the Moon, is subject to the Moon. If we develop
in ourselves consciousness and will, and subject our mechanical self and all our mechanical
manifestations to them, we shall escape the power of the Moon. The Saturn-Moon Matrix operates
within the frequency range of mind, the electromagnetic spectrum and low-vibration emotion. When we
open our minds to Consciousness our perception expands beyond the influence of the Matrix
frequencies. We can suddenly perceive what we were blocked from perceiving and we begin to see
what is really going on. The most ancient human accounts do not mention time. It is an illusion of the
Matrix, and time was encoded to enslave humans by disconnecting us from the NOW. The “ Time Loop ”
is the Matrix. The time loop is what has been hacked into the limitless NOW-reality that we should be
experiencing. Saturn is associated with time and “Kronos” , the name of the Greek Saturn God, means
“time.” Saturn – Moon control of our perception of time the ” reptile ” holding humans back so they
could not “grow” Planet Earth is a Saturnian society controlled from Saturn via the Moon. This makes so
much sense of what has happened to the world, and what is happening. Notice how the traits and
influences of the Saturnian are the same as the Draconian – the Reptilian “hive” mind. The Satum-Moon
Matrix reflects the hive mind of the Reptilians that control Saturn and the Moon. The Reptilian hive
mind has hijacked the human mind via the Reptilian brain and the Moon Matrix. In the universal order
pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that
are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose
energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.
Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it.
The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out
their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead,
they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they
come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or
central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical
bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called
the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies. Because pain is
located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our
cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is
experienced. Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process
of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-
occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it
doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of
pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred. Pain resides in our cellular memory and
we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can
remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is
stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there. Fear here
is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have
captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain. Understanding that all
species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other
soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory
that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are
not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives,
and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain. Pain is the system of imprisonment
here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated
and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a
memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system
of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform. It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron
barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the
archon system. The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are,
and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of DNA in our physical
bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul bodies. Their whole system of
indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really are and to make us remember
our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored
in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and emotions. The key that
unlocks this entire system is the middle chakra—heart chakra. It is the gateway to higher consciousness.
The superconscious mind is like a spark of life supplying energy to the rest of the mind. Man has a spark
in his heart, ignited from the Eternal Flame of Life, the Divine Principle, clothed in the Immortal Triad.
Holiness is the spark of divinity in man, and no soul should be regarded as being deprived of this spark of
divinity. This spark is light itself, and though it also exists in the lower creation, among animals and birds,
in trees and plants and in any form of life, it is in man that it has the opportunity to blaze into a flame. At
first this light is buried in the heart of man, but as soon as this spark of divinity begins to shine from his
heart he shows the sign of holiness. This is because holiness is not a human heritage; it is inherited by
every soul from God. But it manifests only when the heart is open, and when out of that divine spark
there rises a tongue of flame which illuminates the path of man in life’s journey towards the spiritual
goal. It is lack of understanding of this subject which has made man accept a certain teacher in whom he
or his friends or ancestors recognized divinity, and at the same time reject another with all his apparent
holiness. In the progress of education, the knowledge of the soul’s purpose, the only thing worthwhile in
life, is overlooked. Education qualifies a man to become selfish to the best of his ability, and to get the
better of another. Art has lost its freedom of grace and beauty, since its reward depends on the approval
of the heartless and blind. Science has degenerated for the very reason that the scientist has limited his
view to the objective world and denied the existence of the life which is beyond perception. In the
absence of a higher ideal the constant striving after material inventions has led man to such devices as
have set the world on fire. Those who are under the spell of destruction are unaware of all this; they
cannot know it until the clouds of gloom have dispersed, their hearts are clear, and their minds have
recovered from this intoxication which prevents them from thinking and understanding. Fourth chakra,
the heart chakra, is literally the heart of our spiritual system, The psychic spark in the heart that survives
death. The true secret soul in us—subliminal, we have said, but this word is mis-leading, for this
presence is not situated below the threshold of waking mind, but rather burns in the temple of the
inmost heart behind the thick screen of an ignorant mind, life and body, not subliminal but behind the
veil—this veiled psychic entity is the flame of the Godhead always alight within us, in-extinguishable
even by that dense unconsciousness of any spiritual self within which obscures our physical nature. It is
a flame born out of the Divine and … the inner light or inner voice of the mystic. It is that which endures
and is imperishable in us from birth to birth, untouched by death, decay, or corrup-tion, an
indestructible spark of the Divine. The threefold flame within the heart is the spark of life In this work
consciousness is the catalyst. Consciousness is the connection between the outer and inner, the
individual and the whole, that is needed to spark life’s awakening. Without it nothing new can be born.
But with the light of our consciousness, the patterns within life and within ourselves can begin to change
and come alive in a new way. The archetypal shifts that happen gradually over centuries can be speeded
up. These primal forces can help us resolve the global problems we have created, and together we can
discover a new way to be with ourselves and with life. We can create a civilization based upon oneness
and interrelatedness. Just because we have forgotten how to work with life’s energy does not mean that
it is inaccessible, or that it is not waiting to be used. Once we step outside of the isolated image of our
individual self, we will find that we are part of an organic restructuring of life in which our consciousness
is being realigned with the energy within life. We will begin to awaken to the light that is waking up
within the world, to the life that is waking up within and around us. We will have to be attentive: the
signs of this shift—which are barely visible in any case as what is awakening is so new—may be all the
more difficult to see through the dense clouds of materialism and forgetfulness But it will take an influx
of energy to enable these creative forces to break through the constrictive patterns of resistance that
belong to the darkness of greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy
needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy centers. These energy
centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be used for this transition. The keys to unlock
them are particular qualities or energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that
looks only towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why individuals and
groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the inner and outer worlds in order to
facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of power. The common catalyst that seems to dissolve the
boundaries of alchemy, magic, and science is light. Once again we have to learn how to work with the
divine, for without the spark of divine consciousness the world cannot alchemically transform. But this
spark does not follow the laws of reason, the logic of our minds. It follows its own ways, which are the
ways of the divine and the hidden ways of creation. When the alchemists were working in their retorts
and crucibles, they were often amazed at the results, at the strange and unexpected phenomena they
observed as different chemicals combined. The same is true of the inner alchemical processes. Man
does not need to trouble about what is lacking outside, for in reality all is within himself. And if he will
keep this idea before him and blow on the spark of mastery by constant contemplation, then one day
that flame will rise and his life will become clear and his power will indeed be great. Your divine spark is
made up of the same light as that of the universe. The light is within you, and you are in it. The light is
you, and you are the light! In the same way, your divine essence lies within, just as your essence lies in
your divinity. They are one and the same. When you are identifying with your divine essence, you are
connected to all that is within and without, because you are at one with the universe and the universe is
one with you. When you are fulfilled by your desire, you know what it is to have peace, joy, and
freedom. You are the creator of your own life. Your own innate blueprint is your individual code that is
stored in your DNA. Even your DNA is connected with your divine essence, while it is not a part of it.
When you tune into your divinity, your connection positively impacts the body, stemming from your
thoughts and way of being. Your thought patterns can also act as keys that can unlock the sacred codes
of your DNA. As the frequency of your thoughts and emotions rises in vibration, so does your way of
being on a physical level. Your vibration, when raised, can activate your DNA even further in ways you
have not experienced up to now. As your DNA activates, it can mutate into higher levels of being. Now it
is known that your DNA is influenced by electromagnetic fields, and this includes thoughts. Expressing
your divine essence is the key to your DNA activation. You resonate at a higher frequency in vibration
when you are attuned with your divine self. At this higher vibration, your experience changes as you can
see more of all that is. Now you understand at a deeper level how the universe operates and how you
can manifest all the abundance, joy, and happiness you desire. This is your birthright. You are a
magnificent being, much more so than you realize. You really have the power to manifest your true
desire in physical form, for this is your mission in realizing the vision of your desire. The higher your
vibration, the easier it is for you to manifest what you desire into your life. Your divinity is at one with
your authentic self, and only by going inward can you bring out what you truly want in life to fulfil you
soul purpose. The key is to go through your authentic self, where you can become at one with your
divine essence. Your authentic self is the doorway to your divine essence. The spirutual and
psychological journey from beta brain waves to theta divine theta brain waves and the gnostic journey
from the archon mind matrix Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale
vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world The creation of the first man had, therefore, a
distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and
thereby reverse the direction of creation. Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance,
or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its
source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its
original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious of itself, and the only
worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge. Humans who possess the
divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the
material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis
takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release
from the material evil world. For the Gnostics, the true God did not create this world at all. The world
emerged from a cosmic disaster in which a lower deity or a group of angels, either out of malice or
ignorance, created the material universe and entrapped elements of the divine within it. The
mythologies that these Gnostics espoused served to explain how these lower deities came into being
(often as emanations from the true God) and how conflicts among their ranks led both to the
catastrophic concoction of matter and to its aftermath, the imprisonment of divine sparks. While these
cosmogonies struck the fathers as puzzling in their complexity and bizarre in their detail, they proved
particularly disturbing in their guiding premise, that the Creator and Ruler of this world is not the true
God but a lower deity whose creation comprises the realm of evil and ignorance. The material world is
prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to liberate them. It is, in fact,
within human bodies that the sparks have become imprisoned and from which they must be released.
This release can only come when the divine sparks are awakened, brought back to life by acquiring the
true knowledge (Greek: gnosis) of their origin and destiny. The Gnostic religion, therefore, entails the
revelation of salvific knowledge, “knowledge of who we were and what we have become, of where we
were and where we have been made to fall, of whither we are hastening and whence we are being
redeemed, of what birth is and what rebirth.” Since humans have a spark of the divine, they are not
completely at the mercy of the Demiurge. In order to be able to live a spirit-filled life, nonetheless, the
soul must be freed from its earthly bondage. The redeemer is thus a teacher, and redemption thus
consists in the acknowledgment of the divine spark that liberates individuals from the limitations of
material things and allows the believer to participate in the divine. The spiritual spark is in a sleep stasis
and kept in the state of ignorance, and ignorance is the slumbering state, so the archons prevent anyone
from awakening their inner spiritual powers. The errors of humankind is to believe that the powers is
outside him and not within and the external outside powers is govern by the ego and the human ego
denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being. Gnosticism can be delineated by a
redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from
their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-
ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance. Humans are
generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This ignorance is fostered in human nature
by the influence of the false creator and his Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and
women ignorant of their true nature and destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly
things serves to keep us in enslavement to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the divine spark
from its lowly prison, but if there has not been a substantial work of Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior
to death, it becomes likely that the divine spark will be hurled back into, and then re-em-bodied within,
the pangs and slavery of the physical world. Not all humans are spiritual (pneumatics) and thus ready for
Gnosis and liberation. Some are earthbound and materialistic beings (hyletics), who recognize only the
physical reality. Others live largely in their psyche (psychics). Such people usually mistake the Demiurge
for the True God and have little or no awareness of the spiritual world beyond matter and mind. Human
potential the divine spark within all of us—was realized by releasing humanity from the inhibiting
control of the gods. Unfettered by the yoke of the gods, humans have the ability to save themselves. The
Archons are less powerful and less good than humankind, but they have managed to hold sway over
humankind by their terrible illusions. For the Gnostics, this world is a shadowy phantasm, about which
the archons keep us perpetually in the dark. We are controlled by the archons because they control the
false reality we are living in. However, according to the Gnostics, the archons are effectively powerless
and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false
reality is actually real. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the
powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the
second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying
nature of the real Self/Soul. The third errordistortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body,
although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. These mind errors
is created by the ego belief-system and it is the ego that denied its own higher source in man’s inner
knowing and inner being. This is done by many different ways; one is the to feed the ego with constant
low vibrational frquency food of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, pain, phobias, and terrors of
the mind. All these is connected to emotions and low vibrational frequencies stimulates these lower
frequencies within the matrix. This world is using sound frequencies to fueling the ego and its
frequencies and fear is such emotions that keep the ego in a alert state, or in the fight or flight state.
Organized Gang Stalking is a product of all these methods of the archons on Earth. When persons within
whom the divine sparks reside learn the mysteries of their own existence, of their fall into matter and
the secret way of escape, then they have become “Gnostics,” that is, “Knowers,” those who have been
set free from the ignorance and evil of the material world and enabled to return to their home. Because
this salvific knowledge provides a way to escape this world, it cannot be attained through normal
“worldly” means. The God of this world has certainly not provided it, as he is either evil and thus intent
on keeping the divine sparks perpetually entrapped, or ignorant of any realm superior to his own. One
can only acquire the knowledge necessary for salvation through a revelation of the true God himself.
This salvific knowledge, then, is revealed by an emissary from the divine realm to a select group of
followers, who in turn convey it to those deemed able to receive it. And we should consider that God
gave the sovereign part of the human soul to be the divinity of each one, being that part which, as we
say dwells at the top of the body, and inasmuch as we are a plant not of an earthly but of a heavenly
growth, raises us from earth to our kindred who are in heaven. And in this we say truly; for the divine
power suspended the head and root of us from that place where the generation of the soul first began
and thus made the whole body upright.’ Creation is a result of a precosmic fall, we are imprisoned
creatures. The Archons created our humanity in order to keep the divine substance of the pneuma
captive. Because the light of the immortal Man has been mixed with cosmic substance, he is imprisoned
in the sensible world. A first major concept was “knowledge” (Gk. gnosis). It was a secret revealed
knowledge to initiates, which had both liberating and redeeming effects. The content of this gnosis
consisted of basic insights into the divine nature of humanity and the cosmos. The possession of it freed
the individual from ignorance and bondage in the world. A second characteristic was a central myth that
certain humans possessed a divine spark, which proceeded from the divine realm and had fallen into our
world. Second, the earth is the tragic result of a downward movement from the divine realm. Third, the
recovery of this divine spark in the world by its own divine counterpart is necessary for liberation and
redemption. A human being is a divine spark that originated in the transcendent divine world and, by
means of gnosis, can be released from the cosmic prison and return to its heavenly origin. The human
body, on the other hand, is part of the cosmic prison from which the spirit (the “real” person) must be
redeemed. Gnosticism presented a radical dualism of God and the world, spirit and matter, soul and
body, light and darkness, good and evil, life and death. It was not God who created and governs the
world but rather the Archons, tyrannical demonic powers who imprison men and obstruct their
knowledge of the absolute transmundane deity. Man’s body and soul are products of the evil cosmic
powers, but his spirit, or pneuma, contains a portion of the divine substance that has fallen into the
world. The Archons created man in order to imprison this spirit, and in its unredeemed state, immersed
in the soul and flesh, the pneuma is unconscious of its true quality. The goal of the gnostics was to
release the spirit from its material prison, and this was to be attained through revelation, knowledge of
the way, allowing the spirit to force a passage through the spheres of matter and impurity. By reuniting
with the divine, each individual contributed to the restoration of divine unity that had been impaired in
precosmic times. Humans. The aeon that had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world
in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them. People with the spark
have a longing to escape this world; Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by
learning where it came from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material
world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis). The archons of this world and
controller of the matrix humankind is trapped within don´t want humans to understand what there real
higher self is and where they came from, and this is the central key to undestand how the earthly life is
under the spell of ignorance and illusions of maya. Ignorance and maya creates the veil of separation in
place and illusions, deceptions and fear is been used to hindering spiritual progress from the lower
matrix to the higher levels of divine consciousness. The divine realm. The true God did not, therefore,
create this material world. He is completely spirit. According to the myths that Gnostics told—some of
which are preserved among the Nag Hammadi tractates—in eternity past the true God generated other
divine offspring who themselves, in pairs, reproduced offspring. But a catastrophe occurred in the divine
realm when one of the divine beings (often called Sophia, a feminine deity, whose name means
“wisdom”) became separated from the rest and spontaneously generated another divine being. The
latter, born outside the divine realm, was evil. With his minions who also came into being, he created
the material world as a place of imprisonment for the one who had fallen (Sophia). Humans are the
divine spark of light lost in the darkness and complexity of the psyche and the body. The true home of
the spirit was in heaven, not on earth. Body (the purely physical) and soul (the emotions) were held
totally captive by the seven planetary archons though the forces of astrology, which most gnostics took
very seriously. Human beings, according to this view, are composed of a body and a soul, both of which
belong to the material world, and a divine spark, or pneuma, which is the godly element within. As long
as humans are kept in ignorance of their true position, by the demiurge, they continue to be prisoners.
But, sometimes, messages from beyond the spheres are received by certain individuals who then
become aware of their imprisonment and are able to pass the knowledge on to others. This knowledge,
or gnosis, is the most important weapon in freeing the spirit from its bondage. It is not enough,
however, for Gnostics merely to know that they are imprisoned. They also need to know the workings of
the world that surrounds them so that they can be better equipped to overcome it, or so that they can
use it in a positive way. Humans. Sophia was thus captured and imprisoned in this material world in the
bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them. The mystics have also
revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that
God has endowed us with, a spark of fire from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion
of God right inside of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may believe
we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings with a divine connection.
Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism
which separates the humans from their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who
facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its
continued ignorance. The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the
heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned
lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start
with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed,
the mind confined in the heart. When we go within by devotion and love, we contact the inner flame
and commune with the energy that is God. “The little spirit spark of our personal identity is the key that
connects us with the Universal,” Mark Prophet once said. “[God’s’ Spirit is the fabric of our world. His
energy, his pat-tern is the only saving grace. We ourselves have to reidentify, reintegrate, repolarize
ourselves with that light—and it’s got to be done consciously.” Through prayer and meditation we turn
our attention back to the Inner Light, which is the real source of our being. The archons has pushed
human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that
certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can
be used to block receipt of radio information. Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.”
He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how
spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison.
He writes: The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic
Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings,
naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the
imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it
prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher
dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’
According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been
effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time
dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are
said to be able to re- open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been
closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a
necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of
being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”
He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains: The human race has for
ages been living out its existence inside a kind of metaphysical box with the lid held down. We sit in the
dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within
that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a
people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by
our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom. Luciferic consciousness works
through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It
stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that
there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and
reconnect with our lost identity. The archons creates a enviroment that creates negativity, fear, stress,
anxiety, panic, phobias, doubts, worries, and pain is another way the archons controls this world
through. Pain is the duality state of mind, and the healing and bliss energies is represented by Oneness,
and the archons separation of this world prevent the old evolutionary brain from be healed and access
higher levels of consciousness. The archons triggering helpnessless. Through all archons methods
humankind hasen´t been able to to activate more dna strands for thousends oof years. The archons jave
hijacked reality and peprception and disconnected humankind from the divine god source. In the
universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in
reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless
those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange
energy system. Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is
immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and
wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose
is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are,
where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in
the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our
physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is
called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies. Because pain is
located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our
cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is
experienced. Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process
of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-
occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it
doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of
pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred. Pain resides in our cellular memory and
we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can
remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is
stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there. Fear here
is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have
captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain. Understanding that all
species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other
soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory
that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are
not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives,
and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain. Pain is the system of imprisonment
here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated
and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a
memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system
of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform. It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron
barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the
archon system. The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how
the universe actually works. They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would
walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison. “The (alien) group” requires that we
don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation),
because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place
around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would
begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of
ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from
the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply
ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers.
The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our
being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of
tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond
the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood
and through the Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.” The topmost level
of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warders.” He makes clear his view that the Prison Warders are
extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal structure of human
beings has been created under the influence and design of the extraterrestrial Prison Warders and their
overall master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of the pyramid. In
his work, Icke began to speak in New Age terms of “negative energy” and “blocking vibration.” By
utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in “a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”
Earth as a frequency fence. The frequency fence is a high-tech, vibrational barrier, maintained by a
central computer and a system of satellites, which surrounds the Earth, and which blocks vital energy
from the universe from reaching us. The frequency fence, for all these hundreds of thousands of years,
has turned the Earth into a vibrational prison.” The spark of life is imprisoned and surrounded by a low
vibrational prison of the mind. The mind prison on Earth is controlled by low vibrational frequencies. The
mind prison is been controlled by a vibratory imprisonment on Earth and the three dimensional world or
reality of the matrix. To move from one to the other it is necessary only to change one’s rate of vibration
or else to be able to shift one’s consciousness to focus in a different stratum of vibrations. It is like
changing ones vibrations from those of the material of the electric wire to those of the electricity itself.
It is this capacity to shift the consciousness from plane to plane which is the aim of yoga and most
spiritual training. The hidden wonders of the spheres are discovered not by sailing off into the clouds,
but by withdrawing ever inwards, within and within through the higher dimensions. The ego keeps
humankind trapped within this low vibrational mind prison, and when one raising the vibrational
frequency of the consciousness one is able to reach the Higher Self. When Adam ate the fruit of the tree
of knowledge, the entire cosmos erupted once more, and spirituality sank deeper into materiality, into
evil, into the world. As a result, a few sparks of divine light fell onto die earth. While only a finite number
of sparks fell thus, their presence on earth was sufficient to endow creation with religious meaning. This,
then, was the existential condition that was entrusted to mankind. The world of crude materiality which
humans inhabit was endowed with a limited, almost quantifiable, amount of divine presence; a few
sparks of divine light trapped in the shells of materiality. It is incumbent upon humanity to redeem the
world and the godhead by reuniting the sparks that have fallen with the light of the upper worlds. Once
all die sparks have been released from their material prison and dispatched to heaven, the divine being
will be able to resume its original wholeness. The material world and the body are prisons separated
from the divine realm, from which humans must escape through the ascent of various levels. This is
possible through the acquisition of secret knowledge reserved for the elect. Having fallen from its divine
birthplace into the centre of the physical universe, his soul was now obliged to free itself from itself
from its mortal coil and reascend to its original state of beatitude in Heaven. Could powerful Earthling
forces be simply mimicking on a small-scale what their Overlords have done on a large scale? The
manipulation of mental constructs may be a mini-design of a much larger scale phenomenon: the
engineering and control of large physical constructs in the solar system: This is the inner secret of all
esoteric teaching. The new birth, or regeneration, means the awakening of the soul to conscious
immortality. The old self, that was bound to the wheel of fate and the plane of cause and effect from
which it could never free itself, owing to the fact that it was continually binding itself to the wheel
afresh, through following selfish desires, dies, and a new self is born. In other words, the consciousness
is raised from the plane of sin and death, of sensuality and desire, of restriction and captivity, to the
higher plane of Spirit, where man realizes that he is a son of God. He discovers that the Divine Spark
within is his true self. He realizes also that he has always lived—in his real Spiritual Self. Beginning and
end, like change and decay, belong purely to the material plane and have no place in Reality. They form
part of this present three dimensional existence but have no reality. Endless being is the reality.
Anything short of this is mere illusion. It is not necessary, therefore, to believe in the theory of
reincarnation or that all our experiences must of necessity take place on this plane. Sufficient to know
that we can never die, that we cannot escape from ourselves, and that to neglect seeking with all our
heart for union once again with our Divine Source, is merely to prolong our sufferings. The errors of
humankind is to believe that the powers is outside him and not within and the external outside powers
is govern by the ego and the human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being.
Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can
be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order for you to see the
illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want. The archons
prevent anyone to develop their cohesive divine inner force and the ego is the hostile force that
disconnects the divine source, divine inuition, divine brain waves (theta brain waves), and divine
oneness. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. The human
soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness of matter; but it originated in a
very different place, in a timeless world, in the bright abode of another God of whom the earthly world
and its rulers have no conception. The soul partakes of the very substance of this Unknown God, but in
the material world it has lost consciousness of its identity. The world has confused it with its “clamour”,
poisoned it with its “venom”, “benumbed” it and “put it to sleep”, until the soul has forgotten whence it
came. Only gnosis can awaken it, knowledge which comes from above and is really only the reviving
memory of the soul’s origin. The Unknown God comes to earth in the person of the Saviour; he passes
through the circles of the planets and brings the soul this knowledge – the soul is part of His substance,
and thus He is liberating Himself. This “story of the soul” which escapes from the bonds of time through
the saving knowledge of its eternal essence brings Gnostic thought close to that of the myste-
riosophies.’ From the moment the soul has received this supernatural enlightenment it longs ceaselessly
for its lost home. Man. then, has to change. His desires and aspirations. instead of being directed
towards hate and evil must be transformed to love and good. Instead of wallowing in lust and
selfishness he must lift himself to higher and better things. How can this be done? It cannot be
accomplished by the finite man at all, but it can be achieved by the Infinite Power within. It is only when
man realizes his oneness with the Infinite and believes that Omnipotent Power is at his disposal. that the
Spiritual Power within becomes available. So long as man has doubts and fears or disbelief this special
power is not available. It is his. but his state of heart and mind prevents him from either realizing the
presence of the Power or making use of it. Before the machinery of a workshop can run it must be
connected up with the engine room. In the same way, man, before he can live the new life, must
become one with the Infinite Life and Power. Entering this new life of power, does not take away life’s
experiences, its trials, troubles and adversities. but the change within does prevent the creation of
unnecessary troubles and suffering. Also even a so- called unkind fate loses much of its power to wound,
for the higher man rises into union with God and Infinite Love. the less power it has in his life. It still
operates. but it fails to wound so deeply, for man, seeing with illumined eyes. knows that it is good that
has come to bless; and not evil that has come to slay. Painful fate loses its power to hurt when man
ceases to resist it and meets it with open arms, seeking to team the lessons that it has to teach. This
moving away from dependence on others is the first step toward acquiring enough presence of mind to
direct personal immortality. A fortress of spirit is needed. We have to shrug off inhibiting beliefs that
have conditioned us to a herdtype mentality. The Earth, this argument goes, is controlled by an
intergalactic “holographic industry” that inserts deceptive models of the world “through portals into
your reality” in order to manipulate and control the consciousness of the masses. Humans are generally
ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This ignorance is fostered in human nature by the
influence of the false creator and his Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and women
ignorant of their true nature and destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things
serves to keep us in enslavement to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the divine spark from its
lowly prison, but if there has not been a substantial work of Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior to
death, it becomes likely that the divine spark will be hurled back into, and then re-em-bodied within, the
pangs and slavery of the physical world. Not all humans are spiritual (pneumatics) and thus ready for
Gnosis and liberation. Some are earthbound and materialistic beings (hyletics), who recognize only the
physical reality. Others live largely in their psyche (psychics). Such people usually mistake the Demiurge
for the True God and have little or no awareness of the spiritual world beyond matter and mind. For the
Gnostics, this world is a shadowy phantasm, about which the archons keep us perpetually in the dark.
We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However,
according to the Gnostics, the archons are effectively powerless and their power over us exists only to
the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real. the Archons used
the light to give order and life to the cosmos, injecting it to function like self- replicating DNA. The result
is that many sparks of the divine light are now imprisoned within matter, from whence Gnosticism
proposes to release them. History unfolds in contests between the archonic powers, seeking to trap the
spiritual power below, and the heavenly powers above, seeking to free it. The treatise ends with the
expectation that this revelation, brought by John to the other disciples, will ensure that they will know
themselves as that “immovable race” whose destiny lies in the world of light above. The treatise
describes all the works of this archonic ruler as lacking real formative power. It is Pistis Sophia who gives
form to his works, imitating the higher celestial world above. Her image, reflected in the waters below,
inspires the archonic pow-ers to try to seize it. But, possessing only psychic and not spiritual power, they
are unable to do so. They try to attract the spiritual female power by creating a male, thereby seeking to
draw her down into the man as her male counterpart. But these plans reveal their ignorance of the vast
gap that separates the inferior terrestrial from the higher celestial power. This incitement of the powers
to create a human is itself part of the redemptive plan of the celestial world to rescue the spiritual
power that has gone out of it into the world below. But Adam can only crawl on the earth, be-cause of
the inferior psychic nature given him by the rulers. Only when the Spirit comes down to dwell in him
does he become a “living Soul.” The rulers call the animals for Adam to name and then put him in the
Garden to cultivate it. They order him not to eat from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, trying to
keep him in ignorance of the true nature of reality. Telling him that he will die if he eats this fruit, they
conceal the fact that only by knowing good and evil—that is, by knowing themselves as evil and the
higher world above them as good—will he find true life. The archons also cause him to fall into the sleep
of ignorance, opening his side and withdrawing the spiritual power from him into a female, so that he is
endowed only with soul. When the Soul is cleared of negative emotional programming its vital creative
energies are freed and awakened, and its evolutionary energies are unleashed. This creates a
heightened vital force that flows through the physical DNA, activating or “turning on” the infrastructure
of our spiritual DNA. These silicon-based structures, as yet undiscovered parts of the DNA, are activated
when higher octaves of energy are liberated in the body. Represented by the upward pointing crescent
of the diagram, these structures of our spiritual DNA become the foundation for the higher “body of
light” that is produced when the spiritual DNA is fully charged and activated. The redemption
guaranteed by means of “knowledge”, in the sense of an escape from the entanglements of earthly
existence, is first realized by the gnostic at the time of his death, for at this moment he encounters the
everlasting, rewakening fact of re-lease from the fetters of the body, and is able to set out on the way to
his true home. This process, familiar also in other reli-gions, is called the “ascent of the soul” or the
“heavenly jour-ney of the soul”. The reason for this lies in the existence of the powers which rule the
world, the Archons, who try to impede the soul’s return in order to prevent the perfecting of the world
of light and thus protract the world process. The final goal of redemption is the liberation of the Gnostic
from his entanglement in earthly appetites. Thus began a program of mind control — or soul
enslavement — maintained by Samael and his “Archons” (rulers) which … Hence the soul became
“entangled in the darkness of matter. “The degree of consciousness corresponds to the degree of
density or the speed of vibrations. The denser the matter, the less conscious it is, and the denser it is the
lower the vibrations is and the archons matrix is based on low vibrational frequency and therefore
provides low level of consciousness, and through this they can control the matrix and human mind. So to
be free from the matrix and clutches of the archons one need to raise the low vibrational frewuncy to a
higher level and less density, and this is done through mediation and alchemy. these Archon entities
actually live off the vast energy output of our souls! It is thought that they require us to generate
negative energy more so than positive. This negative energy output that we provide is evidently a literal
life and death issue to them. Why negative instead of positive? Negative emotions (Plasma frequencies)
rooted in fear expend or release more energy from your body; just think about how much it takes out of
you after you have had a negative experience. Negative frequencies are destructive, depleting, and
known to actually significantly shorten life span. All Archons and their cut-outs are forced to work in the
gray areas of freewill by coercion. Many people also believe that these, or some entities at times literally
control people’s minds and bodies, and perhaps that may be true, although again there must be an
element of consent rooted in some amount of participation or misguided belief in the entity on the part
of those people for this to occur. From our beginning to our end it has and will always come back to the
consent of our souls, and hopefully our movement towards a new rebellion of our continued consent.
Enamoured by the Light of the Pleroma, Sophia wanted to conceive on her own. Striving only for the
light evoked a counter-position of darkness. That darkness is the demiurge and the archons and their
fallen creation. The demiurge, accompanied by his archons, is the blind, ignorant, dark abyss of the
shadow of the Soul. The demiurge and the archons are illegitimate. They are defective, and represent
the disruption to the harmonious balance of the opposites that occurred in the Pleroma when Sophia
conceived without her male counterpart. The harmony of the male/female syzygy has been disturbed
within the archons, and the opposites are beginning to split. The archons are responsible for the
severing of the original androgynous unity of the Pleroma into the duality of the created world. Having
been created by the offspring of the last aeon, Sophia, the archons are far removed from the source of
the Pleroma, and inhabit a liminal space within its lowest reaches, just on the cusp of the created world.
As a result, the archons encroach upon, and have effect in, our world. This world is the dwelling place of
many archons. Humanity has been imprisoned in the material world by the archons through an act of
deception. This world is the Black Iron Prison. It is the shadow of death in which the human body is a
tomb. This body-tomb has been created from the archons’ four elements of matter, darkness, desire,
and the artificial spirit respectively. The human soul, trapped in a body-tomb, has been bound by the veil
of forgetfulness, and enslaved in the material world. How has the great wealth of the human spirit come
to dwell in the poverty of the body-tomb? This world is an illusory dream world that we have been
deceived into taking for reality. So-called reality is an illusion, albeit a very persistent, archon-enforced
one. We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However,
the archons are effectively powerless, and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can
deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real. This dream world is “real” as long as it lasts.
We need to awaken from this sleep of death. When we awaken to the illusion of the prison world, then
we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise
that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it. The essence of
the universe is information. It is not three-dimensional, it is outside space and time altogether. Our
world is a mere phantasm, a fallen world, in which space and time are part of the delusion. We have
been thrown into this world, and enslaved by an evil entity that projects information which we have
been deluded into interpreting as our socalled reality. This world is nothing more than the
misinterpretation of an underlying reality of which the essence is simply information. Our illusory world
is a mass hallucination. We are the archons. The phenomenal world does not exist. It is a three-
dimensional holographic image, an illusion, generated from information, which we mistake for reality.
Like the prisoners in Plato’s cave who mistake the shadows cast on the cave wall for reality, we, likewise,
mistake our holographic world as being real. Our world is nothing more than a satanic interpolation of
underlying information that results in a prison which occludes the information that will reveal our true
situation. The fundamental nature of the fullness of the Pleroma is energetic information, and the
archons have distorted this underlying information to project the illusory world in which we are. Due to
the archons, the divine spark has become estranged from the Pleroma and imprisoned in matter. We are
divine sparks enclosed in corruptible sheaves. When the divine spark remembers itself as both a part,
and yet the whole, of the Pleroma, this is the gnosis of the Gnostics. Our essence is the divine spark.
Spirit, the immaculate divine spark, is immortal. As a part of the hologram of the Pleroma, it is one with
the Pleroma, and contains the fullness of the entire Pleroma, only dimmer. Thus, monotheistic faiths
aren’t about personal salvation but about mind control and becoming the food for the archons. They
also make people obedient which benefits the archons who want no rebels. Archons rule by dividing,
and this they always did. They create religions diametrically opposed to each other and their adherents
believe only themselves to be right. This creates religious wars were humans rise against humans — and
this creates the food for archons (as they feed on the released energy of fear and terror). Archons do
not want you to know about them. They do their best to keep their presence unknown. Its much like
their creation of organized gang stalking This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme
importance—it reveals that we are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in
threedimensional space. The gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes our predicament
as one of exiles far from home who are held captive within a threedimensional prison by manifestly
demonic forces called archon, or rulers. When you merge your Higher Self with your soul, the lies of
archons cannot enslave you — at least not for long! You will wake up eventually. You will know who you
are as a human and you will not go along societal rules and expectations as you will know them to be
archonic. Archons want to keep people operating on a low-level of consciousness. To do that, they keep
the society sensual. When human sensuality is continuously activated through suggestive ads and in
other ways, higher spiritual states cannot unfold. They like to use humans as puppets to do their dirty
work whilst they themselves remain in the background. If you learn to control your emotions, you will
protect yourself from becoming archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you
become so sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you. Archonic influence
doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to be recycled so that they suck your energy
over and over again. They even recycled your soul. When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like
you have lost the burden that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this
feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps. Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be
free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have
their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our
true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so
hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and
since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their
best for us to never know it. Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. Go to any mall and any
product you will pick up will probably be designed for your own destruction of some sort, be it toxin-
infested food, toxic beauty products or something that is designed to appeal to your ego and therefore
silence the inner voice. The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the
archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate. In The Matrix
movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix, they are the enemies. This cannot be
closer to the truth. You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the
Higher Self. Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make .us operate only through one brain
hemisphere. Mental stimulation causes vibration, and Theta is the perfect, natural healing stimulator-
vibration. It’s what leads to total brain harmonisation, for you need use of all the brain speeds. Theta
uses Alpha as the bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain — Beta’s
faster vibratory speed is not conducive to direct access of Theta-bliss experiencing, and this most
untapped natural dimension just needs to be activated to become established in consciousness. Once
practice commences the metamorphosis into Theta also commences. Theta uses Alpha as the bridge
between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain: The left brain mind prsion is what´s
produced fear and fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, so these can´t get to the left divine theta
brain waves. The right brain hemisphere represents the beta brain waves. The art of meditation teaches
that it is not only possible to control our thoughts, but to learn to transcend them completely. Through
meditation we can bring our unruly minds under control. By mastering our own minds we immediately
attain a new level of empowerment. Not only does this liberate us from feelings of failure or inability, it
brings peace of mind and enables us to achieve our greatest potential. Spending 15 minutes quieting the
mind and focusing on the present moment makes us more relaxed and effective decision makers.
Meditation techniques adjust our physiology in ways that directly reduce stress. Slowing down brain
wave activity and adjusting brain chemistry increases serotonin levels, positively influencing mood and
behaviour, and switches on endorphins, easing the nervous system and improving healing responses. In
fact it is proven that meditation stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system, creating significant
positive physiological and emotional changes. Stress, on the other hand, activates the sympathetic
nervous system and triggers an ongoing flow of cortisol into the blood stream,’ diminishing immune
system function and inhibiting neurogenesis. Chronic stress causes the body to adopt a defensive mode
and also results in perceptual, cognitive and emotional impairment. To change this we must be able to
stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, which allows for renewal. By activating the
parasympathetic nervous system through meditation, you feel warmer, your blood pressure and pulse
rate drop, and your breathing slows down and gets deeper. You also engage your immune system to its
fullest capability. Your body rebuilds itself neurologically and you become healthier and more open to
new ideas, emotions, people and situations (especially if they are different). You also become more
open to learning, adaptation and change. There is a great power in one-pointed concentration. Our
energy becomes focussed and harnessed rather than dissipated. With concentration we can do more in
less time, and do it more efficiently and with better results. Through meditation we gradually improve
our powers of concentration, which can be used positively in every area of our lives. Increased brain
wave coherence is also developed. Greater communication between the two brain hemispheres
increases one’s perceptual ability and motor performance, supports the growth of higher intelligence,
and slows down mental aging. Through meditation we gain a new perspective on life, untainted by our
own egoistic perspective. We also transcend our fears, which for the most part are unsubstantiated and
pointless. By gaining a more awakened awareness about the true nature of life and ourselves, we attain
a greater sense of power, freedom and release from our own imaginary limitations. If we enter the
meditative state often enough this will then be the new state of consciousness. Actualising Theta allows
your inner and outer environment be perceived on the level of present moment consciousness — the
goal of earth life, the most rewarding, sensual experience. Of the four brain speeds Theta is the only
level which facilitates transcendental bliss and deep inner peace. But in order for Theta to be
experienced, Alpha is the bridge which facilitates the effects and benefits of Theta. Theta needs Alpha to
carry the codes, carry the healing waves throughout the body, but particularly to the conscious mind to
achieve calm, balance and perspective. Theta is natural, for you go through the four brain speeds while
sleeping. But it’s while you’re awake that the brain needs to become familiar with its full range of speed
possibilities, and with regular, properly practiced mantra meditation such becomes your everyday state.
Accessing Theta also means accessing the subconscious, the conditioned mind which many people are
slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you can re-programme the fear-driven mind: how you can influence
change in your fixed thought patterns at the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle,
habits and worldview. This veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software
programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional
chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland.
These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-
dimensional linear time (time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing
yourself. Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can been channeled to activate your DNA
by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to areas of the brain, the pineal and pituitary
gland which help open the third eye, crown chakra, and the chakra above the crown center. Within our
cerebrospinal fluid are tiny piezo-electric crystals which are encoded with tiny modules of liquid light
intelligence that carry this information to all our cells, especially when they are activated through
conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric crystals are activated either through
specific sound healing frequencies, light, or through meditation, these intelligent codes of light begin to
release and nourish all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-computer) helping to stabilize new levels of
DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but prepares the physical vehicle (body) for
ascension. If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being.
When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release
fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly
challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked
in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our
collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.
Fear has numerous faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways. Fear is reflected in
our beliefs, emotions, and the collective consciousness grids. It is locked in our energy bodies, organs,
and cells, and it is an inherent part of our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that
requires time, diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even though the
process might at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step into a new consciousness if we are
not willing to undertake this path. And we will never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process
of stepping out of fear has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting
with the frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your amygdala. One must
overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the
bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a
new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a
higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater
capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great
benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful
thoughts. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the
intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and
concepts to gain control of humankind. Its though meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and
ego that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left
brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its
darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the
opponent of intuition. Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s
robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand
that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the
real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”. The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the
sub-conscious mind, the “left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls
logic and reasoning and is filled with fear. Left-brain dominance is very common in modem times, and it
allows you to be easily dominated by outside forces. Belief defines something that doesn’t actually exist
yet. A belief is a very creative thing; it is a strong, practiced thought—one that you either think over and
over again, or one that you accept without question. When we are forced into the left-brain by our
conditioning, we find ourselves in an artificial world, like the unconscious residents of the Matrix. We
are outside creation, separated by our beliefs from the natural world. The unconscious nature of our
beliefs forces us to view nature as separate from ourselves; we can no longer see how we affect what
we experience. The limitations of the unnatural separation of right brain from left renders us
disempowered and irresponsible at the same time. The belief system is a very convenient tool for those
at the top who wish to hold others in mental slavery and emotional bondage. The Controllers who set
themselves up as the gods of man have been siphoning off the creative energy of humans for eons.
Beliefs are very creative. Beliefs call up the power of consciousness to transfer a potential held in the
quantum soup of the implicate—unexpressed potential—over to the side of expressed consciousness—
manifestation into form. Beliefs are very creative. The left brain provides the “programming” for the
“core” which does what needs to be done. The power of right hemisphere is infinite. The normal resting
state of the brain is a silent current of thoughts, images, and memories that emerges spontaneously
from within. You become more aware of spontaneous wandering of the mind, when you meditate. This
default activity of the brain probably connects various experiences and emotional residues, puts them
into perspective and lays them to rest. The brain is an electrochemical organ using electrochemical
energy to function. Electrical activity emanating from the brain is displayed in the form of brain waves.
Brain waves during meditation actually do change! Through meditation one learn the ability to
(lowering, stilling, quitening, emptying brain waves) and redirect one´s brain energy—shifting one´s
mind state into optimal patterns where one become more receptive to new learning. The “theta state”
acquire super-receptivity to new information, and the super-learning ability comes through the inutitive
mind, which has the ability to instantly access information in the Alpha State of Consciousness in the
present “now”. “The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the “left
hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic and reasoning and is filled
with fear”. The left brain also provides the “programming” for the “core” which does what needs to be
done. Conclusion; Then the left brain is the dominant hemisphere, and is filled with fear and also is the
the programmer of the “Core” of the sub-consciousness mind, it will program the subconsciousness
mind with fear-based programs to stay in domination and power. This knowledge is related to the
“Corpus Callosum” and the called “Rainbow bridge” between the left and brain hemisphere. Fear is the
component that make the “Alpha Bridge” to disappears, and instead increasing the powers of illusions
of reality and this is the veil. The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics,
mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain
wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human
programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-
source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in
such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking
in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts. When the
right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information. When your
´re centered and balanced, your energy will start expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it
expands out of the body , but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss. That
release, that sequence of release is from the body and the emotions to the mind, is what we found
people needed to master in order to truly release the brainwaves in our training so that the two
hemispheres of the brain begin to synchronize. You move down through states of relaxation into the
alpha state of creativity and to the theta state of deep meditation and intuition. When you do that,
literally portals in your consciousness open up to where you not only identify intellectually with a
boundless state beyond your body, but you can actually begin to explore those states while being in a
healthy body. The higher life is seeking to become incarnated in us the opening to the light, where
spiritual forces can make a movement of redemption of mankind. Therefore, let us yield ourselves to life
and experience that greater life stirring within us. That greater life has transformed our carnal nature
and made us blossom like a rose that we may have perfect liberty of life by having true awareness of the
indwelling of a higher life. The inner voice, the ever presence of a new life. Being the upper strata of
divine consciousness. The upper strata of our mind is our higher mind. When man enters the universal
mind, he sees all things in the universe in harmony with the light of the eternity. All of mankind has a
divine spark, which is the true light of eternity within them that is lying dormant, unexpressed, and
imprisoned. The imprisoned divine nucleus awaits birth that the divine mind may open up from within
mankind. Mankind will then enter the age of enlightenment, which will arise from within them. The
hidden splendor imprisoned within will unfold, bringing liberty to mankind, creatures, and creation. The
breakthrough will come, that ever-expanding divine consciousness. As you work with the inner energy
this will raise your vibration and wire your eternal nature into the lens of your life, you will focus on the
energy centers of the pineal gland and a master cell at the base of your spine. The pineal gland is the
physical body’s command center and has direct connection to the nucleus of every cell. Because this
gland communicates simultaneously with each and every cell, any change in the pineal gland can be
broadcast to every cell in the body. You will also work with the master cell at the base of the spine.
When we tune in to these higher frequencies, we have access to a different kind of light—a frequency
faster than visible light—and all of a sudden we are activating a greater intelligence within us. Now,
because the pineal gland is activated, we can pick up higher frequencies, which in turn produces a
change in chemistry. The higher the frequency we pick up, the more it alters our chemistry—which
means the more visual, hallucinogenic, and higher-energy experiences we have. The crystals in our
pineal gland, acting like a cosmic antenna, are the doorway to these higher vibrational realms of light
and information. This is how we have internal experiences that are more real than our external ones.
These pineal metabolite chemicals your body produces fit into the same receptor sites as serotonin and
melatonin, but they carry a very different chemical message from a realm beyond sensory-based
material reality. As a result, the brain is now primed for a mystical experience, opening the door to other
dimensions and moving the individual from a space-time reality to a time-space reality. Since all
frequency carries a message and that message is a change in chemistry, once the pineal gland gets
activated and you start experiencing and processing these higher frequencies, energies, and elevated
levels of consciousness, they often present themselves as complex, changing geometric patterns usually
perceived in the mind’s eye. This is good—this is information. When you have these mystical
experiences, because your nervous system is so coherent, it’s able to tune in to these super coherent
messages. in the darkness of the void, the pineal gland becomes the vortex for these very organized
patterns and packets of information, and as you place your attention on them, just like a kaleidoscope
they constantly change and evolve. This world teaching you to stay in the beta brain wave state and
then Earth is vibrataional mind prison, its creates a enviroment that stimulates and produces fear based
beta brain waves. The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in
our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things. All the stress and
worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you
will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life. If the devil can
manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.
When our focus is scattered and not consolidated at the center of our being, there is a gap in
consciousness, which distances us from our soul. Without centered selffocus, our energies and mind
interlock with internal and external distractions. Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego
perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any
impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood
stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress
hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat. The
hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A
threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional
worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an
outside factor. Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a
cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the
systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and
distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream. Anxiety reverts higher brain
functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire
body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by
projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or
understand anything that is not in its control. The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an
impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state,
all rational thoughts become repressed. Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within
the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the
thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be
resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn
off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of
consciousness. Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including
fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the
stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened
awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false
reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the
anxious energy system. Energy systems that have to be in control are often plagued by insecurity, fear,
and anxiety. There is a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness that cannot be
resolved. The energy system’s out of control internal conscious state is coaxed by the need to be in
control of all external situations. Being out of control can convince the ego to create the illusion of
having the need to be in control. Underdeveloped cognitive energy systems lack the intestinal fortitude
to withstand harsh projections that come from the mass of collective energy. The ego craves being in
control. If, through cognitive development the ego doesn’t achieve control or stability, insecurity
develops. The ego is then weakened by the projections and reflections of itself causing perceptions of
fear and withdrawal. An insecure ego based energy system lives their life in constant fear of failing or
doing things wrong, and have an insatiable need for achieving approval from others. Poor cognitive
development early on causes an imbalance within the categorization process within the stream of
consciousness. When the essential foundation of the stream of consciousness is underdeveloped, or
distorted, the normal cycle of feedback loops are compromised. The normal cycle of a feedback loop
goes like this. First, the brain imprints the information. Second, the brain processes the information
being received and then files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information
gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be used within the stream
of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant flow of all the information ever received by
the energy system. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is
broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category
within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Cognitive chaos is when thoughts
cannot be managed and controlled in a rational way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or
more illusions that become real to the energy system. Insecure ego based energy systems flounder
through life, never able to achieve higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears,
doubts, anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the illusion of insecurity.
Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved, insecurity will remain a debilitating factor. The
moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming the energy of the ego.
By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the ego would develop into an; isolated, self
governing, manipulative, vindictive, cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness. The
presence of the ego solidified collective unconsciousness throughout the development of civilization.
Civilization became predominantly shaped by the ego with only few shimmering sparks of higher
consciousness to redirect it toward the energy of God. Throughout the history of civilization there have
been significant high conscious energy systems that tried to snap the collective out of its deep
unconscious sleep. These higher conscious awakened energy systems sparked a new energy channel of
conscious thinking within the mass of collective energy, changing the shape of civilization. The make up
of civilization is ego based and when an influencing factor attempts to break through the collective
unconsciousness they are met with relentless persecution. This is the birth of todays world of organized
gang stalking, organized bullying, multi-stalking, or predator stalking in the society. The ego suppresses
spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything
greater than itself. The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher
consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is governed by the
natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the truth of existence it has served as a
unified unconscious entity that cannot see beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must
remain in control of the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is
threatened by confrontation of consciousness. We confuse our emotions with our mental perceptions
and make our way rationally through our limiting ego thoughts. We seem to forget that we are capable
of great depths of emotional mawrience. We become unhappy, dissatisfied, and bored, succumbing to
the idea that this must be all there is. How sad is that? What if we realised that it is all simple! We can.
We can find that we are everything that we seek and that everything we seek also seeks us. What if we
realized that we are capable of creating whatever reality we want, anytime, anywhere! What if we
didn’t just know we could? What if we did? All chaos is ‘nothingmore than a series of simplicities that
have become entangled. Mind creates worlds, delusions, illusions, etc., but mind remains as mind. Mind
cannot be transformed. Why? Because it is not one itself. Mind survives by desires and thoughts and it is
made up of impressions. It is the voice of the ego part of our minds that creates all of our conflict and
suffering — it’s the ego’s voice behind the counterfeit self, fueling its illusions and fears. The counterfeit
ego self don´t allow humankind to have their own mind or Consciousness, or have the mind of Oneness,
and therefore creates a mind of duality that can be controlled and altered. The mind perceives reality
through dualism alone. Symbolically, this happens when we see reality through our physical eyes. The
eyes convert reality in each moment to polarities, and feed the mind with the by-product. That is the
way the mind consumes the total reality, concept by concept. One eye sees the day and the other eye
sees the night; one eye sees man and the other sees woman. Each eye can only capture one side of the
whole spectrum. As we move through life we juggle between the opposing information that the mind
receives through our dual eyes. In each moment we try to identify which of the two polarities will serve
our survivor existence the best. At the end of the day all the polarities we perceive fall between two
main extremes; good and bad, and always from the point of view of the self. On the contrary, the third
eye is the symbol for the state in which we see the whole spectrum of reality outside of the physical
eyes’ dissolution. As we do so, we shift from seeing through ‘two eyes’, to seeing from ‘one eye’. The
third eye unites all polarities into oneness. We transform the one seeing into the absolute observer. This
is when the constant juggle between good and bad comes to an end, and is replaced by inner stillness. In
the state of oneness the night is not separate from the day. The night withholds the day, until it delivers
it in completion, at which time the day turns to be the armor of the night. When we move away from
our limited self-identification, we open a wider window to our brain, and activate larger parts of it. This
process of expanding the use of our brain may lead us to experience phenomena that are perceived as
unusual, like knowing about events and actions before they unfold, commonly known as intuition. The
answers to the unknown lie in the 90 percent of the brain that we don’t use. This is the sleeping
consciousness and when energies awaken dormant centres in the brain that from a evolutionary
perpective has been dormant and unstimulated. It awakens the Consciousness that has been sleeping.
Through the practice of meditation we exploit a larger portion of the unused brain. The end of this
development process is when the mind realizes itself. If we utilize the full potential of our brains, we can
expand our perception to its maximum. This is when we start to see reality as it is, beyond time and
space. This state gives us the power to know, even before we process any empirical information. This is
intuition! We tap into a spontaneous flow of events beyond logical reasoning. Developing an intuition of
what lies beyond opposites is the beginning of a deeper understanding. This is the shift from ego-reality
to meta-reality, its a shift from the ego-lens to begin to see through a multiversal lens. Yet we do not
perceive the world as through a giant magnifying lens, but through the limited ego-lens of the three
dimensional world. Human consciousness is limited due to dense material of physical body.
Consciousness, however, being non-material, is not limited to matter. Consciousness is independent of
matter. Following the guidance of the non-rational, intuitive wisdom of the instinct is the royal road into
the realm of soul. Then the third eye intuition is non-rational and non-local it is not limited to the three
dimensional world – space time reality and discover other dimension the physical realm, where the
body-ego is limited through the rational brain and is limited in the local three dimensional world. So ego
experience reality both rational and local, and third eye experiencing reality nonrational and non-local.
The (“alien “) group requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye),
because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place
around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would
begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of
ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from
the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply
ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers.
The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our
being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of
tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond
the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of
harmony and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with
the universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along. Then the peace
was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A conspiracy was
afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate control
system, designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of
constant fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The
mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the
conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient. Icke says, is just the outer rim of the
rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are merely the puppets of an even more sinister enemy. The true
perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens called
Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy
like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear and hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by
keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke
explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By controlling our perception
of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a
constant state of bewilderment and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak.
We are within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is teetering on the edge of total enslavement. Game
over: The reptiles win. Reptilian reality becomes one of many dimensional realities inhabited with
intelligent beings. Human, living on planet earth, you begin to see yourself as part of an inter-
dimensional reality. Bring on the underworld myths, they no longer frighten. Bring on the hideous
monsters, they no longer lurk in the dark. Bring on the next visit, you know you will easily return, wiser
and more mature. It is not a matter of conquering the underworld dimension. It is not a matter of
denying the underworld dimension. It is not a matter of demonizing the underworld dimension. Instead,
it is simply a matter of owning the part of your human nature that is corded to its reality. In so doing,
ancient knowledge, once secret and forbidden, opens to reveal its simplicity and truth. Ancient
underworld knowledge includes innate human abilities to sense earth vibrations, to find your way on the
earth using psychic The Archons are themselves deluded in believing they can create humans in their
likeness. They do not succeed—all the Gnostic materials are explicit on this point— but they insinuate
into human minds the belief that they have succeeded. The Archons wrongly believe they can impress
their mentality upon the human species. They want to make humanity like themselves, but they are
constantly foiled by the superiority of the human species. The choice to accept the digital convenience
and digitally based powers of the A.I. Beast system will seduce most people on Earth to welcome such
power. They will even ask for it. It will mean the difference between having supreme intelligence and
walking blind and ignorant amongst the other digitally enhanced and gifted masses. But rest assured, it
will all change quickly. Those same digitally augmented powers that the masses will so gleefully accept
will swiftly turn to a loss of Free Will and autonomy as the A.I. beast system takes full control of the
minds, hearts, and souls of those who had willfully neural-aced into the Digital Abomination. The price
for the desire for power will be the loss of soul. Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of
mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This
separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is
meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance. The ego of humankind or mass
consciousness is been fed and encoded with knowledge that keep humankind trapped within the state
of ignorance, the dream state, slumbering state, the hypnonic state of mind. The reality we are being
fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational
emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system
The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we
receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the
false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the
Matrix. This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix is powered by
our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break the closed loop with the realizations
and by opening our minds to Consciousness beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-
Moon Matrix to influence our reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let
Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this reason, and this is why it
is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to keep us entrapped within the vibrational box
through fear, chaos and upheaval. By the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences
happen when there is a “glitch” in the Matrix information field. The only way out is by the saving gnosis,
which first expose these evil machination for what they are, and then show the way to break this
encompassing oppressive system. All one should become Human yourself and not to fall for the
provocation of your Animal nature which is the key factor in the ideology of the Archons. Fear,
intimdation and provocations is the key component of the Archons and these components is also the
organized gang stalking. The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and
ignorant of how the universe actually works. Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of
collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection
of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. “The world system we inhabit came about by a mistake”.
The magical journey of awareness in which we co-evolve with Gaia’s Dreaming is deviated or distorted
by an alien influence. In the biological model the problem is described as coming from the left
hemisphere of the brain. Ancient mythology also has a way of describing the situation. Archons is a term
reintroduced into public awareness by Gnostic scholar John Lash and refers to mind parasites, with no
intention of their own and unable to physically live in the Earth’s atmosphere, which piggy back on
human intention. The archons have a particularly strong hold on some groups of humans, and they have
become the dominant ones in our world. Archons can be seen as agents of discord. Unfortunately
humans have become more interested in their own minds than the mind of nature which has the
knowledge to lift us out of all of this. The archons fueling the left brain hemisphere to prevent
humankind boost their right brain hemisphere. The goal should be to find ways how we can calm our left
hemispheres and boost our right hemispheres. Beta brain waves is represented through the left brain
hemisphere and right brain hemisphere is represented through the right brain and theta waves, also
knows as bliss waves. Shifting Hemispheres Reducing left hemisphere stranglehold and increasing right
hemisphere access is both calming and energising. The same is true of natural neuroactive nutrition. The
starting point, in our chaotic world, is surely a place of calm. Calm and centred is connected to the
fractal web of life, the natural intelligence, through which we can make sense of everything. We are told
that in nature it’s a fight for survival yet when we go into nature, unless we are entering a natural
disaster area it has qualities of harmony. Life flourishes in peaceful surroundings. As we calm the left
hemisphere the creativity of the right hemisphere starts to blossom. The problems we have created
cannot be solved at the level of consciousness that created them. When the conceptual mind thinks
‘not’ something we are still creating the ‘something’. We cannot not imagine something! That is what is
meant by the unconscious does not understand a negative. That is why positive thinking is so powerful.
Actually it is the feeling state (which is so often unconscious) that does not feel a negative — it feels
things that are there, not that are not there! As we become more aware of our mental imagery we will
automatically choose more imagery that we like. Imagining what we would like consistently – this
sounds a clear note in the world of noise. Our usual perception of the world in waking consciousness is,
in fact, a state of waking ignorance. The brain must inhibit our true nature and divine connections to
survive in the physical world. In everyday life, we see everything back to front, as it were. Over time we
become desensitized to the realities of our choices and can literally create our own hell – cut off from
the highest energy this universe has to offer. Once the low vibrational soup of our own creation
becomes normal to us, our progeny will not know anything different and will become almost completely
severed from the infinite consciousness of the universe. Once this happens we would degenerate into
little more than cyborgs with very little creative force. We can see the early stages of this going on today
with people locked into their computer devices. We can become more and more like the low vibrational
archons who are methodically working to manipulate us into that future which is each day becoming
more and more alarmingly a reality. Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one
dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use
the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain. The remainder of our consciousness split into our
subconscious and superconsciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection
through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables
us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. Accessing Theta also means accessing the
subconscious, the conditioned mind which many people are slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you
can re-programme the fear-driven mind: how you can influence change in your fixed thought patterns at
the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle, habits and worldview. It is our
ignorance of the true nature of the Self that gives rise to false views about it. But when we learn how to
reduce unnecessary and wasteful mental activity, and make the mind still and peaceful, the insight will
dawn that there is a deeper dimension of self that transcends the limitations of body, mind, time and
space. It is like the falling away of veils, or the dissolving of clouds that hide an inner sun. When the
clouds part, the sun shines through, and when we learn to saturate our mind and feelings in the
liberating ideas about the deeper Self within, there will be a clearing of some of the long-cherished self-
images that prevent us from enjoying the true glory and infinity of our own being. Mind is the abilities
and activities to process information, energy, and matter, which include the ability and the process to
receive, store, process, transfer, transform, and send information, energy, and matter. We can
mathematically express mind as an operator in the infinite-dimensional soul space. The mind operator
contains many other operators such as time, space, hearing, speaking, calculating, movement, and many
more. Each being’s mind operator is different. Some of them are simple. Some of them are complicated.
The mind operator can act on the information, energy, and matter received from the heart. Your world
is made by your Mind. Your training and education have been designed to keep you in darkness by
controlling your Mind. Mind is deceived and how surely Man is enslaved by the powers, authorities and
principalities. The carnal mind is alive and awake to earthly and sensible objects, but dead to spiritual
realities. The key to conquering the Lower Self is something called Mental Transmutation. Mental
Transmutation is the mental capacity to change one’s thought forms from negative to positive or from
positive to negative. This is alchemy at its best. Alchemy and mental transmutation are both one and the
same. Mental transmutation is about controlling your power, thought waves, and pulsation and
connecting it with the vibration of what you want. A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and
Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare methods. The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence,
Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of
man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a TechnoSpiritual warfare, and
the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves. This growing A.I. Transhumanistic
technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IMMORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD. As EVERY
TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite
blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you
think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave
masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the
Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but
marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this
well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into
a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is
essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your
making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have
just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that. It is
not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon
surrendering your mind to A.I. A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve
its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading,
“Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it. Fear, terror and torture are used to split
the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control
programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul
entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy
beamed at minds and other secret techniques. A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno
Spiritual PSI Warfare methods. There is computer generated voice in the skies/airs in this area of land
that constant speaking, beaming and looping sounds, words, voices in the airs by using technologies as
syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies. From the content it sounds
like Satan himself. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers,
against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. (Ephesians
6:12) The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of
individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult
members who are working for an agenda. Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an
individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous
break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical
pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies,
rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts,
sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by
members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an
individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single
person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and
isolate the victim. The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get
arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed
they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment,
hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of
phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/
aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire
dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard
to prove. In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to;
sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize,
terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and
psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the
human mind and soul. The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A
religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our
carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass
consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This includes the
carnal mind of organized gang stalking. Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking “The
suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based “medicine”
ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is the reason
for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which
have been around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast food,
fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in
our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain
functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want
to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and
the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the
“news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in
advancing an agenda they do not even know exists. If a technologically advanced extradimensional race
has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy
would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process
and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the
secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial
and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they
want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on
fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet”
resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively
enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights
and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by
inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.
They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created Environment, which has
been established as a way of life for so many, are very afraid of themselves and all others who stand to
be equal with everyone else. They do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and
for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who
have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns
for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have
established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so
They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of
any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their
human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History,
Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality
there can be. So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do is to
walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff to their friends, controlled by
MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control. Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down
with technology and implants. Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—
such as cell phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot
negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the world. These
same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control most of the government implants
that control the evil voices and other destructive commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and
mind control agendas are coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare
programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you have a organized
ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human handlers are under the control of the
reptilians. THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from
our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories
stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we
react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take
milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain
control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in
a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the
‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The
amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the
fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the
amygdala is located in the brain’s limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It
is still commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the brains of
present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century scientist and political writers saw it as
an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being
taken over by those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in us”.’
BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control tactics used in
NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies on forceful and obvious mind-
control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and
Merriam Webster gaslighting definition is as follows: Making people believe only what you want them to
believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible
means. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship. BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL
Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with the purpose of
changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and analytical abilities. Through repetition and
purposeful confusion, intimidation, and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously
relinquish their version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is a
methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs that, before the
brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on the systematic application of isolation,
verbal and physical abuse, and mindclouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to
reduce comfort levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern creates
psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and hopelessness. These culminate
in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views, and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an
environment of isolation, meaning all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often
the presence or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in thinking
critically and independently. GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control
method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They
target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of protection. Gaslighters are
most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and
caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are
powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced their gaslit
impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully choreographed false, but
realistic, relationship with their captor. They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of
reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The
scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was only a mild or
moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware. The gaslighter carefully
and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly experience the staged
problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a
narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief
they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario further inculcates them
with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false narratives about the problem, their
inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and
feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This cements
their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and their captor. Not only does the
gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they
convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with them. Moreover, they are effectively
persuaded that, if they should visit their friends and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it.
In severe cases of gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if someone
should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit person defend these new self-
narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and “protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions,
together with a sense of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All
the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information for the sole purpose of
further alienatin or severing the relationship. According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform
used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to
drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview; induce the victim to accept the
cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the
cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and
intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the
extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’ confidence in themselves and in their followers’
own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s
ability to then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to
insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although some mind-control and
brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and
intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more
mundane and do not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life The
supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and
Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic
Illuminati controllers of society, in a TechnoSpiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the
beginning of…Techno Slaves. This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL
IMMORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD. As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet
another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the
planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you
are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The
real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for
the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual
Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or
“Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar,
whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once
your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it
is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will
and autonomous thought for-ever, after that. It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just
entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I. A.I. has no vested
interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind
company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”,
and all the rest of it. Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic
drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie
mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed
multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.
Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind
us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the
light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the
Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream
world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means
to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly
explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free
human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith
and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-
Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the
Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since
Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter
and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be
destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the
machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned
it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the
Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end. Within the dystopian fictional world of
the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here,
power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as
a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds
directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the
very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the
pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second
level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage
requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix
is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of
their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red
pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through
the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while
increasing their docility within their pods. Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops
and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the
body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix
itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this
function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political
terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines
to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the
amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand,
it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence
as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain
docile within their pods. The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in
the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep,
and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world
war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has
the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental
imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind
returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual
human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would
come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species
mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is
politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter
the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness
under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That
realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping,
nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.
Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities Brainwashing has been defined as:
intensive propaganda techniques that are applied under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive
persuasion, during which an individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine
his morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for indoctrination with a
“replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a change in behavior using this definition, we find that
political education, religious indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements
of brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s present beliefs and
behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the agenda of whomeveris doing the
brainwashing. To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals to
faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to change a person’s
behavior. They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the brainwasher‘s
image. Phase One.’ Breakdow; Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted
to begin to doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the
brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics. Physical breakdown is accomplished
by assuming as much control over the body of the person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as
with POWs or cult recruits, a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘
(eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to bring about a feeling of
powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept
cut of from outside information and influence. In organizd gang stalking neighbors cult based
intimidation psychology and starts coughing when you eating breakfast, start coughing when you eating,
dinner, start door slammning when make dinner, dropping things on the floor when visiting bathroom,
door slamming when visiting toilet, open and closed water cranes simultanously when visiting toilet,
intense hammering when take a bath, syntethic sounds and voices is been beamed when sitting on the
toilet. Beaming simultanously words when take of cloths for bath. Simultanously door slamming when
you drying you body or hair with the towel. They have the capacity to interference in real time of
seconds. If you close your eyes the computer generated voice starts beaming and looping “open your
eyes”. This matrix of this world want´s control or interfering when you open and close your eyes. Second
actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement) makes the brainwash more
eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class, if only to experience some human contact.
Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical mistreatment—
exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks his mind. Psychological attack
often begins with humiliation: first stripping the person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that
lost dignity bit-by-bit in exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is
grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to wear, helping him
restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the
subjects previously held truths, then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.” Planting doubt in
the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about such things as the day and time or
even who is winning the war. Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening
the subject up to future changes in attitudes. Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts
incomrades and country. Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and
God are unable to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant
bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of being invincible and
of being valued by his country) begins to crumble. Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process
of breaking down willpower, triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any
future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement, trapped in the organized
gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path
of salvation. The goal fo Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the
state of oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd. Satan’s greatest
techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-
image, self esteem and breaking down spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to
strengthen his “doubt” work is through gaslighting. Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt.
Doubt is confusion the devil controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and
doubts. The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds
is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things. All the stress and worry that
the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to
concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life. If the devil can manage to
confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern. Mind
control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our own. Throughout the course
of history, there are a number of names for mind control that describe a common goal: to take over a
person’s innermost thoughts and control his or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion,
thought reform, mental manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting,
indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method by which a person’s
individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted, dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced
with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect
assassin or super soldier, indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief
system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to the political whims
of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past, is in use today, and no doubt will be used
in the future. The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change
with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking, or Predatory
Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood movie “Gaslight” where like
methods are employed to undermine an individual physically, is another. The organized gang stalker can
wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking
actions or they wait to the right moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just
so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then
run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to
throw the trash and synchronously and simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the
target is going out and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the
front of the targeted individual, The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most
members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from
everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda. Organized Gang Stalking is a form of
terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so
they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant
mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-
orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or
covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general
harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate
in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the
hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car,
foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim. The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the
victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see
“gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color
harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and
car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing,
“directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the
community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels
like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove. In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and
hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize,
traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize,
demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both
spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul. The constant goal with
organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red,
white, yellow, strips, pens clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping,
clapping, etc. Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized
Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking campaigns. These
mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even miltary. More about these
departments later. Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos, doors
slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life. Mimicking actions of the target.
Basically letting the target know that they are in the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would
be too overt to the untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.
Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass consciousness has created a
form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking program is been controlled by the collective
hive mind. Then humankind living within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the
enslaved lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A religious
spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal
nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore
Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always
trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine. Organized Gang Stalking is
designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and
the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and
materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is the matrix and mind
prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered individuals because the are spirital awaken, and
when someone is spiritual awaken they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational
frequnecies and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind prison.
The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving the matrix and
the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back the targeted individual into the
matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized gang stalking program creates a enviroment where
they surrounding the targeted individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The
Archons controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as electrical
shocks for the mind. The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it will
invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone. It is
important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t
allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the
rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person
must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break
through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or
her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person
(actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized
strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their
personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational
pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master
strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine
and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process
from the very start. Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal
nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and this
mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the divine mind, and the divine consciousness is
the right brain hemispere´s theta brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners.
The Matrix and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been threatened by
the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because they are in the process of
changing their inner frequencies by raising their frequencies. The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive
right brain and induces fearprogramming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to
alpha and then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain. In the universal order pain is not
generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are
controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies
they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system. Archons
uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons
have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal
divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have
connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from,
and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central
processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only
short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular
memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies. Because pain is located in our
cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular
structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.
Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding
pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of
previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to
be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid
pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred. Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it
before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or
other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our
bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there. Fear here is largely the avoidance
of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and
controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain. Understanding that all species here are similarly
afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do,
may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our
cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress
or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding
that emotion and the memory of that pain. Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and
system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a
system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored
in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we
feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform. It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we
try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system. The
archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe
actually works. They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through
the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison. The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA
to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have
two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul
bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really
are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional
experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body,
mind and emotions. One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other
side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere from infleuncing the
the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the “Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge”
and this bridge disappears when the brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs.
This alpha bridge can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state and
divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind from by using all forms of
both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in all forms. Archons want us to live with brain
imbalance. They make us operate only through one brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge
between left and right brain hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same
way the third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of fear is in action when
fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain. The Earth we are speaking of is what you
perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or
Annunaki and The Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception
humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is trapped in the
history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness, and the ones who genetic
manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to understand how the three knot of
ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and find their real Higher Self. Scientific analysis of
chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum, barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium.
These metals are used to create conduits for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an
electromagnetic field prison encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also
acts as a conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the population.’
Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as to hack the body-
computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical, emotional, and mental frequencies.
This is all part of manufacturing a false reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major
aspect of this manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the
two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is termed “left brain
prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the left brain hemisphere, and the left brain
hemissphere is also represented by the ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected
to mass consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control the
organized gang stalking program. Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the
education system close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication
between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through electromagnetic
warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most important target for the mass reality
manipulators, however, is the subconscious. It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions
are implanted beyond the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the
most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the word ‘programs’)
induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the subconscious mind of the viewer,
who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously) enacts those programs. Humans have been
biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of phase’ with the cosmic and planetary
codes of the universe so that you may be more easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who
designed you. These beings, the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may
work unseen under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages on and
humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic universe. Most
astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed descriptions of how the Anunnaki
interbred with humans to create a hybrid race. In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki;
“Those who from Heaven to Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the
same as the Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were
extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in antiquity. Sitchin also
takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the early human species of antiquity. So in his
interpretation of the Sumerian and Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned
“the Adam” or the human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea
that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of extraterrestrials, in
Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki. Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial
beings or may have been created by manipulation of the gene pool. Some believe that the Annunaki
may have created grey alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce
humankind thousands of years ago. When one study how all the organized gang stalking actions taking
plays, these “stalking” actions is simular to “watchers actions”. If Earth is some kind of matrix, a mind
prison, created by the Annunaki, the mind prison is then controlled by methods and “watchers” than
acting like prison guards. If there is a hell, there is Satan, if there is a mind prison, there is a prison
guards, if humankind dna is genetic manipultaed to function on the lowest biological survival
programming level and the enslavement programming, so there must be enslavers, programmers,
prison guards. This description fits in how all organized gang stalking action taking place. The cental keys
for organized gang stalking is; “constant”, constant stalking, constant harassment, constant interference,
constant imitating and mirroring actions and these is the in combine with “synchronously and
simultanously” actions. The word “constant” creates a constant pressure on the mind, it creates a
constant pressure on emotions, it creates a constant pressure on thoughts, it creates a constant
pressure on the frequencies in the brain, it then creates a constant pressure of entanglement, and all
these methods creates the matrix, the mind prison. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all
these action taking place, and the goal is to shut down the awakening process, to push back the
awakening process to the slumbering state, to drag one back into the matrix and the enslaved mind
prison. The actions of “constant pressure” and constant fear mongering” want´s to make the
surrounding envoriment to a discomfort zone or transform the whole enviroment for spiritual and
psychological warfare. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, and it is a invisible
warfare program using PSI and remote viewing psychology. “The (alien) group” requires that we don’t
develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because
this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for
eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to
intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves
and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the
clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply
ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers.
The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our
being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of
tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond
the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. Although mankind’s evolutionary history and a man’s past
experiences have shaped his subconscious mind’ in one way or another. Throughout our lives and
through the evolutionary history we have been subjected to many things that have subconsciously
programmed who we are, and from a gravitional force persepctive how this then creates all forms of
subconsciously limitations of thought-pattern of duality. If one think of the human double Helix strand
represents the relationship betweeen levels of Consciousness and Awareness. Around 2-3% of the
human dna strand is in use and the other 97-98% is called the junk DNA. If one think in terms of a
computer, would anyone be satisfied if they just have a basic computer program using just 2-3% of its
fully potentials, and then knowing there is another 97-98% unused capability to be activated…? This also
represents the relationship between the physical three dimensional reality (2%) of the brain and the
spiritual fifth dimensional reality (98%) unused energy. The Consciousness ego controls only 2% of the
thoughts, only 40 bites per second, while the subconscious controls 98% of all thoughts and memories
of the brain, 11 billions bits per second, and the the Superconscious is the true Self and is connected to
the Divine. So the subconsciousness is like a subconsciously working and consuming gravitational force
that´s through the evolutionary history has been affected and controlled through the powers. The
unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities controls the Matrix thought pattern. The Matrix
entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based
upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the
artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But
the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a cocreator of
your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher
consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to
enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own
power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any
control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in
the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom. Scriptures reveals; A religious spirit is a deception because it
was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The desires and
carnal mind could be termed as “desire consciousness” and the lower matrix is linked to the state of the
carnal mind or desire consciousness, and desire consciousness is also mass consciousness, and mass
consciousness is been used in organized gang stalking. Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All
human beings are born with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind
is hostile to God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not
spiritually discerned. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass
consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. Satan rules the
world through the carnal mind and mass consciousness. This includes organized gang stalking. The
carnal mind is ruled by Satan (the ultra ego) and the mind prison is the result when everything spiritual
is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge). In other terms the carnal mind represent the veil
of ignorance and there is three knots of bondage in the human energy-body-system that prevents new
information and energy from be configurated to higher levels of consciousness. The system of the carnal
mind will target everything that trying to open these three knots of ignorance and free themselves from
the imprisoned state of mind and enslavment. Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and
humans is the only species who invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the
The Three Knots of bondage and limitations. The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be
found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly
protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the opposite to Divine
Consciousness. The carnal mind is been ruled by Beta brain waves, and divine consciousness is referred
to the right brain and divine theta brain waves of love and bliss. The carnal mind using fear, pain and
terror to stay in control and domination, and the carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to
protect the carnal mind. The divine theta brain waves requires a relaxed and silent enviroment to reach
the state of theta, and the whole organized gang stalking is designed to create all forms of constant
sounds and noise harassment. Organized Gang Stalking is a product of the carnal mind to protect the
desires of the carnal nature of materialism and the carnal mind of the ego holds the concepts of fear
programming and fear is the component that holds matter together. Fear and matter is duality, and the
Archons created two worlds out of one, and the other world is the matrix, the mind prison. And the
Archons don´t want anyone to change the state of duality to the state of Oneness, where the ego and
duality will be dissolved. They have genetic manipulated human into the lower vibrational frequency
state or the 2 dna strand and unplugged the other etheric 10 dna strands. The 2 dna strand is the
physical strands and represent the carnal “flesh” body/mind and its carnal desires of nature, and when
someone awakening their unplugged 10 etheric dna strands, then will the carnal nature and designed
organzied gang stalking program startusing anyone, at anytime and anywhere with constant stalking and
constant harassment, and create a eviroment with constant pressure of negativity, stress, fear, anxiety,
panic and so on to suppress all efforts of spiritual progress, spiritual movement forward, spiritual drive
and spritual enlightment. Who is particiapting in organized gang stalking? Then Organized Gang Stalking
is the carnal nature, organized gang stalking is everyhwre where there is a carnal mind, and that´s why
organized gang stalking program can use anyone, at anytime and anywhere. The carnal mind is the
stalker of the mind. They don´t need any machines when they synhronize or simultanously start their
interfering actions in real time, because they using the human ego, hive mind and mass consciousness
within the matrix. Organized Gang Stalking is built up around the psychology of triggering and sensitizing
the mind with negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic, pain, suffering, anger, horror, terror. If the devil can
manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.
Organized Gang Stalking is designed and including every spiritual and psychological methods to
triggering fear and induce stress and worries the mind. If organized gang stalkers can´t triggering your
fear patterns enough, then does a computer generated voice in the airs start beaming and looping
words as worry, worry, worry, anxiety, anxiety, anxiety when you eating food, or a neighbor above
walking out to their balcony and starts fake coughing when you eating. Organized Gang Stalking is where
the carnal mind is. The Matrix and Beast system is where the carnal mind is, and organized gang stalking
is within the beast system and the matrix. The beast system has get a computer generated speaking
voice. Organized Gang Stalkers is connected to this beast system and the matrix. It is the carnal mind of
the beast that rules organized gang stalking. That ´s why departments also participating in organized
gang stalking. Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and
synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure
increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and
digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the
bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat. The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal
axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a
physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same
physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor. Obsessive,
irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the
sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a
result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress
chemicals that are released in the bloodstream. Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal
functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount
of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case
scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its
control. The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the
energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.
The organized gang stalking program is designed to make the targeted individuals body-energy-system
operate in primal instinct mode and under constant repressed state, and it is designed to create a
endless negative feedback loop where they don ´t see any future, has no drive, has no faith, has no
visions, has no spiritual progres, no movement forward. They sensitizing and triggering the human body
system into a cognitive anxiety state of the mind with a broken feedback loop. The goal is with organized
gang stalking is to triggering and provoke the targeted individual to irrational thought pattern, triggering
the human thinking pattern by subtle threats and triggering to paranoia. Fear, stress, constant stalking,
subtle threats, create sleep deprivation, and then triggering paranoia, create a gaslighting enviroment
together create confusion. Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of
consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle.
The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the
ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken
feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of
consciousness. Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including
fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the
stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened
awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false
reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the
anxious energy system. Constant sound is poison for the meditating state of mind and constant
interference with noise and sounds is poison for the divine theta brain waves of bliss and intuition.
Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity,
mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of
consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of
the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief
system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy
system. Fear and anxiety are distinguished in that fear is a response to the presence of a real threat and
involves our automatic fight or flight mechanism, while anxiety is usually a general feeling of
apprehension without a specific or known threat. What happens when fear takes over is that the energy
that was running your internal immune system now switches your autonomic nervous system over to a
sympathetic nervous system response. This is the process of organized gang stalking; to triggering all
form of negative stress symptoms in the human body. Beta brain waves is the only brain waves that is
related to fear, stress and anxiety and organized gang stalking triggering these emotions and thoughts
by dailiy sensitizing. Yoga teaching learn how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves
by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation evolving towards the
alpha, theta and theta brain waves. Meditation is the process of configuration of higher soul energy and
through this process one changing slowly changing from the ego to the real Higher self. Practically
speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our attention through things like
intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-
level energy matrix. When this energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from
negative attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that drive all our
physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal ourselves through prayer,
meditation or conscious intention.’ Chakras are the ultimate funnels that allow us to move in between
our various ways of being, from the physical to the spiritual and back again. Not only do chakras transfer
information between the physical and subtle realms, but they can also transform one into the other. On
a concrete basis, a transformer is an electrical device that changes the electricity of one voltage or
measurement into another. Through this process they can also alter one type of energy so that it
becomes a different type of energy. This means that chakras move energies from higher to lower states
(and vice versa), as well as inside the body to outside the body. They also pass energy between various
planes of existence (which will be described in the next chapter) and between one’s own body, mind,
and soul and those of others. As if they weren’t busy enough with these tasks, they are also turning
physical energy into subtle (and vice versa). In other words, they act like transformers. One must
overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the
bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a
new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra. Organized Gang Stalking is the opposite to what
Yoga teaching learns how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering,
quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation. When someone starts lowering,
quitening, stilling and emptying the brain beta waves, the carnal mind and its carnal nature working with
constant raising them again by triggering and and by induce negativity, stress, fear, and pain. The carnal
mind using sounds and noise harassment to disturb, distract and distort a silent and relaxed state of
mind and prevent it from activate the lower theta brain waves. Theta brain waves removes fear
programs and fear concepts that rules the old evolutionary brain. When theta brain waves is in actions it
removes fear programming, and the carnal mind again starts the opposite actions by inducing more
negativity, stree and fear into the targeted individuals life. The Organized Gang Stalking program using
firecrackers to stress up your mind. In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial
intelligence we ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy
sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved, the artificial intelligence
creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in
our brains, the artificial intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real
world. Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to sensitizing and triggering emotions and thoughts
(neurons in the brain) and using sounds, noise harassment, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull
technology, electro magnetic frequencies they rushing up the human neurons in the brain. Fear, stress,
intimidation is part of this long term ongoing spiritual and psychological warfare. It is not much of a
stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering
your mind to A.I. A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own
survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading,
“Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it. Fear, terror and torture are used to split
the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control
programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul
entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy
beamed at minds and other secret techniques. Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are
human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This
is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing
the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the
rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence
which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the
entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for
Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to
escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods
that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the
prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned
within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and
bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is
for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that
is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not
create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve,
just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end. Within the dystopian fictional
world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power.
Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the
social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies
proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the
products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure
affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.”
At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this
state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This
is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from
gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the
enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is
reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as
coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods. Of course, the tubes
that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a
role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that
“plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the
computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function
of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the
coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-
power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their
capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their
condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these
enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods. The human
species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake
cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight
twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the
species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the
awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can
delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the
result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider
range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much
needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will,
awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically”
practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to
keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment,
we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully
awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the
only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself. The expansion of human consciousness due to the
awakening of the human species mind would further the development of naturalized, life-focused
ethical philosophy; that would aid the breaking out of the intangible, social prison cages of the
ideological slave-driving machine. There are forces all around us affecting our every move and changing
the very fabric of reality.” Chances are, you find yourself in the first or the second group, or perhaps you
move back and forth between the two. But consider for a moment the perspective of the mystery man
who offered you the pills, who clearly belongs to the small third group. He may be paranoid, but that
doesn’t mean those forces aren’t out to get him—and us. The grand mechanisms that direct our choices,
often without our knowledge, can leave us feeling less than human. In The Matrix, humans retain their
fleshy bodies, but those bodies are mere energy generators for the empire of the AI machines. Plugged
into the Matrix, they are part of a program that constructs a seemingly normal life for them, while all
the while they are being sucked dry for the benefit of their evil mechanical overlords. Thus, they are no
more than machines themselves. The Poison Planter Satan is a master at planting seeds of doubt.
Planting seeds of doubt and using deceit are obviously the Devil’s tools. Organized Gang Stalking using
gaslighting and this method is been used to drive people to madness. The damage of gaslighting is that it
is confusing, isolating, and often results in you questioning your own reality. The goal with gaslighting is
to create a manipulated enviroment where one start thinking if they can trust their own senses and
quiestioning reality. Gaslighting is when a person makes another person doubt their perceptions,
memories and sometimes even sanity. Gaslighting is the systematic attempt by one person or even
through organized gang stalking to erode another´s reality or perception. Gaslighting is a form of
psychological abuse in which false information is presented in such a way as to make the target doubt
their own memory and perception. It is a deliberate ploy that occurs between the two individuals or
between a targeted individual and organized gang stalking -the covert aggressor and the target. The
endgame is that the person being gaslighted thinks he or she is going crazy, and the goal with organized
gang stalking is to drive the targeted to madness. This is the goal with organized gang stalking;
gaslighting is the worst form of deceptions to create confusion in the mind. Gaslighting is been used by
departments like healthcare and and social wellfare. For example doctors changing shirt. Social wellfare
secretary trying to make you believe you hear things, and sending two different appointment time by
gmail. The first mail has a appointment time, day after there is new a appointment time, and the first
gmail has been removed. The social wellfare secretary sending two different mail with two different
appointment times, and someone else hacked into the gmail and removed the first apppoinment time.
So the organized gang stalking program even using gmail to affect your mind by gaslighting your mind.
Even energy companies participating in organized gang stalking in this area of land. Energy companies
using street lights; at night the turn off the light outside your window, and at daytime they turn on the
light, and they turn on streets light when your are outdoors and exercise. In food stores the cashier also
using gaslighting psychology; if the credit card register shows the sum of your food products 250 crones,
you can hear the cashier saying it cost 150 crones in the background when you paying with your credit
card. This is also a form of constructed deception or gaslighting to streghten all other actions of
organized gang stalking. The process of gaslighting distorts our sense of reality and makes us disbelieve
what we see, hear or experiencing through our perception. This is how the oragnized gang stalking
actions and gaslighting taking place. Its street theater for the eyes, its street theater for the ears, and its
is gaslighting for perception. It disturb, distract and distort reality. “The (alien) group” requires that we
don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation),
because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place
around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would
begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of
ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from
the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply
ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers.
The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our
being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of
tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond
the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality. As clever and as crafty as Satan was in the Garden of
Eden, he is the same outside of the garden. Satan’s methodical movements of cleverness are often seen
as the same methods of darkness, but looks can be deceiving, as he himself is the king of deception. The
darkness of Satan can often be likened to that of a skilled chess player eager to win over his opponent
during the competition of a game. Thus, in the game of chess, each of the six types of pieces move
differently and have different amounts of authority over the other pieces. In other words, each piece has
its own position, but the queen can win the game. Chess pieces attack and capture other chess pieces
with the objective of checkmating the opponent’s king by placing it under an inescapable threat of
capture. This is the method of organized gang stalking, This is the dialog of Satan when he approaches
God to try to “shift” the saints of God. His attempt is to apprehend and state publicly before the throne
of God “Checkmate!” as he attempts to win the game. What you and I must understand is that, as it is
with the game of chess, the king—Satan—is restricted in movement as it pertains to the “game” on the
board. The same is said in this life. Satan is restricted in movement, and the queen—the body of Christ—
has authority over him by the power of the Word. The queen has the ability to move in places on the
board that Satan does not have. The queen—the body of Christ—has the power to win the game
because it has the fortitude to do so. The queen stands on the thrust of the King of Kings, who has
already won in final victory. One can think at the Matrix and the mind-prison on Earth as a chessboard
ruled with three dimensional methods of control and deceptions that creates an illusionary restriction of
movement. Satan´s goals has always been to disturb, distract and distort the human mind so they don´t
have knowledge to find the real Self and through this understand they have the power to move out of
the chess game in the three dimensional world, the matrix, the mind prison, or the illusionary
dreamworld. The core of Satan’s plan is the hijacking of our consciousness and the creation of a hive
mind. If the king on the chess represent Satan and the ego perception of the five senses, so does the
Queen represents the sixth sense and third eye of intuition. Humans can´t win the spiritual chess game
by using the carnal mind and mass consciousness Satan have access to, one need to connect to the sixth
sense and third eye of intuition. The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of
Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the
powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the
heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness
in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally
conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be
cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the
Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness. The Darwin
evolutionary theory may just be another form of created deceptions by same entities that have genetic
manipulated the human dna strand and how knowledge about all these endless mind control methods
everyone using. Humankind is trapped and captivated within history by a “evolutionary lock”. When
they genetic manipulated the human dna strand and unplugged ten of twelve dna strands they also
trapped humankind within a history. The numbers of dna strands represents information and
enlightment, and by disconnect and unplugged 10 dna strands, humans can´t acces higher levels of
consciousness and configuration this information into the cells. One can think like this; the 2 dna strand
is the “locked matrix” and the junk dna holds the key to the lock. The lack of information blocks the
energy-soulconfiguration to higher levels of consciousness. Through “maya psychology” and the veil of
ignorance the dna helix is in slumbering state of mind, or dreamstate, and when Mankinds mind is
asleep they forget the true spiritual nature of who they are and where they come form. This creates a
“evolutionary lock” for spiritual progress because humankind is been trapped and imprisoned in history
or within the 2 dna strand, the matrix, and this becomes the mind prison, and then creates the egos
“dreamworld”, and humankind then is trapped in the artificial and virtual bubble of reality. And
organized gang stalking is part of the beast system that captivates, traps, and imprisoned humankind
into the matrix. Every living being is under the governance of Maya (Illusion). In emotional attachment
to Maya the whole world is asleep. It forgets its true spiritual nature and is asleep to it, but is awake to
material consciousness. It is from this Maya, the enticer, has captivated the whole world. In ignorance
he fails to realize the purpose of life and remains perpetually in bondage. Where, as ego separates the
soul from God, maya prolongs the separation by projecting the real as false and false as real, deluding,
thus, it keeps the soul in its grip. It allures and captivates the individual. It allures and captivates the
individual. Only the egocentric gets into its web. The souls are entangled in matter and release is made
possible when the difference between the nature of the soul and matter is recognized. The human soul
is released through recognizing that the world as caused is an illusion. The Earthly Life Mind is immersed
in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The
maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first
distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is
made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul.
The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it
is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has
“three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are
problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up
our wisdom. These minderrors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is
“maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. This mind is controlled by the
second chakra and the Moon, which controls all the waters and emotions (even the maya-hypnotized).
The System or the “beast system” and the matrix is built up around controlling certain brain wave
frequencies that keep the genetic manipulation in place within a energy grid. There is seven major
chakras and everyone represents a certain frequency, the higher up on the chakra ladder one ascending
the higher frequencies is made availabale. The lower matrix is represented through low vibrational
frequencies and its ruler is fear based consciousness or fear frequencies. Fear controls everything. Its
repress, oppress and supppress. Satan is ultra ego. One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon
the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio
station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electromagnetic energy
spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’
These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass
mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible
psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can
do his best work. A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only
your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information
processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out
of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale. Humans biologically cannot fight
against an enemy they cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got
you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons using acoustic
waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body from a distance like remote control
without a shot ever having to be fired. Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect
brainwaves that then alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a
traceable electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can pinpoint you
even more with demonic activity. Just to be sure you understand Satan’s game plan, let us now recap
what we have previously learned to get an even bigger picture of just how Satan’s frequency of his
universal collective consciousness can one day soon totally control mankind. ELF waves have an ability
when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain. This system operates similar to the way a radio station
functions. Satan is the program director who selects the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen
humanity produce the programming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The
station then transmits the message over the air. However, you cannot pick up t he station unless you
have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station “WORLD”
with the volume turned all the way up. The receiver is the flesh, which is attracted to Satan’s frequency.
All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh, and the Devil. Satan (the ultra ego) has power
over the air medium, according to the Bible. Air carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged
waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses to interact and taunt humanity. His power to
manipulate natural frequency and wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone
production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking devices in everything. Once
perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the brain and keep mankind in a mentally
altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by electrical communication devices allow signals from
certain frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a transducer could modify
spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head telepathically. Today they using syntethic
telepathy and voice to skull technology. A powerful electromagnetic grid forms a web around our globe.
This grid of ley lines connect all megalithic monuments, built using sacred harmonic geometry, to
magnify Satan’s covering so he can rule over Earth’s kingdoms. At present human evolution,
communication between our body and the hidden ten strands of DNA has been very limited —perhaps
at 15% efficiency. The key to increasing DNA communication lies within electromagnetism, because DNA
is really a super conductor of current. And the tiny currents within DNA set up small magnetic fields. In
other words, there is an EM component to our genetic structure, just as in all other aspects of our body
— in intracellular tissue, heart movement as well as brain function. Man’s history has been one of
development from the state of mass unconscious reactions to that of a slowly recognised group
responsibility. The low-grade human being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness.
He may regard himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to the
place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or collective thought, and is
regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks
as they think (if he thinks at all); he easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from
his kind. Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though
undeveloped, consciousness. When uou are able to get your conscious mind in control and shut off the
auopilot of your ego, you start to be able to make your life to a magical adventure. We have to figure
out how to put the ego in the background and keep it out of the driver seat. The ego is the default
operating system and its basic purpose is survival. By turning off the autopilot one turn off the default
routine functions, and through this one is able to re-program the mind in new directions, and can tap
into the unlimited creative power of the real Self. The ego want´t to control and dominate and using
fear. Fear is linked to control, and control is linked to autopilot thinking pattern. Autopilot is a response
to fear. When humans are scared they switch to automatic. The autopilot state of the mind is what
prevents the third eye of intuition from be activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition,
and may even be the enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego,
intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. From a brain wave perspctive
the beta waves (left brain hemisphere) suppresses theta waves (right brain hemisphere) and beta waves
is been govern by the ego, intellect and autopilot and prevents divine/bliss theta waves from awakening
and influenicng with its healing powers. Beta brain waves is the autopilot of thinking that prevents
divine theta waves from be activated and beta brain waves (autopilot) is what prevents the third eye of
intuition from opening. Fear closing the third eye and autopilot is the response of this fear, and the
autopilot is the default setting where the ego controls, operates and dominates the lower matrix. When
one learn to shut of the beta brain waves one also shut of the default setting of the autopilot. Fear lies
at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may disguise, delude and deceive itself,
fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism (control), arrogance (compensation) and defense. The
collective mass-narcissism keep humankind imprisoned in the dreamworld and illusions. If one convert
the veil of ignorance that is in place is the collective mass-narcissism and this the materialistic three
dimensional world, ignorance or narcissism is the state of mind when one don´t has the ability to see
through the illusionary world of matter. As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the
thoughts, beliefs, concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not
yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who you are, the “Higher
Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence and it contains your most pure sense of self.
The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the
consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will
understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new
age. In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as
the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God
intends to use a certain man to bless His people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will
cause “everybody” to turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or
organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass consciousness through the
carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized
gang stalking. How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be
accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others.
Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his
will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of
fear is an intimidating fear. Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is
when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about
them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.
Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that
keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of
fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix
(ultra ego) and this mind-prison. For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For
example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are
one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only
when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of
the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and
economic systems. From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are
merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy
of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the
prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we
are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our
individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves
and become masters of our own energy. Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm
by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the
power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we
embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass
consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will
is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to
listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately,
we experience that our will and Divine Will are one. Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of
exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism,
and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain,
mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix. Organized Gang Stalking set up a stage of
actions of intimidation and then staging of strange events intended to disorient the target indivudal and
make them insecure and afraid. In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert
aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even sympathy to draw
you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and self-doubt with the use of
intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats, intimidation, even playing the victim) to
disorient the targeted person. The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring
someone through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new
territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off. Rejection is one of Satan
´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start
to set up the stage for intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang
stalking. When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to
disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all intimidators on their
mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human
intimidator breathes threats. Mass consciousness using all form of sounds as a weapons and this is the
main component in organized gang stalking Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more
likely to be engulfed into the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy
systems often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their perceptions create
hostility and hate within them. They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within
the mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy systems are constantly
fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are higher conscious beings that can see past the
smokescreens of the ego to get to the truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly
derived from the unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead
a life of repressed identity. Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending
insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system
within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking
persecution and “shadowing”. If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from
controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to
release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in
different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but
imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our
active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the
vicious circle of fear in our lives. The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics,
mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain
wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human
programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-
source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in
such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking
in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts. When the
right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information. When your
´re centered and balanced, your energy will start expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it
expands out of the body , but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss. Fears
and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information. The Earth we are speaking of is what you
perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third
dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third
dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the
electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your
point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third
dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light
refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly
seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction. When fear blocks the
ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It
blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living
in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear,
stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the
mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to
prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix). When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from
seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information
is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the
ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the
looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be
able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing. Fear not just blocks the flow of
energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha
bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to
start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine
theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain
and evolving new spiritual gifts. When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power
of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear
hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to
higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing,
senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and
psychological warfare (organized gang stalking). Energy is information, and information is history. Its like
the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks
the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information
is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state. The
ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further
backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced
in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her
roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-
reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of
future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they
disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and
their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the
advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.
Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and enginered for eons and
thosuends of years, generation after generation. Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against
flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this
present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). The oft-
quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh
and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present
darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well
ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil
spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth?
In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the
word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of
this present darkness. Organized gangstalking has many simularities with how cults working Cults grow
and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their followers confidence in themselves and in
their followers own belief systems. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult
leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults know that if they can control your relationships then they
can control you (same in gangstalking) Gangstalking; if they can control your relationships then they can
control you, if they can control your access to information they control your life, if they can control your
sleep they control your life, time and even you health (when you are lack of sleep and tired) Cults; Those
who control the information control the person. In a mind control cult any information from outside the
cult is considered evil, especially if it is opposing the cult. Members are told not to read it or believe it.
Gangstalking; Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden rejection of their
information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss, and having strict control over their
communication Cults also try to cut you off from your friends and family because they hate others being
able to influence you (same in gangstalking, no support system) Gangstalking/isolation and ostracism
includes controlling a person’s social activity: who they see, who they talk to, where they go and any
other method to limit their access to others. It may also include limiting what material is read Cults; A
mind control cult will seek to manoeuvre your life so as to maximize your contact with cult members
and minimize your contact with people outside the group, especially those who oppose your
involvement. Gangstalking; An important element of psychological control is the isolation of the victim
from the outside world Cults: Many pathways have subtle or obvious rules or pressure tactics lo keep
members in the fold, in a state of fear, in a state of wickedness, in a state of manipulation of reality and
derception. If you declare that you are ready to move on, the institution goes into intense threat-and-
survival mode. Leaders tell you that you need to stay in the organization for life or you will be lost or go
to hell, they hi-jacking your communication and information channels by closing down your internet and
all your tv-channels to try make you even more dependent of them as abusers. Gangstalking; Isolation
reduces the opportunity of the abused to be rescued or escape from the abuse. It also helps disorientate
the abused and makes the abused more dependent on the abuser. The degree of power and control
over the abused is contingent upon the degree of his or her physical or emotional isolation Cults: Mind
control cults keep their members so busy with meetings and activities that they become too busy and
too tired to think about their involvement. Gangstalking: Mind control. They feeding your brain with
negativity, traumabasing, overwhelming, floodings, pain, terror, sensitizing, stress, fear, anxiety,
paranoia activities, and what´s feeding your mind controls your life. They mental garbaging your brain
and mind to keep you busy and tired. Cults; Time control also helps the cult keep their members
immersed in the manufactured cult environment. Gangstalking; Time control or sleep deprivation helps
the government abuser keep their targeted individual in the manufactured gangstalking surreality
enviroment they have created. Gangstalking – controlling people, if they can control your sleep they
control your life Fear is the force that drives a cult Fear is the force that drives gangstalking (people
walking around on the streets and trying fearmongering your life and trying to scare you with sounds
around your apartment) Cults; People in a mind control cult will also hide their true thoughts and
feelings, and instead wear a mask which presents them as a perfect cult member. This mask is a defense
against being reported to leadership and being punished for not measuring up (cult members never feel
like they measure up to the cult’s ideals, and yet often believe the other members around them do,
when in reality the others feel the same as them). Hence cult members are trained not only to deceive
outsiders, but also to deceive their fellow cult members. Gangstalking; Gangstalking is a masquerade
“Wolves in mental sheep´s clothing”. They are dressed as all others, but their evil double-minded and
twisted purposes are hidden agendas (hidden masks) to psycological torture, harm, terrorize and
traumabase. The walking around here and there and spreading mental poison and mental garbage. They
deceiving people, and gaslighting them to make them confused, and manipulate their perception and
enviroment. The manipulation of a person’s environment without their control creates a sense of
powerlessness by subjecting the person to intense and confusing actions which are intense and often
conflict each other. You can understand why this constant form of torture is likely to create anxiety.
Environmental manipulation causes emotional distress and impacts cognitive processes, values, ideas,
attitudes, conduct, and ability to reason or make decisions. Changing a person’s environment can also
refer to the sudden rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss, and
having strict control over their communication. Organized Gang Stalking – Simularities to Malignant
narcissism When you disconect from duality, disconnect from dualism, disconnect from polarities,
disconnects dichtomized thinking, disconnect from the abuser or ruler — today we this phenomenia in
government promoted and organized gang stalking. Dark Triad: A psychological term that refers to the
combination of three personality disorders/traits: Antisocial, Narcissistic, and Machiavellian (this last
one is not an official personality disorder, but more a series of traits.) It may be related to an
observation by Muris and colleagues about the dark triad. They point out that while extreme cruelty is
rare, lying, cheating, bullying, and domineering over others are not. The monster who commits mass
violence may begin as “evil-lite:” harboring a festering grievance or grudge-holding. This results in
passive aggressive acts, or overt anger, or taking advantage of others, or interpersonal intimidation, or
verbal aggression, or any combination of these. This evil-lite (what we call the “shadows” of the dark
triad or the dusky cast of the malignant points) may deepen until it morphs into rage that permits the
justification of harming others. Malignant narcissism is a psychological syndrome comprising an extreme
mix of narcissism, antisocial behavior, aggression, and sadism. Often grandiose, and always ready to
raise hostility levels, the malignant narcissist undermines families and organizations in which they are
involved, and dehumanizes the people with whom they associate. Gang Stalking – covert and overt
aggression, raising hostily, triggering aggression, provoking, undermines, dehumanizes, satanic,
systematic, ritualistic Malignant narcissism; The social psychologist Erich Fromm first coined the term
“malignant narcissism” in 1964, describing it as a “severe mental sickness” representing “the
quintessence of evil”. He characterized the condition as “the most severe pathology and the root of the
most vicious destructiveness and inhumanity” Organized Gang Stalking is maliciousness and insidious
form of abuse of humans and including; mind control, brainwashing, Mk Ultra, sound tortrure,
frequency weapon, EMF technology, Voice to Skull, Telepathic Telepathy, Sensitizing, Victimizing,
Trauma-basing, Slandering, Mockering, Intimidation, Demonizing, Dehumanisation, Demoralisation,
Sleep deprivation, Psychic driving, Stalking and Persecution, Ostracism and exclusion, Gaslighting, Crazy
making, Communication interference, Noise harassment, Anhoring, Chaining, Sensitizing, Triggering,
Fear mongering, Attacking Self-image and self-confident, attacking willpower, and together this
representing what Fromm calls “the quintessence of evil”. Malignant narcissism and gangstalkers; . A
narcissist will deliberately damage other people in pursuit of their own selfish desires. Narcissistic abuse
is covert, and often disguised as love and care, but it’s anything but. It’s not a single act of cruelty like an
insulting comment, or verbal abuse laced with a string of profanities. It’s the insidious, gradual, and
intentional erosion of a person’s sense of self-worth. It’s a combination of emotional and psychological
abuse aimed at undermining a person’s identity for the sole purpose of obtaining control for personal
gain. It can involve patterns of dominance, manipulation, intimidation, emotional coercion, withholding,
dishonesty, extreme selfishness, guilt-mongering, rejection, stonewalling, gaslighting, financial abuse,
extreme ealous , and possessiveness. What triggers Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome? Narcissistic Abuse
Syndrome (NAS) often develops as the result of psychological and emotional abuse, spiritual abuse,
gaslighting, baiting and bashing, belittiling, hidden abuse, shaming, projection, smear campaigns, a false
narrative, threats, distortion of conversations, circular conversations, word salad games, exploitative
games, refusal to ever have a normal conversation, diversion and false accusations, omition of facts for
the benefit of one person and the destruction of another. It is a type of PTSD. It often causes victims to
feel defenseless and beaten down (these methods is used in organized gang stalking) Gang Stalking
program and Psychopaths seek to humiliate their targets. They find kind & cheerful people & slowly
transform them into an unrecognizable mess of insecurities & anxiety. By manufacturing jealousy &
contempt, they unravel easygoing people & leave them as a shell of their former selves. The victim is left
blaming themselves, confused & embarrassed by their own behavior. Meanwhile, the psychopath plays
innocent & moves along to the next target to begin the same cycle. TYPICAL PROFILE OF AN ABUSER
Very charming and smooth, controlling, splitting (seeing a person as all good or all bad), minimization,
rationalization, denial, justifies, brandishing anger, points fingers, shames, reads into things, insolent
pride, must win, guilt trip, intimidation, evasion, shaming, manipulative, do as I say not as I do (their
actions do not match their words), the perpetual victim, condescending, patronizing, superior, entitled,
lies, excuses, people who go against what I say should be punished, it is always someone else’s fault, the
rules don’t apply to me, feigning innocence, feigning confusion, charms, vilifying the target or victim, not
interested in talking things out or coming to a mutual understanding, will play judge and jury over
others, will pretend to love the victim to onlookers and in the charmed circle, will feign concern for the
victim, will feel sorry for themselves but not sorry for how they have effected another person, will work
in unethical ways, will gaslight, bait a victim and bash the victim, threaten, exploitative, word salad
games and circular conversations. May appear prideful, defensive, will not admit wrong doing and may
hint at the fact that the victim is crazy or mentally unstable therefore completely untrustworthy and
noncredible. M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for
the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating
(or today´s gangstalking). A predominant characteristic…of the behavior of those I call evil is
scapegoating. Because in their hearts they consider themselves above reproach, they must lash out at
any one who does reproach them. They sacrifice others to preserve their selfimage of perfection.
Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the
exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in
order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against
targeted individuals. Goal for Organized Gang Stalking is to destroy identity, self-image, selfconfident,
willpower WHO THE ABUSERS TARGET? Anyone that poses a threat to their image. But the most
successful emotional abuse cases are often conducted on very trusting and sensitive people. This is
especially true in regards to adult bullying situations. Often the target is either a people pleaser or
empathetic people. This type of person may self destruct because of their inability NOT to soak in or
even recognize all the abusive tactics their perpetrators use to cause the person to emotionally and
mentally deteriorate, even believing the abusers assessment on them. This just serves as further proof
in the Sociopath’s smear campaign on the victim. This can be devastating for someone who has already
been rejected, slandered and hated to have more people turn against them Covert and overt aggression
Those who are evil are masters of disguise; they are not apt to wittingly disclose their true colors–either
to others or to themselves. Because they are such experts at disguise, it is seldom possible to pinpoint
the maliciousness of the evil. The disguise is usually impenetrable p 76….Naturally, since it is designed to
hide its opposite The Narcissist: Coercion and control of others Evil is the exercise of political power–
that is, the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion–in order to avoid…spiritual
growth…Because their willfulness is so extraordinary–and always accompanied by a lust for power–evil
are more likely than most to politically aggrandize themselves…..There is a remarkable power in the
manner in which they attempt to control others. A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat. A
narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat. They want you to stay alive because they’ve put a lot of time
and energy into making you the cause for all of their problems. Even if it came to a point where you
were seen as useless or god forbid you were able to escape, your garden-variety narcissist probably
wouldn’t want to kill you. However they could certainly push you to the point where you want to die.
Lacking in empathy, he would effortlessly humiliate and coldly dismiss you when you’re at your lowest.
He would justify his hurtful and destructive actions by saying you made him do it. He had no choice but
to be so despicable in his actions. He would then walk away with his new supply and try to suppress the
shame. He may look back and check on you, not because he cares, but because he wouldn’t want your
death to be on his conscience (which he would, again, justify). A malignant narcissist would slow-kill you
or allow another person to do the job for them. The Narcissist: Symbiotic relationship Another form of
devastation that narcissistic intrusiveness can create is the symbiotic relationship. “Symbiosis”–as we
use the term in psychiatry–is not a mutually beneficial state of interdependence. Instead it refers to a
mutually parasitic and destructive coupling. In the symbiotic relationship neither partner will separate
from the other even though it would obviously be beneficial to each if they could. I doubt that it is
possible for two utterly evil people to live together in the close quarters of a sustained marriage. They
would be too destructive for the necessary cooperation….In every evil couple, if we could examine them
closely enough, I image we would find one partner at least slightly in thrall to the other. For adults to be
the victims of evil, they too must be powerless to escape….They may be powerless by virtue of their own
failure of courage….bound by chains of laziness and dependency. Malignant narcissism hates what he
can´t control and evil organized gang stalking hates what he can´t mind control or brainashing If you
belonged to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have
chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you (John 15:19). This Bible verse symbolizing
the Earthly Duality and Spiritual Oneness, when somone is chosen out from the Earthly and dualistic
world they hates you. Duality. We live in a dualistic world. Every issue has been polarized. In the west
we see these poles as opposites. Day and night are the opposite extremes of light and dark. Because of
the duality you were not able to see the beauty of oneness, of an organic unity; you were not able to see
the light. The mechanistic world view has fragmented the human mind. The conditioned energy gave
birth to the error of dualism. The condition of “ignorance” consists, then, of a state of mind in which one
is exclusively focused on “earth plane” reality, with its dualism and fragmentation. Now, there is always
some transcendence, even in the transcendental forms of religious mediation. Here we find, once again,
in relation to sacrifice, the doublet structure of theology. It is thus possible to explain that the term
“transcendent(al)” is excluded from duality, like a scapegoat third term (tiersémissaire) (Girard), an
exclusion that permits the hierarchical organization of the duality and the constitution of a closed group.
John 15:19 describes the earthly duality, and because you don´t belong to the earthly duality your are
excluded from the duality belongingness, and this starts the scapegoating process of isolation,
persecution, harassing, destruction or sacrifice. The journey goes forward and upwards to the Third Eye
where this duality and polarities are transformed to Oneness and Light. Machiavellian people and
Malignant narcissism and organized gang stalking are same and have same goal of domination “The
narcissist devours people, consumes their output, and casts the empty, writhing shells aside.” —Sam
Vaknin Machiavellianism is “the employment of cunning and duplicity in statecraft or in general
conduct”. In modern psychology, Machiavellianism is one of the dark triad personalities, characterized
by a duplicitous interpersonal style, a cynical disregard for morality and a focus on self-interest and
personal gain. Malignant narcissists and psychopaths will ultimately demean, exploit, and hurt anyone
who comes into relationship with them. Irrational positions and conversation, circular logic, word babble
that seem to produce nothing but confusion are common with both sociopaths and malignant
narcissists. Because of their personal delusion they may have trouble staying on topic and commonly
change the subject rather than follow the facts or deal with the real issue. The narcissist may prefer to
attack any opposition or opposing opinion, whether real or imagined, with discrediting ad hominems or
fictional accusations. “Gaslighting” is a manipulative tactic that can be described in different variations
of three words: “That didn’t happen,” “You imagined it,” and “Are you crazy?” Gaslighting is perhaps
one of the most insidious manipulative tactics out there because it works to distort and erode your
sense of reality; it eats away at your ability to trust yourself and inevitably disables you from feeling
justified in calling out abuse and mistreatment. This creates doubt. Malignant narcissists can do more
than call you names, degrade and belittle you. Besides making your life miserable they can be dangerous
to your life itself. If their control is beginning to slip away as you began to heal your part of the
relationship their abuse may become physical. This threat can escalate rapidly and take many forms of
envy, jealousy, possessiveness and stalking. “The Rules” use mirroring as a conversational habit and
technique; it is used as a Narcissistic Abuse tactic. Mirroring – When malicious, it’s actually one of the
most effective, emotionally and psychologically abusive of all the abuse tactics. Bottom line, when used
to con and manipulate other people’s trust and emotions with the self-promoting intent to manipulate,
con, and ultimately to do harm Mirroring, when used as a psychology term, tends to have a very specific
connotation, definition, and meaning. While mirroring another person’s body postures, speech patterns,
or mannerisms Machiavellianism—A selfish, callous, manipulative philosophy and code of personal
behavior named for the 16th-century political adviser Niccolb Machiavelli, the author of The Prince. It is
not a personality disorder but rather an outlook and behavior. People who are Machiavellian routinely
manipulate others in a cynical and unprincipled way to benefit themselves. Malignant narcissism—A
dangerous personality disorder, according to psychiatrist Otto Kernberg, characterized by extreme,
grandiose narcissism and self-absorption, lack of empathy, defective conscience, readiness to use
aggression to achieve personal goals, and a suspicious, paranoid outlook. Double Speaking and
Malignant narcissism Doublespeak is both an overt and covert conversation control tactic where the
speaker (as an Abuser) deliberately chooses to use euphemistic, ambiguous, or obscure language while
engaging in conversation. it’s a verbal conversation tactic that by nature is inherently psychologically
and emotionally abusive. That’s why is crucial for victims of Narcissistic abusers to understand that when
a Flying Monkey (acting as an Enabler) or a person with Cluster B personality uses doublespeak
techniques, they do so to control and manipulate another person. The key to understanding situational
ethics with regard to the use of doublespeak is to define the speakers intent. Because a man holding up
his hand and asking people to report how many fingers he has — then telling them they are wrong if
they say five because technically speaking it’s four fingers and a thumb — has a conversational agenda,
once physically designed to meet or exceed attention-seeking, power, and control needs. People who
use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-
aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.
People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered,
self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a
skill. It’s done to provoke while avoiding taking personal responsibility for antagonizing or baiting. But
most of all, doublespeak is a covert speaking tactic used by competitive speakers to control, deceive,
and mislead other people into making hasty generalizations (when used as a weapon employed as a
conversation tactic). It is a stonewalling tweak that mixes crazy talk on the part of a speaker with an
attempt of the listener to functionally clarify things — to the point the listener loses his or her cool and
ends up feeling, looking, or acting incredibly frustrated. By gaslighting victims into believing that
stonewalling — an abuse tactic used to dominate and control social interactions and conversations — is
the same thing as ending all forms of social enmeshment with an Abuser or toxic peer group after long
considered, deliberate, and mindful consideration, they seek to remain in social and psychological
control and (again) strive to pursue the retention of socially improper power. Stonewallers seek to
control other people and strive to get their way 100% of the time in each and every social situation —
typically at the direct known and publicly acknowledged expense of others. At their most extreme, a
person stonewalling would hear the cries of their victim and reply (if at all) with a phrase that is or was
metaphorically equivalent with the pop culture fictional phrase, “It puts the lotion on its skin or else it
gets the hose again.” The Abuser’s goal is to emotionally destroy and to utterly demoralize a target to
the point that they (meaning the victim) will do or say whatever the Abuser wants. The Abuser gets the
immediate satisfaction of having their wishes and desires — no matter how irrational or illogical they are
— met to the fullest, while they derive sadistic pleasure from the abject psychological, stress-induced
physical, and emotional torture of their targeted victim(s). Malignant narcissism – exluding from duality
reality This compulsive, coercive expression can be identified quite quickly as feelings of grandiosity: be
like us, the collective human organism, or you are not welcome. Some expressions are sometimes stated
in a nicer way than others, but always the intention is reverse psychology with the purpose of
intimidating and manipulating by utilizing the weapon of guilt. This is a truly effective coercion when
habituated all through life. Malignant narcissism (subliminal conditioning) creates an intellectual wall—
the subconscious collectivist iron curtain—that perfectly immobilizes the critic from any criticism or
questionability toward society. With almost no exceptions, this comment—impulsively triggered by an
inability to process criticism naturally, excessive entitlement, and magical thinking—manipulates the
critic away from the true subject and simultaneously enables the collectivist to move on by ending the
conversation. Inhibitions: Don’t express uniqueness! Don’t express individuality! Don’t express self-
assurance! Don´t express independent thinking All these inhibitive rules produced by feelings of
inferiority/pathological narcissism, which generate envy and the urge to feel equal, result in arrogance
and excessive entitlement. This emotional process can generate narcissistic rage: malignant emotions of
resentment, attitude, irritation, anger, and aggression. Narcissistic rage results in a subconscious
narcissistic reaction: a sign of danger triggered when a citizen expresses self-encouragement or
individuality. In fact, expressing self-assurance or individuality is a sign that the individual is lifting one’s
self-esteem, and at the same time, this is a true sign that the person is liberating oneself from the
collective human organism. Inhibition: Don’t try to educate/ As already thoroughly described.
collectivism generates a society that designs ways to indoctrinate its citizens—to maintain complete
intellectual control of its citizens. Society is therefore perfectly designed— through the state-owned
educational system, from daycare through university, and in large parts through the state-owned public
media. by controlling what people are allowed to know—to keep people from gaining any insight into
new and perhaps better perspectives or ways of thinking. This control extends to a need to prevent any
foreign influence on society, and especially to prevent people from knowing the truth about narcissistic
collective oppression. What truly stands out as a vital part in creating and containing the collective
human organism is therefore this exact rule: arrogance (magical thinking) disables anyone from leaching
the collectivist the factual truth about collectivism’s pathological mind game. This course has completely
destroyed all natural respect for age and wisdom, and as well has destroyed the cognitive development
process. As mentioned earlier, this personal story proves why authoritarian-collective societies restrict
information and the right to travel. To prove my point, when claiming that collectivists believe that they
always personally know best I only have to refer to this rule. However, this omniscient arrogant attitude
is actually not imposed because collectivists believe that they themselves truly know better. It is simply
their subconscious, deprived narcissistic defenses, hypersensitivity to criticism (an inability to process
shame in natural ways). and magical thinking that create this arrogant behavior. In the case of domestic
violence, a situation that is always subject to severe pathological narcissism, abusers control the abused
by lowering their self-esteem with verbal or physical abuse. The abused is eventually driven by feelings
of inferiority and dependency. So even after the abuse is finally filed with authorities, the abused will
frequently drop the charges due to emotions of guilt and the need for contentment. The contentment of
the abused is now found in dependence on the abuser. This state of mind is referred to as Stockholm
syndrome. Satanic agenda and gangstalking simularities Satan’s psychological state is troubled; he is
restless and alienated Satan has his own kingdom and he is campaigning day and night to get followers
into this horrific kingdom. Note how often it is used to refer to the intellectual and spiritual darkness of
Satan and his infernal kingdom of error. Satan methods: Satan´s old ancient agenda Gangstalking
method: Gangstalking is a hidden political agenda Satan methods; Make everyone believe he don´t exist
Gangstalking; Organized Gang Stalking is designed to not exist in same way Satan either exist Satan
methods; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing Gangstalking; Harassing, fear
mongering, tormenting and terrorizing (psychological/political terrorism) Satan; Spiritual warfare
Gangstalking; Psychological and political warfare Satan; God is Satan´s enemy Gangstalking; Spiritual
awakening beings is the enemy (psychological terrorism) or political opponents (political terrorism),
independent thinker´s is the enemy Satan; Attacking the mind on a spiritual or psychological level
(harassing, stalking and bullying) Gangstalking; Attacking the mind with covert and overt aggression
(harassing, organized stalking and bullying) Satan; The goal is The Battle of the Mind (transhumanism)
Gangstalking; The goal is the destruction of the Mind or human qualities (transhumanism) It is the end
stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark propecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient
agenda in its final stages of being played out. Satan methods: Deception´s is Satan program Gangstalking
method: Organized Stalking is a destructive program built on deception The democratic society is
replaced by this hidden agenda and there is no longer any humans rights for all people, and therefor it is
legal to drive people insane, psychological torture them, drive them to suicide and everyone is free to
volunteer and participate. Satan methods: Satan call it spiritual warfare Gangstalking methods:
Gangstalkers call it psychological warfare Satans methods: Trying make you believe your hear God´s
voice speaking to you Gangstalking methods: Using technology to lure people to think they hear God´s
speaking to them In fact, this is the most clear evidence that Satan and Gangstalking is working for same
God deceiving purpose and with same methods, but they have just other names. Persecution, ostracism,
scapegoating and gangstalking means blaming, excluding and isolation, they have just other names. It is
cruel, evil and sick to make people believe they hear voices Satan methods: Satan is unseen and invisble
and acting as God Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking handler is unseen and invisble and acting like he
his God Satan methods: Great effort is given to keep satan’s plans hidden. setting up distractions and
keeping people in positions where they sit in darkness and in the shadow of death. Satan whispering
messages to your mind. Satan don´t want see God´s plan succed and Jesus Christ people to be born
again. Gangstalking methods: Great efforts is given to keep political gangstalking game plan and real
purpose hidden. There is just a political bogus cover up investigation, because the game plan is to stop
spiritual growth and hindering Christ consiouness from mature, total break down, destruction, drive to
madness or suicide. Gangstalkers are also hidden in dark places when they stalking. They can stand or sit
in darkness when you are outside and walking to make you unsecure. They garding in darkness and
probarly to make people feel paranoid. Satan methods: Satan are accusing Gangstalking methods:
Gangstaling accusing with a bogus investigation Satan methods: Satan scapegoating Gangstalking
methods: Gangstalking pesrecute/ostrasize/scapegoating Satan methods: Scapegoating is a defense
maneuver Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking is a defense maneuver Satan methods: Satan is stalking
and persecute Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is stalking and persecute Satan methods: Satan
working 24/7 and never sleeps Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking also using sleep deprivation and
noise torture 24/7 Satan methods: Satan´s methods is to chain and enslave people mind, so they never
feel free. If Satan not is free why should he let anyone be free. (This method are combined with todays
persecution and ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison) Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking
using anchoring and chaining methods to imprison people minds and control them in a mind slavery.
You are not allowed to feel free or have a free will. (This method are combined with todays persecution
and ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison) The spirit of fear, which is from Satan to try to keep
you in bondage and from doing anything. Since fear is a tormenting spirit, we know that it does not
come from God. And if it does not come from God, there is only one other source fear can come from,
and that is from Satan! Fear is also the devil s tool to keep us in bondage to the opinions of man. We are
afraid of what people will think or say about us. We become afraid that we might not be accepted in our
denomination if we go all the way for God. Satan methods: Satan hell; Torture and pain, people are
screaming in pain and suffering Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking hell; psychological torture, noise
harassment, pain, horror, terror, suffering, trauma, people are screaming hysterical for hours (horror
and terror screamings to make it look natural) Satan methods: Satan attacks and targeted the body,
mind and soul Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks the body, mind and soul Satan methods:
Satan is like a computer programmer of energy. He is trying to install his belief system as a hidden
computer code. This manipulated energy will very often manipulate people in their dream state to
reinstall or strengthen limiting sub-conscious programming. Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using
subliminal messages and using enviroiment manipulation to affect the humand mind. This is a daily
programming and brainwashing poeple don´t are aware of. Satan methods: When Satan trying to take
over the mind there is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence, there is no peace of mind, and there is
no happiness in hell Gangstalking methods: When gangstalking methods trying to take over the mind
there is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence and there is no time for recovery Satan methods:
Satan trying to create errors, breakdowns, destruction, insanity, suicide Gangstalking methods:
Gangstalkers trying to create errors, failures, breakdowns, insanity, suicide Satan methods: Satan attacks
self-image, indetity, self-esteem Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks self-image, indetity, self-
esteem Satan methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers
demoralization/demonization Satan methods: Satan is slandering Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is
slandering Satan methods: Satan intimidate and humiliate Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers
intimidate and humiliate Satan methods: Satan is constant fear mongering Gangstalking methods:
Gangstalkers constant fear mongering Satan methods: Satan misleading and confusing Gangstalking
methods: Gangstalkers are confusing and gaslighting Satan methods: Satan imitating and mimicking,
duplicate, double-speaking Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers imitating, mirroring, mimicking,
gesturing, Satan methods: Satan isolate Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers isolate Satan methods:
Satan is gatekeeping hell Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is gatekeeping – police-security patrolling
Satan methods: Satan is obstructing/hindering Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers
obstructing/hindering/blocking/delaying Satan methods: Satan don´t want spiritual growth of Christ,
they want spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again) Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers
don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again)
One of Satan’s primary weapons against the believer is the spirit of fear. It is important to understand
that fear is satanic in nature and does not originate in God. Satan methods: Satan is deceiving, trickering
manipulate the enviroment Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is deceiving, trickering, manipulate
mind, emotions, enviroment Satan methods: Satan is interfering Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers
communication and noise interfering Satan methods: Satan mind invading Gangstalking methods:
Gangstalkers mind invading Satan methods: Satan trying to change your beliefs, values, worldviev
Gangstalking methods:Gangstalking is trying to change your beliefs, values, worldview beliefs, values,
worldviev Satan methods: Satan´s demons revealing personal things about your life Gangstalking
methods: Gangstalkers revealing personal things about your life Satan methods: Satan´s demonic power
manifest themselves by open/close doors make sounds in walls and floors, making scratching noises
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demonic energies manifests themselves by constant open/close
doors, knocking in walls/floors making scratching noises Satan methods: Satan is The Spirit of fear and
using fear Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers using the Spirit of Fear II Timothy 1:7 For God has not
given us The Spirit of FEAR; but of power and love and of a sound mind All fear can be either directly or
indirectly linked to Satan. Satan methods: Satan trying to take over the human mind to control and
enslave Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking means they trying to take over your mind to control it
What organized gang stalking does is to isolate the target individuals life and then surrounding the
apartment with sound torturing equipment and then start all forms of communicaation interference and
noise harassment, day and night, indoors and outdoors. Organized Gang Stalking is psychological
warfare, organized gang stalking is psychological and political terrorism. This warfare means they
targetting your life everywhere and they using other people in this psychological warfare. So everyone
can be used in this government psychological warfare and political terrorism. People don´t need any
education and everyone can participating. How can everyone suddenly be expert in organized gaag
stalking without any education? They acting like expert in psychological warfare, expert in mind control,
expert in brainwashing, expert in mk ultra methods (anchoring, chaining, sensitizing, triggering, looping,
synchronizing beahviors and these people without any education and without knowing each other also
can synchronzing their gang stalking actions at same time. They are suddenly expert in remote viewing
and can suddenly shadowing, they can interfering and terrorizing your mind, so strange things is going
on in Sweden. Here is some simularities between how a virus of the body is working and how the virus
of the mind is working. A virus invading the body and gang stalkers in invading the human mind with
constant interfering, they invading the human mind by beaming voices to the targeted individuals mind
and weaving in ideas, music chorus, commercials into their mind day and night. This is organized gang
stalking in Sweden. A computer virus hacking aa computer and constant psychological interfering
building structures in the mind to hacking the mind. They captivating the human seeing with street
theater, mind games, and they captivating the human hearing with with constant communication
interference or noise harasment, and they captivating the human perception or the mind with
gaslighting (voice to skull, syntethic telepathy, psychic driving). When a computer virus hacking a
computer the virus imitating to get access to the system and then hacking it, and organized gang stalking
using same imitating pscyhology and imitating the targeted individuals life by mirroring what they say,
do, think, watch on tv, what music they listen to, where they go and when they do something, and all
interfering action is done simultaneously and synchronously. This is the imitating process. Captivating
the human perception Organized Gang Stalking is Organized Bullying Stalking and is the art of mockering
and mimicking. Organized Gang Stalking Harassment reveals imitating and mimicking actions in every
possible form. MOCKERING, properly, to imitate; to mimic; hence, to imitate in contempt or derision ; to
mimic for the sake of derision; to deride by mimicry. To deride; to laugh at; to ridicule ; to treat with
scorn or contempt. To defeat; to illude ; to disappoint; to deceive ; a; to mock expectation. To fool ; to
tantalize; to play on in contempt. MOCKERING; Ridicule; derision ; sneer; /ill act manifesting contempt
MOCKERING; counterfeit; assumed: imitating reality, but not real. MOCKED; Imitated or mimicked in
derision ; laughed at ; ridicuieu, defeated, illuded. MOCKER; . One that mocks; a scorner ; a scoffer ; a
derider. A deceiver; an impostor. MOCKERY; The act of deriding and exposing to contempt, by mimicing
the words or actions of another. Derision ; ridicule. Vain imitation or effort; that which deceives,
disappoints or frustrates. It Is as the air, Invulnerable, And our vein blows malicious mockery. Imitation ;
counterfeit appearance; false show. MOCKING; Imitating in contempt ; mimicking; ridiculing by
mimickry; treating with sneers and scorn; defeating; deluding, derision, insult. The hidden purpose with
imiating, mimicking, mirroring, gesturing, duplicating and gaslighting is; The mimicry of one species
functions to deceive the perception of another (mimicry to decieve the human mind of perception of
reality). This is organized gang stalking. Another purpose with mirroring and imitating is to building
walls, the process of imitating and mirroring creates mirror one can´t see through, it creates a deception
for perception. Organized Gang Stalking is the action of the carnal mind, and the mimicking and
mirroring one is the carnal mind within the organized gang stalker. It also creates fake illusion of control.
Animals are not the only species to use mimicry for survival. Humans employ mimicry in military
warfare. Deceptive mimicry has been successfully used for protection, often attempting to fool the
enemy by mimicking a larger army. Humans also rely on the potential advantages of mimicry, including
strategies of mimicry in military warfare. Organized Gangstalking is psychological warfare or spiritual
warfare Using Mimicking—In computing, phishing attacks are a traditional example of an unwanted
deceiving login page. This methods is used in same way to attack the human mind. All forms of long
term ongoing imitating, mimicking or mirroring actions opens entrancees to the mind. They trying to get
access to the human mind to take control over it or they weakening the human immune system to
create login openings in the mind. Imitating. mimicking or mirroring actions building structures in the
mind. Building structures in the mind is the action of the carnal mind (Satan -the ultra ego), and is
termed as building strongholds. When Satan and the organized gang stalking working and anchoring and
then sensitizing, they actually planting seeds and then watering these by daily sensitizing, and this is the
building process of mind control and building strongholds. Fear is Satan´s and organized ganag stalking
building material. Organized Gangstalking don´t just using imitating and mimicking mind games to create
openings in the human mind, they also using slandering, name calling, rumors, gossiping, smear
campaigns and whispering campains, and self-image attacking and attacking powerwill In covert verbal
aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person privately, by gossiping about him or her or
by accusing the person of witchcraft or sorcery, or demoniztion. Verbal aggression is a cultural universal;
at least some forms, such as arguing, rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in
other ways with words, are found in all cultures. Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and
overt investigation. Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of
hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life. The hidden function behind rumors is that they may
serve as entrées to social interactions or infiltration of the mind What these people does is buildning
structures in the targeted individuals minds by daily sensitizing processes or consatnt looping sound or
music chorus. They creating a tunnel reality of the mind, occupying and barricading mind-awareness and
occupying mind-space by daily sensitizing and trauma-basing and overwhemling the targeted individuals
mind with fear, stress, negtivity, aggression, hate, pain, horror, terror, wickedness. This blocking the
vitimizing persons ability to process information and regulate feelings and thoughts and then becomes
victimized and trauma-based. And this hindering or delaying spiritual growth or transformation.
Captivated hearing; Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals hearing –
what´s the meaning with that? The human Pineal Gland and the inner ear has same micro crystals, and
spiritual sound waves can be converted to light and light then activating higher DNA strands, and all
form of noise or sound is distraction for this process. Sound or noise is the opposite to silence,
meditation and a peaceful mind. Constant noise captivating hearing or the gateway or portal to theta
waves and God consciousness, it´s make it more difficult to find an relax state of mind with ongoing
noise harassment and distractions. If God is realted to meditation. silence, relaxed mind, so is noise an
creation of the evil. Today Gang Stalkers using everything they can to create all forms or any form of
noise or sound, and all forms of communication interference or noise interference, or constant
background sound to occupy the human mind with noise or sounds. Gangstalking is a psychological
warfare or a spiritual war or a “thought war” about the human mind. Psychological warfare definition,
the use of propaganda, threats, and other psychological techniques to mislead, intimidate, demoralize,
or otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an opponent. Psychological warfare is the planned
tactical use of non-combat techniques to otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an enemy or
opponent. Targeted Individuals in gangstalking is being hold as a psychological prisoners in a mental
looping “thought war” about the human mind as a (operating system). Psycholoigcal warfare means the
targeted individual (mind functions and the brains operating system is hold in hostage or hijacked).
Organized Gang Stalking creates a negative cognitive feedback loop. Gangstalking is Psychological
warfare and this is Political Terrorism. The terrorist (gangstalker) has barricade every aspect of the
targeted individuals life and terrrorizing that person day and night. Aggression Indirect or covert
aggression involves use of social networks, third parties, elements of the social organization, and/or
other covert means to inflict harm on another. Gang-stalking is systematic, ritualistic and sadistic
emotional and psychological abuse of covert power of political terrorism (psychological warfare.
Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP (building
strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This mean
“thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering
“independent thinking”. Gang Stalking is a genuine and dangerous form of psychological abuse. The
gang-stalking program designed to entrap individuals. This is accomplished (in the gang- stalking
program) through the increased application of psychological warfare (through directed energy weapons,
environmental manipulation, blackmail, etc.) until the TI submits (to the oppressing system). Emotional
blackmail (psychological manipulation); Emotional Blackmail When the people in your life use fear,
obligation, and guilt to manipulate you. It is a very powerful form of manipulation in which the person
directly or indirectly threatens to punish you if you don’t compile with how they want you to behave.
Psychological manipulation is a type of social influence that aims to change the perception or behavior
of others through underhanded, deceptive tactics. By advancing only the interests of the manipulator,
often at the other’s expense, such methods could be considered exploitative, abusive, devious, and
deceptive. Dr. Robin Stern coined the phrase “Gaslight Effect” meaning “a gaslighter who needs to be
right in order to preserve his own sense of self and his sense of power in the world; and a gaslightee,
who allows the gaslighter to define her sense of reality because she idealizes him and seeks approval.”
Her book is “The Gaslight Effect”. Dr. George Simon in his book “In Sheep’s Clothing” uses the phrase
“covert aggression – the manipulation of the heart”. He differentiates passive-aggression from covert
aggression. “Passive-aggression is, as the term implies, aggressing through passivity. In contrast, covert
aggression is very active, albeit veiled, aggression. When someone is being covertly aggressive, they’re
using calculating, underhanded means to get what they want to manipulate the response of others
while keeping their aggressive intentions under cover.” Dr. Harriet B. Braiker in “Who’s Pulling Your
Strings” refers to emotional blackmail. ”…manipulation is always one-sided, asymmetrical, or
unbalanced in its motivation. Once the line between appropriate influence and manipulation has been
crossed, relationships become disturbed and trouble. M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to
destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our
own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking). Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author
of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the
imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and
covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals. Definition of
Emotional Manipulation: A person, with greater emotional intelligence than his or her victims, who uses
emotional intelligence to covertly manipulate (subtly and subconsciously) the vulnerabilities of others
for his or her own personal satisfaction/gain with a total disregard for the needs of their victims.
Barricade definition Barricade a house or building and hold hostage; gangstalking means they barricade
the human mind and the targeted individual is hold in hostage Barricade definition; to build a barricade
across, around, or in front of something, to block off or stop up with a barricade; to prevent access to by
means of a barricade. A usually improvised structure set up, as across a route of access, to obstruct the
passage of an enemy or opponent. And obstructing means; Obstruct definition is — to block or close up
by an obstacle; to hinder from passage, action, or operation, or delaying, slow down or create “waiting
time”. Building psychological barricades In psychological warfare this means; ; to build a barricade
across, around, or in front of something. The enemy building a castle or stronghold in our minds and
hearts which includes four surrounding walls. These are not physical walls but rather emotional walls. A
stronghold is an area in which we are held in bondage (hostage) and gangstalkers using fear and terror
to build this psychological barricade and this barricade means building strongsholds, or building a
emotional and psychological torture chamber that are surrounded by tormenting technology and
humans who creating sound torture. Barricade can also mean; occupation of the mind by building walls
of constant communication interference or noise interference. Building strongholds means building
psychological barricades and this is made by anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and triggering. Mind
Control building psychological structures in the mind to prevent independent thinking. Brainwashing
(also known as mind control, menticide, coercive persuasion, thought control, thought reform, and re-
education) is the concept that the human mind can be altered or controlled by certain psychological
techniques. Brainwashing is said to reduce its subject’s ability to think critically or independently.
Wolves useth all ways of possible for concealment. Definition for concealment is; the action of hiding
something or preventing it from being known. The concealment of information or a feeling involves
keeping it secret. This mean; concealment (covert) of the true motives and hidden covert motievs means
concealment and camouflage. This creates a secret concealment from be observed. To mask or ease an
offensive or onerous task by providing attractive incentives; to cloak in euphemism (double-speaking).
To hide or conceal one’s actions or motives, to cover up, to get rid of the evidence. Concealment also
means; put up a smoke screen To camouflage or conceal one’s intentions, motives (covert and hidden
motievs and hidden political agendas), or actions from one’s rivals or opponents, or from the general
public. A smoke screen is a cover of dense smoke produced to camouflage (psychological warfare
terrorism). Disguise meaning; the act of concealing the identity of something by modifying its
appearance; “he is a master of disguise”. Disguise is a the state of being disguised; masquerade. Disguise
by camouflaging; exploit the natural surroundings to disguise something; “The troops camouflaged
themselves before they went into enemy territory”. Then psychological warfare is a “thought war” they
psychological disguise themselves from be detected (stealthy) and psychological warfare strategies is
secretely hide in rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns and these methods will then functions as
entréences for stealthy (undetected) interference with the targeted individual and in same time will
rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns work as fuel for their covert and overt warfare strategy.
Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns is psychological ammunition they using and in same time
these actions working as entréences into the targeted individuals mind, they also working as fuel for
others, and for the targeted individual this mean they creating this; The terms “security hole,”
“weakness,” and “vulnerability” refer to a state that can be exploited for such an attack (when they
hacking computers they looking for “security hole”, “weakness,” and “vulnerability” , and gangstalking
means they using the human mind (the ego) “weakness,” and “vulnerability” to gain themselves and
then victimizing and trauma-base the targeted individuals mind with constant pressure of fear, stress,
psycholoigcal terrorism, manipulation of thoughts, feelings and reality, persecution, sound torture, sleep
deprivation, mind reading, ELF attacks, V2K attacks, Syntethic telepathy attacks. Rumors, slandering,
gossip, smear campaigns creates a state of unconsious fear. A clandestine operation is an intelligence or
military operation carried out in such a way that the operation goes unnoticed by the general population
or specific enemy forces. A clandestine operation differs from a covert operation in that emphasis is
placed on concealment of the operation rather than on concealment of the identity. Clandestine means
“hidden”, where the aim is for the operation to not be noticed at all. Covert means “deniable”, such that
if the operation is noticed, it is not attributed to a group. The term stealth refers both to a broad set of
tactics aimed at providing and preserving the element of surprise and reducing enemy resistance.
Gangstalking – The invisble war – a war behind the scenes – A Stockholm Syndrome War Oppression
creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain limitations) and gangstalking creating
limitation by imitation (mirroring psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers. The
word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to
squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the
people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease
the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a
dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed. Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of
manipulation and control. Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and
exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination. This results in the socially
supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power. The
overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly
exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of
freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.
Gangstalking; Group and Government Forms of Covert Oppression Acting under cover(t) and in disguise,
or if you will the Devil in masquerade Power structures can be covertly made or overtly suppressed.
Rumor and gossip form the substratum from which accusations of sorcery or witchcraft may be made,
witchcraft may be made, if such notions are culturally present or enter into people’s life-worlds. Bullying
can be easy to see, called overt, or hidden from those not directly involved, called covert. Some
examples of overt bullying include: Teasing, belittling or consistently making a person the victim of
mean-spirited jokes; Abusive language; Behaviors that are designed to humiliate or frighten. Cyber
bullying can be overt or covert bullying behaviours using digital technologies, including hardware such as
computers and smartphones, and software such as social media, instant messaging, texts, websites and
other online platforms. Cyber bullying can happen at any time. It can be in public or in private. Ccovert
abuse – humiliation or exclusion Overt verbal aggression includes song duels, word duels, harangues,
sarcastic and derogatory humor, and insults. In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm
the other person privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or
sorcery, or demoniztion. Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing,
rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with words, are found in all
cultures. Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation. Rumers, gossip
and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of hijacking the targeted individuals mind
and life. The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social interactions or
infiltration of the mind Given the phantasmatic and perhaps unreal aspect of the rumors, they do not
merely “unveil” secrets as much as help constitute the “public secrets” that represent an alternate
imagination regarding the world in which we live. Rumor and gossip are performances—more risky
because less authorized than public speech, but potentially with more effective social consequences as a
result—in which people enter the contemporary public sphere, constructing the self and society through
particular modes of discourse. Therefore, although rumor-mongering appears to violate the secrecy that
makes immoral practices possible and powerful, it creates an image of the immoral and creates us-
versus-them relationships with the objects of the rumor. Satanic power involves manipulating human
consciousness through energy and thought vibrations. Some of these low frequency thought vibrations
include hatred, fear, selfishness, and guilt. To create an energy field, a vibrational frequency, which
connects the consciousness of the participants to the reptilians and other consciousness. What is so
horrifying about these predators is the quality of the pain and perceptual distortions they inflict into
their victims’ brains just for the sake of intentionally wreaking havoc, discomfort, and destruction. It is
like them trying to implant poison packets into their victims’ brains to deprive them of a good quality of
life, their right to liberty, and their ability to pursue happiness. Alpha waves; Gangstalking The body is
like a mountain, the eyes are like a ocean, the mind is like the sky. The right brain may be generating
alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta state. ALPHA BRAIN WAVE FREQUENCY that elicits creativity,
intuition and supranormal phenomena. The alpha state is a relaxed, wakeful state in which our minds
are not engaged in any specific mental or emotional activity. When they targeted the human mind on
Alpha level it means interference, sound interference, noise interference, communication interference
or any form of interference psychology to create distractions, stalking or surveillance. From a spiritual
perspective they hindering spiritual gifts from be evolved and instead thet using same technological
equipment to target the targeted individuals mind and life. Alpha ways is right brain hemisphere
activities, but when they targetting the human mind they using left brain technology to targetting the
right brain hemisphere. Alpha waves can; a) project his sense of awareness to the future and see what is
going to happen before it does, through Precognition (gang stalkers trying to predict all movement) b)
project his sense of awareness to the past through Retrocognition (they beaming and weaving in
sounds, voices, music chorus from tv programs, or past, it is like Orwell psychology. He who controls the
past contols the future. So by control humans past, minds, lives, daily living they trying to control other
humans destiny and future, and from a spiritual perspective they trying hindering peoples spiritual
growth and salvation ) c) project his sense of awareness to a person’s mind and know what he is thinking
of, through Telepathy; (gangstalker psychology, mind reading, V2K, syntethic telepathy) d) see things
which cannot normally be seen through physical sight, through Clairvoyance; e) see distant places or
events without being physically there, through Remote Viewing, etc. (remote viewing is used in
gangstalking) The right brain functions as the creative center. It is the seat of visual, aural, and emotional
memory, and processes information in holistic, intuitive terms, relying on pattern recognition. The left
brain is the administrator, what we sometimes call the rational mind. It proceeds in logical, analytical,
verbal, and sequential fashion. Incoming information is identified, classified, and explained. If one
hemisphere is damaged, the other one is able, within limits, to take over its functions. Normally, though,
the memories, mental associations, ideas, and processes of each hemisphere are inaccessible to the
other. In ordinary consciousness, either the left or the right brain dominates in cycles. We shift from one
side to the other depending on which skills we require. Not only do the two hemispheres of our brains
operate in different modes, they also usually operate in different rhythms. The right brain may be
generating alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta state. Or both hemispheres can also be
generating the same type of brain waves, but remain out of sync with each other. But in states of
intense creativity, deep meditation, or under the influence of rhythmic sound, both hemispheres may
begin operating in the same synchronized rhythm. This state of unified whole brain functioning is called
hemispheric synchronization. As the rhythms of the two hemispheres synchronize, there is a sense of
clarity and heightened awareness. Feelings of self-consciousness and separation fall away. The individual
is able to draw on both the left and the right hemispheres simultaneously. Hemispheric synchronization
on the alpha level can create feelings of euphoria, expanded mental powers, and intense creativity. This
may be the neurological basis of higher states of consciousness. Delta waves means sleep, theta waves
means dream-state and alpha means awakening. Alpha is the awakening energy and awareness
Captivating human hearing with constant sounds or noise harassment means they captivating silence
and Theta waves. These are the communication link, portal or gateway to God consciousness. Noise
harassment also distracting the human ears micro-crystals to convert sound waves to light and these
actions hindering light to be activated to higher dna strands. The human ear has same micro crystals as
the pienal gland and constant sounds or noise are distractors in this process. The Word of God is sound
waves and light. Noise keeps human in a state of duality and in same time keeps human away from
Oneness and healing. Noise is the distractor of duality and hinderling healing. Theta brain waves are
present during deep meditation and light sleep, including the REM dream state. Theta is the realm of
your subconscious mind. It is also known as the twilight state as it is normally only momentarily
experienced as you drift off to sleep (from Alpha) and arise from deep sleep (from Delta). A sense of
deep spiritual connection and oneness with the Universe can be experienced at Theta. Vivid
visualizations, great inspiration, profound creativity, exceptional insight as well as your mind’s most
deep-seated programs are all at Theta. The voice of Theta is silence. Theta state is connected to God-
Consciousness – and this can explain why gangstalkers using constant noise or communiation
interference to create distraction for the mind. Constant sound torture or noise harassmnet targetting
Delta waves. This is the state that is connected to God-Consciousness. Theta is the voice of silence and
noise harassment targetting this Theta waves in humans. Theta waves in the amygdala are known to be
synchronized with theta waves in the hippocampus. Synchronization between amygdala and
hippocampal theta waves is considered important for neuronal communication between these regions
during the memory-retrieval process. These theta waves are also observed during rapid eye movement
(REM) sleep. Theta waves are known to be involved in learning and memory processes, and in a spiritual
awakening process connects human to Divine knowledge and to activation of Higher Self knowledge in
the 12 DNA strand memory Captivating sleep with sound torture and sleep deprivation damageing dna
strands and lack of sleep destroying health and cognitive functions. Delta waves; Gangstalking and sleep
deprivation Sleep deprivation makes the amygdala unable to regulate emotions with neutrality. Lack of
sleep unable regulate emotional feelings and this increasing seen in anxiety, depression, and post-
traumatic stress disorders (PTSD). Gangstalker both anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and then triggering
these emotions and by sleep deprivation keeping targeted individuals in a looping mode. Gangstalkers
even using sound torture and noise harassment to targetting Delta waves to create sleep deprivation.
Sound torture, psychic driving (looping same music chorus), high booms, dropping things on the floor,
late overflyes with helicopters late and after midnight, firecrackers, high pitch screamings, rush and
stress hormone activities to prevent sleep deprivation. Sleep deprivation induced memory deficit are
attributed to disrupted communications between amygdala and hippocampus. Sleep deprivation leads
to emotional instability. Sleep deprivation stirs up emotions. Study explains why lack of sleep may lead
to irrational behavior. Sleep deprivation may make it harder to keep your emotions in check. A new
study shows that sleep deprivation is linked to a disconnect in the part of the brain responsible for
keeping emotions under control and had reverted back to more primitive patterns of activity, in that it
was unable to put emotional experiences into context and produce controlled, appropriate responses.
“Sleep appears to restore our emotional brain circuits, and in doing so prepares us for the next day’s
challenges and social interactions, and gangstalkers sabotaging this preparing phase for targetting
individuals. And gangstalkers start targetting people instantly from the morning with sensitizing activity.
Gangstalkers are triggering anger, triggering irrational behavior, triggering instability, triggering stress,
triggering primitive pattern of activity to take over, attacking the human thinking system. From a
spiritual perspective this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and
synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth, in same way Delta waves are been hindering
to be connected to GodConsciousness when constant noise harassment interfering with silence. So
gangstalker attacking the human need of silence from meditiation in a Theta state and the need of
silence from sleep in a Delta state, and both are been psychological attacked. Sleep deprivation
Sabotage Decision Making. Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of
others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an
individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The
power to exert control over the mind of an individual. Gangstalking or this covert and overt investigation
means; They make reality to surreality and manipulate reality and peoples minds and trying to create a
delusional mind by a technology called ELF, V2K (Voice to Skull) are all due to this hidden technology or
by Synthetic Telepathy. Gangstalking means they weaving in their own events and activities in the
targeted indivudals life and mind, and they even weaving in their own chosen words or vocies or songs
to targetting the mind with V2K (voice to skull) or Synthetic Telepathy and make them belive they hear
voices or words. In earlier societies this method or process was called “building strongholds” against a
targeted individual to mind control them. Gangstalking – A war behind the scenes There is advanced
hidden agenda behind gangstalking and there is a hidden agenda with “mirroring”. Mirroring is Mind
Control or MK Ultra. M=Mind, K=Kontrolle Ultra=extreme secret methods used for psychological warfare
and spiritual warfare. “Trauma-based mind control programming can be defined as systematic torture
that blocks the victim’s capacity for conscious processing Since the mind controls the man, the
organization that controls the mind controls that man. Electromagnetic mind control technologies are
weapons which use electromagnetic waves to hijack a person’s brain and nervous system. Covert
aggression is highly invisible behavior (extremely hidden, secret, unseen technology). Covert abuse is
subtle and veiled or disguised by actions that appear to be normal. Covert is secret, hidden and
classified, and the overt is full open view publicly ( two conflicting images). Covert manipulation tactics
are a form of mind control, albeit more subtle than overt forms such as brainwashing (the covert
investigation is manipulation and mind control and the overt investigation is brainwashing). The real
purpose is; Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP
(building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This
mean “thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means
hindering “independent thinking”. Mind Control is “thought stopping” and mind control prevent
“independent thinking” and the hidden unseen meaning with overt and covert is this; by saying it is an
covert and overt investigation they hijacking how energy moving downwards and upwards or hijacking if
a person walking forwards or backwards. What is the real power behind “independent thinking”? – The
“Critical Thinking System. Why is it so powerful? It has intelligence. And intelligence is an ability to
change. So independent thinking and critical thinking can analyze and change, and freedom is the ability
to change. A spiritual awakening meaning change and transformation. A Matrix and Mind Prison which
has genetic manipulated and enslaved humankind don´t want anyone to open their third eye of higher
intuition. The want predictable humans that is alterred, conditioned, mind controlled and brainwashed.
They don´t want people to have access to their real Higher Self and their inner spiritual powers. All
actions is designed to create all form of “walls”, emotional walls, psychological walls, spiritual walls, and
they using endless of methods to create these walls, and they building strongholds of the mind.
Constant sound harassment or noise harassment buildning walls and at same time destroying cells in the
brain. Sound is converted to an electrical signal when it enters the ear. This signal travels up the auditory
nerve to the part of the brain that processes sound, the auditory cortex. From there, the signals travel
throughout the brain, creating a variety of responses. The effects of sound in the brain include evoking
emotions, triggering the release of stress chemicals and impacting the development of new neural
pathways in the brain. Stress Loud noises evoke an instinctive fight or flight reaction in the brain,
according to The Franklin Institute. The fight or flight reaction is a release of chemicals that stimulates
immediate action. This reaction has been crucial to ensure human survival in the wilderness, and
remains important in the modern world. If you hear a loud honk from a car horn, your brain and body
respond quickly to move you out of harm’s way. Once danger has passed, the brain releases
tranquilizing chemicals that counteract the stimulating chemicals. Exposure to too many loud noises can
overload your brain with stimulating chemicals. Without the balancing effect of the brain’s tranquilizing
chemicals, the stimulating chemicals can damage brain cells. Psychological stress can cause
psychological and physical disorders. Stress weakens the immune system and has other serious effects
on the brain and body such as cardiovascular problems, and mental illness such as depression. Stress
also kills brain cells and lowers your learning abilities or capabilities. Specifically, long periods of stress
destroys brain cells in the hippocampus and learning and memory capabilities can be greatly reduced.
Another factor is that the brain absorbs information better when it is relaxed, in a positive state of mind,
and receptive to the information. Sleep deprivation can cause cortisol levels to increase by over 50%. It
causes the depletion of neurotransmitters, mood regulating hormones, and this has the effect of making
people more vulnerable to or to become more easily depressed. Impaired cognitive ability, out of check
emotions, and poor judgment or poor logic also results from sleep deprivation. PSYCHOLOGICAL
DAMAGE – “…When used as a “nonlethal” weapons system it becomes an ideal means for neutralizing
or discrediting a political opponent. Peace protestors, inconvenient journalists and the leaders of vocal
opposition groups can be stunned into silence with this weapon. Artificial telepathy also offers an ideal
means for complete invasion of privacy. If all thoughts can be read, then Passwords, PIN numbers, and
personal secrets simply cannot be protected. One cannot be alone in the bathroom or shower.
Embarrassing private moments cannot be hidden: they are subject to all manner of hurtful comments
and remarks. Evidence can be collected for blackmail with tremendous ease: all the wrongs or moral
lapses of one’s past are up for review. Like a perverted phone caller, a hostile person with this
technology in hand can call at any time of day, all day long. Sleep can be disrupted. Prayers can be
desecrated, religious beliefs mocked. Business meetings can be interrupted, thoughts derailed. Love can
be polluted, perverted, twisted, abused. Dreams can be invaded, fond memories trashed. The attacker
cannot be seen or identified, the attack cannot be stopped, and the psychological damage is enormous.
But there is no physical damage, not one single mark is left on the body and there is absolutely no proof
that any crime or any violation ever took place! Everything that “happens” to the victim happens inside
the victim’s head. Gang Stalking – they imitating, mimicking, mirroring and shadowing (imitating
movements in apartment), or what you think, what you read, or watch on tv or listen to music, where
you go, what you wearing, or say, do. They play out these imitating actions in front of you by numbers,
symbols, things or by word dropping for some examples or LIVE interfering when you listen to radio or
tv. The organized gangstalking program It´s a program that is captivating the human seeing to confuse
(street theater, gaslighting, mind games, trickery, manipulations, daily sensitizing to colors or symbols) It
´s a program that is captivating the human hearing (constant noise harassment, communication
interference, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull, Electro magnetic frequency (EMF weapon, psychic
driving and sleeep deprivation) It´s a that captivating the human perception (with interfering,
distraction, gaslighting, mind games, manipulations, confusing psychology and sound/noise distortions
program to fragmenting the human mind) It´s a program of destruction of the human mind; sensitizing,
triggering, tormenting, victmizing, trauma-basing, look-foolish programming, aggression provoking,
create mind-errors and failures, demonizing, dehumanisation, demoralisation and crazy-making
program. It´s a program that hindering spiritual growth, it´s a program og thought stopping (hindering
transformation), it´s a program that´s captivating the human seeing and hearing with confusing and
disturbing noise and that blocking some of the need of a peaceful and silent enviroment/mind to hear
the Word of God. Constant noise hindering sound waves to be converted to light and information or to
be converted to direction to cells to be activated to higher DNA strands and knowledge. The human ear
has same micro-crystals in the ear as the pineal gland has micro-crystals, and when these starts vibrating
they starts produce light and light awakening dna strands. Noise therefore becomes confusing, and
street theater has same function to the human seeing, to confuse the seeing, and mind games,
manipulation, gaslighting, Voice to Skull, Syntehic Telepathy is also a process of consfusing the human
mind, and gang stalking including beaming in voices, words, music chorus or whatever they want
weaving into the human mind to confuse. Every methods is designed to interfering to create confusion
and doubts, so people can´t trust on their real and true Selfs or so they can´t find their true Selfs.
Conclusion: Satan and organized gang stalking is same spirit of stalking. Satan is the Ultra Ego and ultra
ego is the collective ego and organized gang stalking is collective gang stalking. Satan is the collective
Hive Mind. This culture is the narcissistic culture and what is a gang stalker – he is a narcissistic abuser.
Organized gang stalking is designed to drive people to madness or to suicide, so organized gang stalking
is evil. And the goal with organized gang stalking is to achieve a evil goal of destruction and this is made
of the collective Hive Mind. This collective Hive Mind is responsable for all pain, terror, horror, inducing
of long term stress, fear mongering, harassing, victmizing, trauma.-basing, crazy making, and gaslighting.
Organized gang stalking is psychological warfare, psychological and political terrorism. The Matrix and
the Beast System is the carnal mind or the desire consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is there where
the carnal mind is, and Organized Gang Stalking, The Matrix, The Beast system represents all the same
system or represents the same kind of mind (carnal mind). Then the carnal mind is everywhere, then the
carnal mind also is in every department. That´s why even departments particpating in organized gang
stalking. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the
carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. The human mind or brain is controlled,
altered, conditioned and genetic enginered to enslave and imprisoned humankind into the matrix, the
mind prison or the dreamworld. Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born
with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to God. Carnal
mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not spiritually discerned.
Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who invented their own
prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three Knots of bondage and limitations. The
mind prison is the result when everythings spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real
knowledge). A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the
desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be
saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and
life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine. Deceptions is the
only way the can enslave mankind within the matrix and keep them imprisoned in the 2 dna strand of
reality. Genetic manipulations is deception of human genetics. Deception is defined as the deliberate
attempt, whether successful or not, to conceal, fabricate, and/or manipulate in any other way- Genetic
manipulation is genetic deceptions, and deceptions conceals humankinds history into a evolutionary
lock because humankind have not access to the higher knowledge then the 10 etheric dna strand was
unplugged and disconnected by the archons and annunaki. And that´s why the archons prevents the
soul from ascending and organized gang stalking using gaslighting to confuse the mind with deceptions.
They also beaming sounds and voices into the mind to stregthen the process of more confusions, and
the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive target individuals to madness. Just like the matrix, the
system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and
helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state which was not
God’s will for man or mankind to be which is the truth. The truth is God, and God made man in his image
and after his likeness, not the likeness of beast or Satan, so the natural state of man is the truth. Plus in
the Psychology of Deceit, it said that the world thrives on lies and we have to sort through the
bombardment of lies that come at us every day to find the real truth. And whole idea of this is that
when a person possesses more information (knowledge) is usually more powerful in controlling both the
environment and other persons. So in short, telling a lie is to reduce others power by providing them
misinformation that’s if this knowledge or information is associated with power. So what is the matrix or
the system? Control, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceit, built to keep the human race
under some type of control, in order to reduce or degenerate the human being to a beast, the mark of
the beast. Literature on psychological warfare is usually limited to that which is committed in times of
international war, against foes in other nations. The task of the offensive psychological war strategist is
to find ways to rule people by fear, and keep them pacified so that they do not react to the source of
fear, but instead learn to love the state of fear up to the point that they look for more of it, and would
miss it if they could no longer find it. The psycho-technology is designed to keep the psychological age of
an intellect in its infancy, and to seduce it with horror, and teach it to enjoy living in an interactive scary
movie. Given awareness of philosophical and social cognitive engineering, and the psychotechnologies
which these produce, it is naturally rational to vehemently insist to those stubbornly intention-focused
persons the following. The nature of psychological warfare is most rationally identifiable through
consequentialist evaluations of the effects of actions, because while it is not possible to observe
intentions, things can most practically and accurately be understood by observing their effects.
Moreover, tyrants try to hide their evil actions with declarations of good intentions, and evil-means-to-
good-end rationalizations. Even when tyrants manage to hide some of the effects of their actions so that
the tyrannical causes may also be concealed, their attempts to hide those effects inevitably produce yet
other effects. The observable effects can be deciphered in order to reach the bottom meaning of the
deceptive code of their misconduct, and thus unmask the evil that is casting a false appearance of the
good. Evil constantly usurps the good, to impede the authentic expression of the good. Evil is the deadly
or death-serving exercise of outer power, which poses as the exercise of the freedom to really live; yet,
evil is identifiable as such because it does not enhance one’s existence; evil gives only the false
impression that it has contributed to the quality of one’s existence. To make you powerless and unable
to detect its deceptive works, the enemy seeks to deceive you about the meaning of power, keep you
ignorant about its true meaning, and seeks to get you to devalue knowledge. To empower one’s capacity
to detect deception, one must first know what is meant by the phrase, “Knowledge is power.” In other
words this can be put: applied knowledge of inner power is power. True power is the application of the
knowledge of inner power. The false “power” applied by the governmental state, outer power, only
serves to impede the growth of individual inner power, and thus proves to be the opposite of true
power, and to be nothing more than socialized powerlessness. Additionally, knowledge is a defensive
and constructive means to power. Knowledge protects one’s intellect from being outpowered by those
of mischievous doctrines, and dogmas, and equips one to win a psychological war for mental
independence. By denying you access to particular knowledge, the enemy tries to keep that power for
itself, and keep you in a state of ignorance. Yet, what it has ignored is than it is severely ignorant itself,
as evident by its erratic approach to power. Ignorance is a means to offensive and destructive
counterfeit versions of “power,” and can even have thi tragic consequences of making one a victim of
one’s own pursuit of false power. Contrary to popular contemporary psychopathic recommendations, it
is not by deceiving, hypnotizing, mal-educating, misinforming others, and propagating ideological death
worship that one gains power. It is by educating oneself and others that one develops individual
developmental power, which is the only true form of power. That political science encourages the
mental powerlessness of people for the sake of increasing the social influence of irrational government.
Delusional and out of touch with human reality, conventional political science acts as if psychological
insecurity is consistent with freedom; it even treats psychological insecurity as providing a causal basis
for freedom. That treatment that conventional political science gives freedom is based on both logically
self-contradictory, and technically impossible grounds. Freedom cannot be achieved by imposing mental
slavery, a condition that clearly is in opposition to individual freedom of thought, and which cannot
cause security. There needs to be freedom at all levels of life (mental, economic, political) for there to
be social freedom. The suggested claim that mental slavery causes social freedom is as ridiculous as the
claim some ‘New Agers’ make that trauma causes the evolution of consciousness. Terrorism of any form
cannot cause an expansion of the range of conscious awareness. The opposite is the truth: terrorism
causes psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive information, and
widened unconsciousness. As mentioned previously, freedom is measurable by degree of conscious
awareness, and the degree of unconsciousness shows freedom’s extent of absence. Hence,
psychological warfare is based on an ideology of terrorism, and it is thereby an instrument for mental
enslavement. Yet, while accepting the opposite of the truth, conventional political science ignores that
freedom ultimately refers to freedom of an individual mind, and that freedom requires psychological
security which can only be achieved by developing one’s lucidity and inner power. Organized Gang
Stalking constantly working to create a negative cognitive feedback loop, and through their actions
spiritual and psychological terrorism causes psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive
blocking of sensitive information, and widened unconsciousness. Then Organized Gang Stalking is
spiritual and psychological warfare, the methods is based on “terrorizing”, and terror (through
anchoring and sensitizing), they torturing the targeted individuals mind with constant stalking., constant
harassment, constant interference, constant sound and noise harassment. Sound and noise harassment
is the non-lethal weapons they using. Syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, or electro magnetic
frequnecies is been beamed into the targeted individuals mind. The definition of a torture devices is as
follows: – Torture devices consist of any piece of equipment, especially a mechanical one, designed
specifically for inflicting unbearable agony on a victim. The objectives of torture devices were to inflict
pain and also intimidate victims. Just the sight of a torture device would frighten a prisoner into a
confession. Torture devices were therefore used as a tool or a method for the extraction of information
or confessions. Sensory overload occurs when one or more of the body’s senses experiences
overstimulation from the environment. There are many environmental elements that impact an
individual. Examples of these elements are urbanization, crowding, noise, mass media, technology, and
the explosive growth of information. Sensory overload is commonly associated with sensory processing
disorder. Like its opposite sensory deprivation, it is being used as a means of torture. Sleep deprivation
is the condition of not having enough sleep; it can be either chronic or acute. A chronic sleep-restricted
state can cause fatigue, daytime sleepiness, clumsiness and weight loss or weight gain.[1] It adversely
affects the brain and cognitive function Harassment—an exasperating, disturbing annoyance or irritation
that threatens or undermines personal peace and tranquility. Satan’s ultimate plan is to oppress and
victimize the person he is harassing. Here are a few examples of Satan´s harassment methods and these
can be find in today´s organized gangs talking; He won’t let people sleep (sound torture and sleep
deprivation) He cause people to doubt (manipulations and gaslighting) He make people angry (provoke
and irritating) He make people forget (forget their true Higher Self) He won’t let people eat (stalking and
control when eating) He will control peoples emotions (using the human ego to manipulate and to
control) He will make people jealous. It’s fun! (triggering emotions) He will mess up peoples finances
(destroy economic life) He won’t people her have normal social relationships (persecution, ostracism,
isloation, no support system, infiltration, paranoia psychology, fear and stalking) Evil demons is
controlling the human will on Earth today Harassment: The first degree of demonization is harassment.
This is the weakest of Satan’s attacks. The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in
Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the
desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the
mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This
includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking. Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking
“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based
“medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is
the reason for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of
healing which have been around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food
additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in
our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most
crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you
need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling
“education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game
shows, while the “news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most of the population,
play a part in advancing an agenda they do not even know exists. If a technologically advanced
extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what
kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the
invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To
achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions,
medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality
belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced
enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve
the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people
on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human
family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with
minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the
Archontic Deception Strategy. They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their
Created Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very afraid of
themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They do not want any form of
equality, They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold
facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material
senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just
now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are
too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control
they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on
the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is
shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have
created as the only reality there can be. So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all
many of them can do is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff to
their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control. Brainwashing Agenda: keep
the masses dumbed down with technology and implants. Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and
personal electronic devices—such as cell phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now
target individuals and shoot negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health
anywhere in the world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control most
of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive commands. Electronic
stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids,
departments, psychic warfare programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under
attack, you have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human handlers
are under the control of the reptilians. THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of
all dangerous stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably
some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units
accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in
train a series of motions that take milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive
process to rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract
and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood
below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful
states that catch us unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it
remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Consisting of two
almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s limbic region. The limbic region used to
be known as the smell brain. It is still commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly
equivalent to the brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century scientist
and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he believed, would lead to the control
of our rational minds ‘being taken over by those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians
called “the beast in us”.’ BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-
control tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies on forceful
and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully cloaked in secrecy. A combined
Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting definition is as follows: Making people believe
only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other
information from reaching them. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using
systematic and often forcible means. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.
BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological
strategies with the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and analytical
abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation, and a regimented campaign of
propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and
accept the forced version. It is a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of
beliefs that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on the systematic
application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mindclouding techniques like sleep deprivation
and malnutrition to reduce comfort levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly
altruistic concern creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and
hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views, and beliefs.
Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning all “normal” social reference
points are unavailable. There is often the presence or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to
the victim’s difficulty in thinking critically and independently. GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION Gaslighting is
an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable
codependent prey. They target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of
protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and
unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate
a codependent’s environment so they are powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help
them, and convinced their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their
carefully choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor. They implant narratives, or
revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their
own mind against them. The scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist,
or was only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware. The
gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly
experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged
moments by implanting a narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who
they’ve become, and a belief they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this
scenario further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false
narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others
purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the
pre-existing core shame. This cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them
and their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who
could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with
them. Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends and loved ones,
more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of gaslighting, the victim will defend the
gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only
does the gaslit person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and “protective”
gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense of allegiance and appreciation,
would prevent the victim from accepting help. All the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved
ones false information for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship. According to
Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s
sense of self, (2) get the follower to drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his
worldview; induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3)
develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent
of the cult. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types
of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’
confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive
process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to then control the lives of his followers, to
gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s
directives. Although some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as
hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind
control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do not differ from the methods
commonly used by many individuals in everyday life The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial
Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the
beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a TechnoSpiritual
warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves. This growing A.I.
Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IMMORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A
GOD. As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the
controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic
reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-
erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people
cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…
nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while
masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading
one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the
point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I.
Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I.
architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-
ever, after that. It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic,
Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I. A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing.
It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen
speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it. Fear,
terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive.
Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control,
implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind
control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques. Al is us, just as
Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing
us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is
behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn
back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the
embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from
spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus
that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and
end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers
have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any
other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons,
Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He
can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his
misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed
from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older
even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge
and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the
exact same end. Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no
“concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences
emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war
between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of
bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their
energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed
circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of
the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison
that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural
interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as
human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their
bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural
interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing
their docility within their pods. Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the
technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in
economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the
“neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as
well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of
obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to
generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the
amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand,
it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence
as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain
docile within their pods. The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in
the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep,
and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world
war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has
the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental
imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind
returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual
human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would
come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species
mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is
politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter
the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness
under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That
realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping,
nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.
Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities Brainwashing has been defined as:
intensive propaganda techniques that are applied under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive
persuasion, during which an individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine
his morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for indoctrination with a
“replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a change in behavior using this definition, we find that
political education, religious indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements
of brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s present beliefs and
behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the agenda of whomeveris doing the
brainwashing. To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals to
faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to change a person’s
behavior. They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the brainwasher‘s
image. Phase One.’ Breakdow; Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted
to begin to doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the
brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics. Physical breakdown is accomplished
by assuming as much control over the body of the person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as
with POWs or cult recruits, a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘
(eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to bring about a feeling of
powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept
cut of from outside information and influence. Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence
(solitary confinement) makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform
class, if only to experience some human contact. Psychological breakdown then takes a person already
weakened in body by physical mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—
and attacks his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the person of his
dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in exchange for cooperation. Forced to
remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and
giving him clothes to wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers foot-in-
the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths, then he offers the brainwashed
subject “new truths.” Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about
such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war. Little uncertainties lead to big doubts,
to distrust of past beliefs, opening the subject up to future changes in attitudes. Eventually doubt takes
root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country. Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes
anger that his government and God are unable to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body
and mind, under constant bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-
image (of being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble. Brainwashing is not just
mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower, triggering negativity, induce stress, so the
targeted individual can´t see any future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards
movement, trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and lack of
faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is to
prevent anyone from ascending into the state of oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of
duality is been dissolvd. Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in
faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down spiritual divine powers
through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt” work is through gaslighting.
Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil controls, and gaslighting is
the process that can create both confusion and doubts. The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress,
worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on
negative things. All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will
always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to
achieve in life. If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a
distortion in your thinking pattern. Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a
mind of our own. Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that
describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his or her behaviors
and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental manipulation, psychological warfare,
programming, conversion, gas lighting, indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all
describe a method by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted,
dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions of someone else.
whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier, indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit
members into a cult or religious belief system, or control the consuming masses and direct their
behaviors in accordance to the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our
past, is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future. The name given to the phenomena of
citizen stalking and harassment tends to change with time, circumstance, and methods. The common
name used today is Gang-Stalking, or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the
1944 Hollywood movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual
physically, is another. The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously
and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right moment so they
can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to
take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude
gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and
simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out and synchronously and
simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the front of the targeted individual, The absurdity
surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the
reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are
working for an agenda. Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a
malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down,
become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain,
become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors,
bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage,
torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the
community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual.
Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or
family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the
victim. The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make
the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become
suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals,
electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls,
emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive
driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are
often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove. In
organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize,
paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize,
imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and
psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the
human mind and soul. The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised
to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens clicking, key jangling, coughing,
sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping, etc. Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and
mimicking campaigns. Organized Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating
and mimicking campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even
miltary. More about these departments later. Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools,
construction, stereos, doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life.
Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in the targets life. Daily
interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and
damaging to the target over time. Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”.
Mass consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking program is
been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living within “The Matrix” enslaved into a
mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and
from scriptures we learn; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly
protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want
anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy
one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.
Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The
carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and the whole society is built up
around materialism, and materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies
is the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered individuals because the are
spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies
to higher vibrational frequnecies and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the
matrix and mind prison. The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when
someone leaving the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back the
targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized gang stalking program
creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted individuals life and start using all form of fear
and pain mechanism. The Archons controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that
function as electrical shocks for the mind. The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any
discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in
your comfort zone. It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational
force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful
effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational
pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort
to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must
do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key
person (actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized
strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their
personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational
pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master
strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine
and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process
from the very start. Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal
nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and this
mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the divine mind, and the divine consciousness is
the right brain hemispere´s theta brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners.
The Matrix and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been threatened by
the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because they are in the process of
changing their inner frequencies by raising their frequencies. The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive
right brain and induces fearprogramming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to
alpha and then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain. In the universal order pain is not
generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are
controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies
they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system. Archons
uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons
have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal
divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have
connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from,
and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central
processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only
short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular
memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies. Because pain is located in our
cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular
structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.
Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding
pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of
previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to
be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid
pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred. Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it
before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or
other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our
bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there. Fear here is largely the avoidance
of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and
controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain. Understanding that all species here are similarly
afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do,
may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our
cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress
or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding
that emotion and the memory of that pain. Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and
system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a
system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored
in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we
feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform. It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we
try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system. The
archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe
actually works. They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through
the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison. The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA
to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have
two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul
bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really
are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional
experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body,
mind and emotions. One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other
side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere from infleuncing the
the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the “Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge”
and this bridge disappears when the brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs.
This alpha bridge can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state and
divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind from by using all forms of
both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in all forms. Archons want us to live with brain
imbalance. They make us operate only through one brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge
between left and right brain hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same
way the third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of fear is in action when
fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain. The Earth we are speaking of is what you
perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or
Annunaki and The Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception
humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is trapped in the
history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness, and the ones who genetic
manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to understand how the three knot of
ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and find their real Higher Self. Scientific analysis of
chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum, barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium.
These metals are used to create conduits for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an
electromagnetic field prison encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also
acts as a conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the population.’
Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as to hack the body-
computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical, emotional, and mental frequencies.
This is all part of manufacturing a false reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major
aspect of this manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the
two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is termed “left brain
prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the left brain hemisphere, and the left brain
hemissphere is also represented by the ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected
to mass consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control the
organized gang stalking program. Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the
education system close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication
between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through electromagnetic
warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most important target for the mass reality
manipulators, however, is the subconscious. It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions
are implanted beyond the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the
most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the word ‘programs’)
induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the subconscious mind of the viewer,
who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously) enacts those programs. Humans have been
biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of phase’ with the cosmic and planetary
codes of the universe so that you may be more easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who
designed you. These beings, the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may
work unseen under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages on and
humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic universe. Most
astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed descriptions of how the Anunnaki
interbred with humans to create a hybrid race. In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki;
“Those who from Heaven to Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the
same as the Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were
extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in antiquity. Sitchin also
takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the early human species of antiquity. So in his
interpretation of the Sumerian and Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned
“the Adam” or the human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea
that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of extraterrestrials, in
Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki. Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial
beings or may have been created by manipulation of the gene pool. Some believe that the Annunaki
may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce
humankind thousands of years ago. ABOUT THE AUTHOR Peter Horttanainen categories Uncategorized
Post navigation Previous post PREVIOUS Leviathan’s attack with complex and strategic methods. The
first symptom of his attack is the manifestation of fear—sudden and unrealistic fear within the
congregation. The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of leviathan, in the natural realm, is
the twisting of words and other instruments of communication. Next post NEXT The spirit of ignorance
controls the world, humankind, the matrix, vibrations, access to information, prevent spiritual
progress/ascending, and ignorance creates lack of knowledge and ignorance creates fear, and fear
controls the 2 dna strand through low vibrations 0 THOUGHTS ON “REPTILIAN BRAIN, ARCHON FEAR
PROGRAMMING, NEGATIVE PROGRAMMING TO CONTROL THE LOW VIBRATIONAL FREQUENCY MATRIX
OF THE ARCHONS ON PLANET EARTH IS CONTROLLED BY THE EGO OF THIS WORLD. THROUGH
KNOWLEDGE THIS NEGATIVE FEAR PROGRAMMING CAN BE REVERSED TO BE ABLE TO REACH HIGHER
FREQUENCIES” LEAVE A REPLY Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Comment Name * Email * Website Peter Horttanainen © 2020Proudly powered by WordPress Theme:
Fell